Hfss Full Book

HFSS HFSS HFSS HFSS
electronicdesignautomationsoftware
usersguide HighFrequencyStructureSimulator
10 10 10 10
Ansoft Ansoft Ansoft Ansoft
HighFrequencyStructureSimulator
ANSOFT CORPORATION 225 West Station Square Dr. Suite 200 Pittsburgh, PA 15219-1119
AnsoftHighFrequencyStructureSimulatorv10UsersGuide 1
Theinformationcontainedinthisdocumentissubjecttochangewithoutnotice.
Ansoftmakesnowarrantyofanykindwithregardtothismaterial,including,
butnotlimitedto,theimpliedwarrantiesofmerchantabilityandfitnessfora
particularpurpose.Ansoftshallnotbeliableforerrorscontainedhereinorfor
incidentalorconsequentialdamagesinconnectionwiththefurnishing,performance,
oruseofthismaterial.
2005AnsoftCorporation.Allrightsreserved.
AnsoftCorporation
225WestStationSquareDrive
Suite200
Pittsburgh,PA15219
USA
Phone: Phone: Phone: Phone:412-261-3200
Fax: Fax: Fax: Fax:412-471-9427
HFSSandOptimetricsareregisteredtrademarksortrademarksofAnsoftCorporation.
Allothertrademarksarethepropertyoftheirrespectiveowners.
Neweditionsofthismanualwillincorporateallmaterialupdatedsincetheprevious
edition.Themanualprintingdate,whichindicatesthemanualscurrent
edition,changeswhenaneweditionisprinted.Minorcorrectionsandupdates
whichareincorporatedatreprintdonotcausethedatetochange.
Updatepackagesmaybeissuedbetweeneditionsandcontainadditionaland/or
replacementpagestobemergedintothemanualbytheuser.Note thatpages
whicharerearrangedduetochangesonapreviouspagearenotconsideredto
berevised.
Edition: Edition: Edition: Edition:REV1.0
Date: Date: Date: Date:21June2005
SoftwareVersion: SoftwareVersion: SoftwareVersion: SoftwareVersion:10.0
Contents
Contents
Thisdocumentdiscussessomebasicconceptsandterminologyused throughout
theAnsoftHFSSapplication.Itprovidesanoverviewofthefollowingtopics:
0. Fundamentals
AnsoftHFSSDesktop
OpeningaDesign
SettingModelType
1. ParametricModelCreation
1.1 BoundaryConditions
1.2 Excitations
2. AnalysisSetup
3. DataReporting
4. SolveLoop
4.1 MeshOperations
5.Examples Antenna
6.Examples Microwave
7.Examples Filters
8. Examples SignalIntegrity
9. Examples EMC/EMI
10. Examples OnChipComponents
AnsoftHFSSFundamentals
WhatisHFSS?
HFSSisahigh-performancefull-waveelectromagnetic(EM)fieldsimulatorfor
arbitrary3Dvolumetricpassivedevicemodelingthattakesadvantageofthe
familiarMicrosoftWindowsgraphicaluserinterface.Itintegratessimulation,
visualization,solidmodeling,andautomationinaneasy-to-learnenvironment
wheresolutionstoyour3DEMproblemsarequicklyandaccuratelyobtained.
AnsoftHFSSemploystheFiniteElementMethod(FEM),adaptivemeshing,and
brilliantgraphicstogiveyouunparalleledperformanceandinsighttoallofyour
3DEMproblems.AnsoftHFSScanbeusedtocalculateparameters suchasS-
Parameters,ResonantFrequency,andFields.Typicalusesinclude:
PackageModeling BGA,QFP,Flip-Chip
PCBBoardModeling Power/Groundplanes,MeshGridGrounds,
Backplanes
Silicon/GaAs - SpiralInductors,Transformers
EMC/EMI ShieldEnclosures,Coupling,Near- orFar-FieldRadiation
Antennas/MobileCommunications Patches,Dipoles,Horns,Conformal
CellPhoneAntennas,Quadrafilar Helix,SpecificAbsorptionRate(SAR),
InfiniteArrays,RadarCrossSection(RCS),FrequencySelective
Surfaces(FSS)
Connectors Coax,SFP/XFP,Backplane,Transitions
Waveguide Filters,Resonators,Transitions,Couplers
Filters CavityFilters,Microstrip,Dielectric
HFSSisaninteractivesimulationsystemwhosebasicmeshelementisa
tetrahedron.Thisallowsyoutosolveanyarbitrary3Dgeometry,especiallythose
withcomplexcurvesandshapes,inafractionofthetimeitwouldtakeusing
othertechniques.
ThenameHFSSstandsforHighFrequencyStructureSimulator.Ansoft
pioneeredtheuseoftheFiniteElementMethod(FEM)forEMsimulationby
developing/implementingtechnologiessuchastangentialvectorfiniteelements,
adaptivemeshing,andAdaptiveLanczos-Pade Sweep(ALPS).Today,HFSS
continuestoleadtheindustrywithinnovationssuchasModes-to-NodesandFull-
WaveSpice.
AnsoftHFSShasevolvedoveraperiodofyearswithinputfrommanyusersand
industries.Inindustry,AnsoftHFSSisthetoolofchoiceforhigh-productivity
research,development,andvirtualprototyping.
InstallingtheAnsoftHFSSSoftware
SystemRequirements
MicrosoftWindowsXP(32/64),Windows2000,orWindows2003Server.Forup-
to-dateinformation,refertotheHFSSReleaseNotes.
Pentiumbasedcomputer
128MBRAMminimum
8MBVideoCardminimum
Mouseorotherpointingdevice
CD-ROMdrive
InstallingtheAnsoftHFSSSoftware
Forup-to-dateinformation,refertotheHFSSInstallationGuide
StartingAnsoftHFSS
1. ClicktheMicrosoftStart Start Start Start button,selectPrograms Programs Programs Programs,andselecttheAnsoft,HFSS10 Ansoft,HFSS10 Ansoft,HFSS10 Ansoft,HFSS10
programgroup.ClickHFSS10 HFSS10 HFSS10 HFSS10.
2. 2. 2. 2. Or Or Or OrDoubleclickontheHFSS10iconontheWindowsDesktop
NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE:YoushouldmakebackupcopiesofallHFSSprojectscreatedwitha
previousversionofthesoftwarebeforeopeningtheminHFSSv10
ConvertingOlderFiles
ConvertingOlderHFSSfiletoHFSSv10
BecauseofchangestotheHFSSfileswiththedevelopmentofHFSSv10,
openingaHFSSdocumentfromanearlierreleasemaytakemoretimethanyou
areusedtoexperiencing.However,oncethefilehasbeenopenedandsaved,
subsequentopeningtimewillreturntonormal
AnsoftHFSSv10providesawayforyoutoautomaticallyconvertyourHFSS
projectsfromanearlierversiontotheHFSSv10format.
ToaccessHFSSprojectsinanearlierversion.
FromHFSSv10 FromHFSSv10 FromHFSSv10 FromHFSSv10,
1. SelectthemenuitemFile>Open File>Open File>Open File>Open
2. Opendialog
1. FilesofType:AnsoftLegacyEMProjects(. AnsoftLegacyEMProjects(. AnsoftLegacyEMProjects(. AnsoftLegacyEMProjects(.cls cls cls cls) )) )
2. Browsetotheexistingprojectandselectthe.cls file
3. ClicktheOpen Open Open Open button
GettingHelp
GettingHelp
IfyouhaveanyquestionswhileyouareusingAnsoftHFSSyoucanfindanswers
inseveralways:
AnsoftHFSSOnlineHelp AnsoftHFSSOnlineHelp AnsoftHFSSOnlineHelp AnsoftHFSSOnlineHelp providesassistancewhileyouareworking.
Togethelpaboutaspecific,activedialogbox,clicktheHelp Help Help Help button
inthedialogboxorpresstheF1 F1 F1 F1 key.
Selectthemenuitem Help>Contents Help>Contents Help>Contents Help>Contents toaccesstheonlinehelp
system.
Tooltip Tooltip Tooltip Tooltips areavailabletoprovideinformationabouttoolsonthe
toolbarsordialogboxes.Whenyouholdthepointeroveratool fora
brieftime,atooltip appearstodisplaythenameofthetool.
Asyoumovethepointeroveratoolorclickamenuitem,theStatus Status Status Status
Bar Bar Bar Bar atthebottomoftheAnsoftHFSSwindowprovidesabrief
descriptionofthefunctionofthetoolormenuitem.
TheAnsoftHFSSGettingStartedguideprovidesdetailed
informationaboutusingHFSStocreateandsolve3DEMprojects.
AnsoftTechnicalSupport AnsoftTechnicalSupport AnsoftTechnicalSupport AnsoftTechnicalSupport
TocontactAnsofttechnicalsupportstaffinyourgeographicalarea,
pleaselogontotheAnsoftcorporatewebsite,www.ansoft.com and
selectContact Contact Contact Contact.
YourAnsoftsalesengineermayalsobecontactedinorderto
obtainthisinformation.
VisitingtheAnsoftWebSite
IfyourcomputerisconnectedtotheInternet,youcanvisitthe AnsoftWebsiteto
learnmoreabouttheAnsoftcompanyandproducts.
FromtheAnsoftDesktop
Selectthemenuitem Help>AnsoftCorporateWebsite Help>AnsoftCorporateWebsite Help>AnsoftCorporateWebsite Help>AnsoftCorporateWebsite toaccess
theOnlineTechnicalSupport(OTS)system.
FromyourInternetbrowser
Visitwww.ansoft.com
GettingHelp
ForTechnicalSupport
ThefollowinglinkwilldirectyoutotheAnsoftSupportPage.TheAnsoftSupport
Pagesprovideadditionaldocumentation,training,andapplicationnotes.
WebSite:http://www.ansoft.com/support.cfm
TechnicalSupport:
9-4EST:
Pittsburgh,PA Pittsburgh,PA Pittsburgh,PA Pittsburgh,PA
(412)261-3200x0 AskforTechnicalSupport
Burlington,MA Burlington,MA Burlington,MA Burlington,MA
9-4PST:
SanJose,CA SanJose,CA SanJose,CA SanJose,CA
Portland,OR Portland,OR Portland,OR Portland,OR
(503)906-7944or(503)906-7947
ElSegundo,CA ElSegundo,CA ElSegundo,CA ElSegundo,CA
(310)426-2287 AskforTechnicalSupport
WebUpdate
WebUpdate
ThisnewfeatureallowsyoutoupdateanyexistingAnsoftsoftwarefromthe
WebUpdate window.Thisfeatureautomaticallyscansyoursystemtofindany
Ansoftsoftware,andthenallowsyoutodownloadanyupdatesiftheyare
available.
AnsoftTerms
AnsoftTerms
TheAnsoftHFSSwindowhasseveraloptionalpanels:
AProjectManager ProjectManager ProjectManager ProjectManager whichcontainsadesigntreewhichliststhestructureof
theproject.
AMessageManager MessageManager MessageManager MessageManager thatallowsyoutoviewanyerrorsorwarningsthat
occurbeforeyoubeginasimulation.
APropertyWindow PropertyWindow PropertyWindow PropertyWindow thatdisplaysandallowsyoutochangemodel
parametersorattributes.
AProgressWindow ProgressWindow ProgressWindow ProgressWindow thatdisplayssolutionprogress.
A3DModelerWindow 3DModelerWindow 3DModelerWindow 3DModelerWindow whichcontainsthemodelandmodeltreeforthe
activedesign.Formoreinformationaboutthe3DModelerWindow, see
chapter1.
Menu
bar
Progress
Window
PropertyWindow
Message
Manager
Project
Manager
withproject
tree
Status
bar
3DModeler
Window
Toolbars
CoordinateEntryFields
AnsoftTerms
ProjectManager
Project
Design
DesignResults
DesignSetup
DesignAutomation
Parametric
Optimization
Sensitivity
Statistical
ProjectManagerWindow
AnsoftTerms
PropertyWindow
PropertyWindow
Propertytabs
Property
buttons
Property
table
AnsoftTerms
Ansoft3DModeler
Edge
Vertex
Plane
CoordinateSystem(CS)
Origin
Face
Model
3DModelerWindow
Graphics
area
Model
3DModeler
designtree
Contextmenu
AnsoftTerms
3DModelerDesignTree
GroupedbyMaterial GroupedbyMaterial GroupedbyMaterial GroupedbyMaterial
ObjectView ObjectView ObjectView ObjectView
Material
Object
ObjectCommandHistory
DesignWindows
DesignWindows
IntheAnsoftHFSSDesktop,eachprojectcanhavemultipledesignsandeach
designisdisplayedinaseparatewindow.
Youcanhavemultipleprojectsanddesignwindowsopenatthesametime.
Also,youcanhavemultipleviewsofthesamedesignvisibleatthesametime.
Toarrangethewindows,youcandragthembythetitlebar,andresizethemby
draggingacornerorborder.Also,youcanselectoneofthefollowingmenu
options:Window>Cascade Window>Cascade Window>Cascade Window>Cascade,Window>TileVertically Window>TileVertically Window>TileVertically Window>TileVertically,orWindow>Tile Window>Tile Window>Tile Window>Tile
Horizontally. Horizontally. Horizontally. Horizontally.
ToorganizeyourAnsoftHFSSwindow,youcaniconizeopendesigns.Clickthe
Iconize**symbolintheupperrightcornerofthedocumentborder.Anicon
appearsinthelowerpartoftheAnsoftHFSSwindow.Iftheiconisnotvisible,it
maybebehindanotheropendocument.Resizeanyopendocumentsas
necessary.SelectthemenuitemWindow>ArrangeIcons Window>ArrangeIcons Window>ArrangeIcons Window>ArrangeIcons toarrangethemat
thebottomoftheAnsoftHFSSwindow.
SelectthemenuitemWindow>CloseAll Window>CloseAll Window>CloseAll Window>CloseAll tocloseallopendesign.Youare
promptedtoSave Save Save Save unsaveddesigns.
Designicons
Iconize
Symbol
Toolbars
Toolbars
Thetoolbarbuttonsareshortcutsforfrequentlyusedcommands. Mostofthe
availabletoolbarsaredisplayedinthisillustrationoftheAnsoftHFSSinitial
screen,butyourAnsoftHFSSwindowprobablywillnotbearrangedthisway.
Youcancustomizeyourtoolbardisplayinawaythatisconvenientforyou.
Sometoolbarsarealwaysdisplayed;othertoolbarsdisplayautomaticallywhen
youselectadocumentoftherelatedtype.Forexample,whenyouselecta2D
reportfromtheprojecttree,the2Dreporttoolbardisplays.
Todisplayorhideindividualtoolbars:
Right-clicktheAnsoftHFSSwindowframe.
Alistofallthetoolbarsisdisplayed.Thetoolbarswithacheckmark
besidethemarevisible;thetoolbarswithoutacheckmarkarehidden.
Clickthetoolbarnametoturnitsdisplayonoroff
Tomakechangestothetoolbars,selectthemenuitemTools>Customize Tools>Customize Tools>Customize Tools>Customize.See
CustomizeandArrangeToolbars CustomizeandArrangeToolbars CustomizeandArrangeToolbars CustomizeandArrangeToolbars onthe
nextpage.
Toolbars
AnsoftHFSS
panels
Toolbars
CustomizeandArrangeToolbars
Tocustomizetoolbars:
SelectthemenuitemTools>Customize, Tools>Customize, Tools>Customize, Tools>Customize, orright-clicktheAnsoftHFSS
windowframeandclickCustomize Customize Customize Customize atthebottomofthetoolbarlist.
IntheCustomizedialog,youcandothefollowing:
ViewaDescriptionofthetoolbarcommands ViewaDescriptionofthetoolbarcommands ViewaDescriptionofthetoolbarcommands ViewaDescriptionofthetoolbarcommands
1. SelectanitemfromtheComponentpull-downlist
2. SelectanitemfromtheCategorylist
3. UsingthemouseclickontheButtonstodisplaythe
Description
4. ClicktheClose Close Close Close buttonwhenyouarefinished
Togglethevisibilityoftoolbars Togglethevisibilityoftoolbars Togglethevisibilityoftoolbars Togglethevisibilityoftoolbars
1. FromtheToolbarlist,togglethecheckboxestocontrolthe
visibilityofthetoolbars
Overview
AnsoftHFSSDesktop
TheAnsoftHFSSDesktopprovidesanintuitive,easy-to-useinterfacefor
developingpassiveRFdevicemodels.Creatingdesigns,involves thefollowing:
1. 1. 1. 1. ParametricModelGeneration ParametricModelGeneration ParametricModelGeneration ParametricModelGeneration creatingthegeometry,boundariesand
excitations
2. 2. 2. 2. AnalysisSetup AnalysisSetup AnalysisSetup AnalysisSetup definingsolutionsetupandfrequencysweeps
3. 3. 3. 3. Results Results Results Results creating2Dreportsandfieldplots
4. 4. 4. 4. SolveLoop SolveLoop SolveLoop SolveLoop - thesolutionprocessisfullyautomated
Tounderstandhowtheseprocessesco-exist,examinetheillustrationshown
below.
Design Design Design Design
SolutionType SolutionType SolutionType SolutionType
1.1.Boundaries 1.1.Boundaries 1.1.Boundaries 1.1.Boundaries
1.2.Excitations 1.2.Excitations 1.2.Excitations 1.2.Excitations
4.1Mesh 4.1Mesh 4.1Mesh 4.1Mesh
Operations Operations Operations Operations
2.Analysis 2.Analysis 2.Analysis 2.Analysis
SolutionSetup
FrequencySweep
1.ParametricModel 1.ParametricModel 1.ParametricModel 1.ParametricModel
Geometry/Materials
3.Results 3.Results 3.Results 3.Results
2DReports
Fields
Mesh Mesh Mesh Mesh
Refinement Refinement Refinement Refinement
Solve Solve Solve Solve
Update Update Update Update
Converged Converged Converged Converged
Analyze Analyze Analyze Analyze
Finished Finished Finished Finished
4.SolveLoop 4.SolveLoop 4.SolveLoop 4.SolveLoop
NO NO NO NO
YES YES YES YES
OpeningaDesign
OpeningaHFSSproject
Thissectiondescribeshowtoopenaneworexistingproject.
OpeningaNewproject OpeningaNewproject OpeningaNewproject OpeningaNewproject
Toopenanewproject: Toopenanewproject: Toopenanewproject: Toopenanewproject:
1. InanAnsoftHFSSwindow,selectthemenuitemFile>New File>New File>New File>New.
2. SelectthemenuProject> Project> Project> Project> InsertHFSSDesign InsertHFSSDesign InsertHFSSDesign InsertHFSSDesign. .. .
OpeninganExistingHFSSproject OpeninganExistingHFSSproject OpeninganExistingHFSSproject OpeninganExistingHFSSproject
Toopenanexistingproject: Toopenanexistingproject: Toopenanexistingproject: Toopenanexistingproject:
1. InanAnsoftHFSSwindow,
selectthemenuFile>Open File>Open File>Open File>Open.
UsetheOpendialogtoselect
theproject.
2. ClickOpen Open Open Open toopentheproject
OpeninganExistingProjectfromExplorer OpeninganExistingProjectfromExplorer OpeninganExistingProjectfromExplorer OpeninganExistingProjectfromExplorer
YoucanopenaprojectdirectlyfromtheMicrosoftWindowsExplorer.
ToopenaprojectfromWindowsExplorer,dooneofthefollowing ToopenaprojectfromWindowsExplorer,dooneofthefollowing ToopenaprojectfromWindowsExplorer,dooneofthefollowing ToopenaprojectfromWindowsExplorer,dooneofthefollowing: :: :
Double-clickonthenameoftheprojectinWindowsExplorer.
Right-clickthenameoftheprojectinWindowsExplorerandselect
Open Open Open Open fromtheshortcutmenu.
SetSolutionType
SetSolutionType
ThissectiondescribeshowtosettheSolutionType.TheSolutionTypedefines
thetypeofresults,howtheexcitationsaredefined,andtheconvergence.The
followingSolutionTypesareavailable:
1. 1. 1. 1. DrivenModal DrivenModal DrivenModal DrivenModal - calculatesthemodal-basedS-parameters.TheS-matrix
solutionswillbeexpressedintermsoftheincidentandreflectedpowersof
waveguidemodes.
2. 2. 2. 2. DrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal - calculatestheterminal-basedS-parametersofmulti-
conductortransmissionlineports.TheS-matrixsolutionswillbeexpressed
intermsofterminalvoltagesandcurrents.
3. 3. 3. 3. Eignemode Eignemode Eignemode Eignemode calculatetheeigenmodes,orresonances,ofastructure.The
Eigenmodesolverfindstheresonantfrequenciesofthestructure andthe
fieldsatthoseresonantfrequencies.
Convergence
DrivenModal DrivenModal DrivenModal DrivenModal DeltaSformodalS-Parameters.Thiswastheonly
convergencemethodavailableforDrivenSolutionsinpreviousversions.
DrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal DeltaSforthesingle-endedordifferentialnodalS-
Parameters.
Eigenmode Eigenmode Eigenmode Eigenmode - DeltaF
Tosetthesolutiontype: Tosetthesolutiontype: Tosetthesolutiontype: Tosetthesolutiontype:
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>SolutionType HFSS>SolutionType HFSS>SolutionType HFSS>SolutionType
2. SolutionTypeWindow:
1. Chooseoneofthefollowing:
1. 1. 1. 1. DrivenModal DrivenModal DrivenModal DrivenModal
2. 2. 2. 2. DrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal
3. 3. 3. 3. Eigenmode Eigenmode Eigenmode Eigenmode
2. ClicktheOK OK OK OK button
THlSPAGElNTENTlONALYLEFTBLANK
AnsoftHighFrequencyStructureSimulatorv10UsersGuide
1
ParametricModelCreation
1-1
TheAnsoftHFSS3DModelerisdesignedforeaseofuseandflexibility.The
powerofthe3DModelerisinitsuniqueabilitytocreatefully parametricdesigns
withouteditingcomplexmacros/modelhistory.
Thepurposeofthischapteristoprovideanoverviewofthe3DModeling
capabilities.Byunderstandingthebasicconceptsoutlinedhere youwillbeable
toquicklytakeadvantageofthefullfeaturesetofferedbythe 3DParametric
Modeler.
Overviewofthe3DModelerUserInterface
Thefollowingpictureshowsthe3DModelerwindow.
3DModelerDesignTree 3DModelerDesignTree 3DModelerDesignTree 3DModelerDesignTree The3DModelerDesignTreeisanessentialpart
oftheuserinterface.Fromhereyoumayaccessthestructuralelementsin
additiontoanyobjectdependenciesandattributes.
ContextMenus ContextMenus ContextMenus ContextMenus Contextmenusareaflexiblewayofaccessingfrequently
usedmenucommandsforthecurrentcontext.Thecontentsofthese
menuschangedynamicallyandareavailablethroughouttheinterfaceby
clickingtherightmousebutton.
GraphicsArea GraphicsArea GraphicsArea GraphicsArea Thegraphicsareaisusedtointeractwiththestructural
elements.
Graphics
area
Model
3DModeler
designtree
Contextmenu
1
1-2
Overviewofthe3DModelerUserInterface(Continued)
Whenusingthe3DModelerinterfaceyouwillalsointeractwithtwoadditional
interfaces:
PropertyWindow PropertyWindow PropertyWindow PropertyWindow ThePropertyWindowisusedtoviewormodifythe
attributesanddimensionsofstructuralobjects
StatusBar/CoordinateEntry StatusBar/CoordinateEntry StatusBar/CoordinateEntry StatusBar/CoordinateEntry TheStatusBarontheAnsoftHFSSDesktop
WindowdisplaystheCoordinateEntryfieldsthatcanbeusedtodefine
pointsoroffsetsduringthecreationofstructuralobjects
Propertytabs
Property
buttons
Property
table
1
1-3
GridPlane
Tosimplifythecreationofstructuralprimitives,agridordrawingplaneisused.
Thedrawingplanedoesnotinanywaylimittheusertotwodimensional
coordinatesbutinsteadisusedasaguidetosimplifythecreationofstructural
primitives.Thedrawingplaneisrepresentedbytheactivegrid plane(Thegrid
doesnothavetobevisible).Todemonstratehowdrawingplanesareused,
reviewthefollowingsection:CreatingandViewingSimpleStructures CreatingandViewingSimpleStructures CreatingandViewingSimpleStructures CreatingandViewingSimpleStructures.
ActiveCursor
Theactivecursorreferstothecursorthatisavailableduringobjectcreation.The
cursorallowsyoutographicallychangethecurrentposition.Thepositionis
displayedonthestatusbaroftheAnsoftHFSSDesktopWindow.
Whenobjectsarenotbeingconstructed,thecursorremainspassiveandisset
fordynamicselection.SeetheOverviewofSelectingObjectsformoredetails.
1
1-4
CreatingandViewingaSimpleStructure
Creating3Dstructuralobjectsisaccomplishedbyperformingthe followingsteps:
1. Setthegridplane
2. Createthebaseshapeoftheobject
3. SettheHeight
CreateaBox CreateaBox CreateaBox CreateaBox
Wewillinvestigatecreatingaboxtodemonstratethesesteps.Thesesteps
assumethatprojectandaHFSSdesignhavealreadybeencreated. Three
pointsarerequiredtocreatethebox.Thefirsttwoformthebaserectangle
andthethirdsetstheheight.
Point1:Definesthestartpointofthebaserectangle
Point2:Definesthesizeofthebaserectangle
Point3:DefinestheheightoftheBox
Point2
Point3
Point1
GridPlane
BaseRectangle
1
1-5
CreateaBox(Continued) CreateaBox(Continued) CreateaBox(Continued) CreateaBox(Continued)
1. Selectthemenuitem3DModeler>GridPlane>XY 3DModeler>GridPlane>XY 3DModeler>GridPlane>XY 3DModeler>GridPlane>XY
2. Usethemousetocreatethebaseshape
1. Setthestartpointbypositioningtheactivecursorandclicktheleft
mousebutton.
2. Positiontheactivecursorandclicktheleftmousebuttontosetthe
secondpointthatformsthebaserectangle
3. SettheHeightbypositioningtheactivecursorandclickingleftmouse
button.
1
1-6
SpecifyingPoints
Grid Grid Grid Grid
Fromtheexample,wesawthatthesimplestwaytosetapointis by
clickingitspositiononthegridplane.Tosettheprecisionofthegridplane,
selectthemenuitemView>GridSettings. View>GridSettings. View>GridSettings. View>GridSettings. Fromhereyoumayspecifythe
GridType,Style,Visibility,andPrecision.BypressingtheSaveAsDefault SaveAsDefault SaveAsDefault SaveAsDefault
button,youcansetthedefaultbehaviorforfutureHFSSDesigns.
CoordinateEntry CoordinateEntry CoordinateEntry CoordinateEntry
AnotherwaytospecifyacoordinateistousetheCoordinateEntryfields
whicharelocatedonthestatusbaroftheAnsoftHFSSDesktop. The
positionmaybespecifiedinCartesian,Cylindrical Cartesian,Cylindrical Cartesian,Cylindrical Cartesian,Cylindrical,orSpherical Spherical Spherical Spherical
coordinates.Oncethefirstpointisset,theCoordinateEntrywilldefaultto
Relativecoordinates.InRelativemodethecoordinatesarenolonger
absolute(measuredfromtheoriginoftheworkingcoordinatesystem),but
relativetothelastpointentered.
Equations Equations Equations Equations
TheCoordinateEntryfieldsallowequationstobeenteredfor
positionvalues.Examples:2*5,2+6+8,2*cos(10*(pi/180)).
VariablesarenotallowedintheCoordinateEntryField
Note Note Note Note:Trigfunctionsareinradians
Relativemode
1
1-7
SpecifyingPoints(Continued)
ObjectProperties ObjectProperties ObjectProperties ObjectProperties
BydefaultthePropertiesdialogwillappearafteryouhavefinished
sketchinganobject.Thepositionandsizeofobjectscanbemodifiedfrom
thedialog.Thismethodallowsyoutocreateobjectsbyclickingthe
estimatedvaluesusingthemouseandthencorrectingthevaluesinthe
finaldialog.
ThePropertydialogacceptsequations,variables,andunits.Seethe
OverviewofEnteringParameters OverviewofEnteringParameters OverviewofEnteringParameters OverviewofEnteringParameters formoredetail.
Everyobjecthastwotypesofproperties
1. 1. 1. 1. Command Command Command Command Definesthestructuralprimitive
2. 2. 2. 2. Attributes Attributes Attributes Attributes Definesthematerial,display,andsolveproperties
Attributes
Commands
1
1-8
OverviewofDraw
Primitives Primitives Primitives Primitives
Insolidmodeling,thebasicelementorobjectisoftencalleda primitive.
Examplesofprimitivesareboxes,cylinders,rectangles,circles,etc.There
aretwotypesofprimitives:3Dprimitivesorsolids,and2Dprimitivesor
surfaces.Byplacingacollectionofprimitivesinthecorrectlocationandof
thecorrectsizewecancreatearepresentcomplexstructuralobjects.
Tocreatecomplexobjects,primitivescanbeusedastoolstocutholes,
carveaway,orjoin.Theoperationsthatareperformedwiththesetools
areoftenreferredtoasBooleanoperations.
2Dprimitivescanbeswepttocreatearbitrarilyshapedsolidprimitives
2DDrawObjects 2DDrawObjects 2DDrawObjects 2DDrawObjects
Thefollowing2DDrawobjectsareavailable:
Rectangle,Circle,Line,Point,Spline,Ellipse,RegularPolygon(v8.5
circle)
Box,Cylinder,Sphere,Torus,Helix,BondWire,Cone,Regular
Polyhedron(v8.5cylinder)
TrueSurfaces TrueSurfaces TrueSurfaces TrueSurfaces
Circles,Cylinders,Spheres,etcarerepresentedastruesurfaces.In
versionspriortorelease9,theseprimitiveswouldberepresentedas
facetedobjects.Ifyouwishtousethefacetedprimitives(Cylindersor
Circles),selecttheRegularPolyhedronorRegularPolygon.
Tocontrolthemeshgenerationoftruesurfacesobjects,seethe sectionon
MeshControl.
1
1-9
OverviewofDraw(Continued)
SnapMode SnapMode SnapMode SnapMode
Asanaidforgraphicalselection,the
modelerprovidesSnapoptions.The
defaultistosnapsareshownhere.The
shapeoftheactivecursorwilldynamically
changeasthecursorismovedoverthe
snappositions.
Moving Moving Moving Moving
Bydefaultallactivecursormovementisinthreedimensions.Themodeler
canalsobesettoallowtheactivecursortoonlymoveinaplaneoroutof
plane.Thesearesetfromthemenuitem3DModeler>MovementMode. 3DModeler>MovementMode. 3DModeler>MovementMode. 3DModeler>MovementMode.
Inaddition,themovementcanbelimitedtoaspecificdirection (x,y,orz)
byholdingdownthex,y,orzkey.Thispreventsmovementintheother
directions.
PressingtheCTRL+Enter CTRL+Enter CTRL+Enter CTRL+Enter keysetsalocalreferencepoint.Thiscanbe
usefulforcreatinggeometrygraphicallythatisbasedonanexisting
objects.Thisisoutlinedonthenextpage:
1
1-10
Moving(Continued) Moving(Continued) Moving(Continued) Moving(Continued)
Step1:StartPoint Step2:HoldXkeyandselectvertexpoint
Step3:CTRL+Enter Keyssetalocalreference Step4:HoldZkeyandsetheight
1
1-11
OverviewofDraw
Import Import Import Import
In3Dmodeleryoucanimportadrawingfilefromoutside.
Chooseoption3DModeler 3DModeler 3DModeler 3DModeler- -- ->Import >Import >Import >Import .Hereisthelistofimportfilesthatwe
support.Forsomeoftheseimportoptionyouwillneedanadd-ontranslator
featureinyourlicensefile.
Healing Healing Healing Healing
Automatedhealingforimportedsolidmodels
Post-translationusercontrolledhealing
3DModelAnalysis 3DModeler/Analyze
Face,Object,Areaanalysisbasedonuserinputs
Listofproblems(faces,edges,vertices)
AutoZoomInintoregionwhereproblemexists
RemoveFace
RemoveEdge
RemoveSliver
RemoveVertices
1
1-12
SelectingPreviouslyDefinedShapes
Youmayselectanobjectbymovingthemouseovertheobjectinthegraphics
areaandclickingonit.ThedefaultmodeisDynamicselectionwhichwilldisplay
theobjecttobeselectedwithauniqueoutlinecolor.Pleasenotethatafter
selecting(Clickingontheobject)theobjectitwillbedisplayedsolidpinkwhileall
otherobjectsaredrawntransparent.
TypesofSelection TypesofSelection TypesofSelection TypesofSelection
Thedefaultistoselectobjects.Sometimesisnecessarytoselectfaces,
edges,orvertices.Tochangetheselectionmode,selectthemenuitem
Edit>Select Edit>Select Edit>Select Edit>Select andchoosetheappropriateselectionmode.Theshortcut
keyso oo o (Objectselection)andf f f f(faceselection)areusefulforquickly
switchingbetweenthemostcommonselectionmodes
MultipleSelectorToggleSelection MultipleSelectorToggleSelection MultipleSelectorToggleSelection MultipleSelectorToggleSelection
Multipleobjectscanbeselectedgraphicallybyholdingdownthe CTRLkey
whileselecting.Inaddition,withtheCTRLkeypressed,theselectionofan
objectcanbetoggledbetweenselectedorunselected.
BlockedObjects BlockedObjects BlockedObjects BlockedObjects
Iftheobjectyouwishtoselectislocatedbehindanotherobject,selectthe
objectthatisblockingthedesiredobjectandpresstheb bb b keyorright-click
andselectNextBehind NextBehind NextBehind NextBehind fromthecontextmenu.Youmayrepeatthisas
manytimesasneededtoselectthecorrectobject.
SelectAllVisible SelectAllVisible SelectAllVisible SelectAllVisible
YoucanselectallvisibleobjectsbypressingtheCTRL+a CTRL+a CTRL+a CTRL+a keyorby
selectingthemenuitemEdit>SelectAllVisible. Edit>SelectAllVisible. Edit>SelectAllVisible. Edit>SelectAllVisible.
SelectbyName SelectbyName SelectbyName SelectbyName
ToselectobjectsbyNameyoucanuseanyoneofthefollowing:
SelectthemenuitemEdit>Select>ByName Edit>Select>ByName Edit>Select>ByName Edit>Select>ByName
SelectthemenuitemHFSS>List HFSS>List HFSS>List HFSS>List
SelecttheModel Model Model Model tab
Selectobjectsfromthelist
UsetheModelTree ModelTree ModelTree ModelTree.Seethenextpage
1
1-13
SelectingPreviouslyDefinedShapes(Continued)
ModelTree ModelTree ModelTree ModelTree
Afteranobjecthasbeencreated,itisautomaticallyaddedtotheModel
Tree.AllobjectscanbefoundintheModelTree.IfyouopentheModel
folderyouwillfindtheobjectssortedbyObjectorbyMaterial.Youcan
togglebetweentheviewsbytogglingthemenuitem3DModeler>Group 3DModeler>Group 3DModeler>Group 3DModeler>Group
ObjectbyMaterial ObjectbyMaterial ObjectbyMaterial ObjectbyMaterial.
Asstatedpreviously,everyobjecthastwotypesofproperties:
Attributes Attributes Attributes Attributes
Youmayselectanobjectbyclickingonthecorresponding
itemintheModelTree.
Whentheobjectisselectedtheattributeswillbedisplayedin
thePropertyWindow.Double-clickingontheobjectwillopen
apropertiesdialog.UsethePropertyWindoworproperties
dialogtomodifytheattributes.
Commands Commands Commands Commands
FromtheModelTree,theCommandPropertiescanbe
selectedbyexpandingtheobjectfoldertodisplaythe
commandlist.Usingthemouse,selectthecorresponding
commandfromthetree.Thepropertieswillbedisplayedin
thePropertyWindow.Double-clickingonthecommandwill
openapropertiesdialog.UsethePropertyWindowor
propertiesdialogtomodifythecommand.
Whenthecommandisselected,theobjectwillbeoutlined
withboldlinesinthe3DModelWindow.Sinceanobjectcan
beacombinationofseveralprimitives,thecommandlistmay
containseveralobjects.Anyoneofthesecommandscanbe
selectedtovisualizeormodifytheobject.
Attributes
Commands
SortedbyObject SortedbyMaterial
1
1-14
SelectingPreviouslyDefinedShapes(Continued)
ModelTree ModelTree ModelTree ModelTree
Geometryinthe3Dmodelerisalsogroupedaccordingtotheirmodel
definition.Objects,Sheets,Lines,andPointsareallseparated sothatthey
canbeeasilyidentifiedinthemodeltree
Ifaboundaryconditionoranexcitationisdefinedonasheetobject,then
those2Dobjectswillbefurtherseparatedaccordingtotheirassignment.
1
1-15
ObjectAttributes
Anobjectsattributessetthefollowinguserdefinedproperties:
Name Name Name Name Userdefinedname.Defaultnamesstartwiththeprimitivetype
followedbyanincreasingnumber:Box1,Box2,etc.
Material Material Material Material Userdefinedmaterialproperty.Thedefaultpropertyisvacuum.
Thiscanbechangedbyusingthematerialtoolbar
SolveInside SolveInside SolveInside SolveInside BydefaultHFSSonlysolvesforfieldsinside
dielectrics.ToforceHFSStosolveinsideconductors,check
solveinside.
Orientation
ModelObject ModelObject ModelObject ModelObject Controlsiftheobjectisincludedinthesolve
Display Display Display DisplayWireframe Wireframe Wireframe Wireframe Forcestheobjecttoalwaysbedisplayedaswireframe
Color Color Color Color Setobjectcolor
Transparency Transparency Transparency Transparency Setthetransparencyofanobject.0Solid,1- Wireframe
Note: Note: Note: Note: Visibilityisnotanobjectproperty.
1
1-16
Materials
Byclickingonthepropertybuttonforthematerialname,thematerialdefinition
windowwillappear.Youcanselectfromtheexistingdatabaseordefinea
customprojectmaterial.
1
1-17
Materials(Continued)
UserDefinedProjectMaterial UserDefinedProjectMaterial UserDefinedProjectMaterial UserDefinedProjectMaterial
TodefineacustommaterialclicktheAddMaterial AddMaterial AddMaterial AddMaterial buttonfromthematerial
definitionwindow.Thefollowingdialogwillappear.Enterthe material
definitionsandclicktheOKbutton.
1
1-18
ChangingtheView
Youcanchangetheviewatanytime(evenduringshapegeneration)byusing
thefollowingcommands:
Toolbar Toolbar Toolbar Toolbar
Rotate Rotate Rotate Rotate Thestructurewillberotatedaroundthecoordinatesystem
Pan Pan Pan Pan Thestructurewillbetranslatedinthegraphicalarea
DynamicZoom DynamicZoom DynamicZoom DynamicZoom Movingthemouseupwardswillincreasethezoomfactor
whilemovingthemousedownwardswilldecreasethezoomfactor
ZoomIn/Out ZoomIn/Out ZoomIn/Out ZoomIn/Out Inthismodearubberbandrectanglewillbedefinedby
draggingthemouse.Afterreleasingthemousebuttonthezoomfactorwill
beapplied.
ContextMenu ContextMenu ContextMenu ContextMenu
RightclickinthegraphicsareaandselectthemenuitemView View View Viewandchoose
fromtheoptionsoutlinedintheToolbarsection.Thecontextmenualso
offersthefollowing:
FitAll FitAll FitAll FitAll Thiswillzoomthedefinedstructuretoapointwhereitfitsin
thedrawingarea
FitSelection FitSelection FitSelection FitSelection Thisfitsonlytheselectedobjectsintothedrawing
area.
Spin Spin Spin Spin Dragthemouseandreleasethemousebuttontostartthe
objectspinning.Thespeedofthedraggingpriortoreleasingthe
mousecontrolsthespeedofthespin.
Animate Animate Animate Animate Createordisplaytheanimationofparametricgeometry
Shortcuts Shortcuts Shortcuts Shortcuts
Sincechangingtheviewisafrequentlyusedoperation,someuseful
shortcutkeysexist.Presstheappropriatekeysanddragthemousewith
theleftbuttonpressed:
ALT+Drag ALT+Drag ALT+Drag ALT+Drag Rotate
Inaddition,thereare9pre-definedviewanglesthatcanbe
selectedbyholdingtheALTkeyanddoubleclickingonthe
locationsshownonthenextpage.
Shift+Drag Shift+Drag Shift+Drag Shift+Drag - Pan
ALT+Shift+Drag ALT+Shift+Drag ALT+Shift+Drag ALT+Shift+Drag DynamicZoom
Pan
Rotate DynamicZoom
ZoomIn/Out
1
1-19
Shortcuts- PredefinedViews
These9pre-definedviewscanbeseenbyholdingtheALTkeyanddouble
clickingtheleftmousebuttononthelocationsshownbelow.
Top Top Top Top
Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom
Right Right Right Right
PredefinedViewAngles
Left Left Left Left
1
1-20
ChangingtheView(Continued)
Visibility Visibility Visibility Visibility
Thevisibilityofobjects,Boundaries,Excitations,andFieldReportscanbe
controlledfromthemenuitemView>Visibility View>Visibility View>Visibility View>Visibility
HideSelection HideSelection HideSelection HideSelection
Thevisibilityofselectedobjectscanbesethiddenbyselectingthe
object(s)andchoosingthemenuView>HideSelection>AllViews View>HideSelection>AllViews View>HideSelection>AllViews View>HideSelection>AllViews.
Rendering Rendering Rendering Rendering
TochangetherenderingselectthemenuitemView>Render>Wireframe
orView>Render>SmoothShaded
CoordinateSystem CoordinateSystem CoordinateSystem CoordinateSystem
Tocontroltheviewofthecoordinatesystem,selectthemenuitem:
Visibility: Visibility: Visibility: Visibility:
TogglethemenuitemView>CoordinateSystem>Hide View>CoordinateSystem>Hide View>CoordinateSystem>Hide View>CoordinateSystem>Hide
(Show) (Show) (Show) (Show)
Size Size Size Size:
TogglethemenuitemView>CoordinateSystem>Small View>CoordinateSystem>Small View>CoordinateSystem>Small View>CoordinateSystem>Small
(Large) (Large) (Large) (Large)
BackgroundColor BackgroundColor BackgroundColor BackgroundColor
Tosetthebackgroundcolor,selectthemenuitemView>ModifyAttributes View>ModifyAttributes View>ModifyAttributes View>ModifyAttributes
>BackgroundColor >BackgroundColor >BackgroundColor >BackgroundColor
AdditionView AdditionView AdditionView AdditionViewSeetings Seetings Seetings Seetings
Additionalattributesoftheviewsuchastheprojection,orientation,and
lightingcanbesetfromthemenuitemView>ModifyAttributes View>ModifyAttributes View>ModifyAttributes View>ModifyAttributes
1
1-21
EnhancementsandNewFeatures
Selection Selection Selection Selection
SelectConnectedVertices ConnectedVertices ConnectedVertices ConnectedVertices
SelectConnectedFaces ConnectedFaces ConnectedFaces ConnectedFaces
SelectConnectedEdges ConnectedEdges ConnectedEdges ConnectedEdges
SelectEdgeChain EdgeChain EdgeChain EdgeChain
SelectFaceChain FaceChain FaceChain FaceChain
SelectUncoveredLoops UncoveredLoops UncoveredLoops UncoveredLoops
Healing Healing Healing Healing
PurgeHistory PurgeHistory PurgeHistory PurgeHistory makesanobjectappearasan
importedentitysothathealingcanbe
performedonit
RemoveFaces
RemoveEdges
RemoveVertices
AlignFaces
1
1-22
Visibility Visibility Visibility Visibility
HideselectedobjectsinActiveView
HideselectedobjectsinAllViews
ShowselectedobjectsinActiveView
ShowselectedobjectsinAllViews
3DUserInterfaceOptions 3DUserInterfaceOptions 3DUserInterfaceOptions 3DUserInterfaceOptions
Whenthereisaselection
Selectionisalwaysvisible
Settransparencyofselectedobjects
Settransparencyofnon-selectedobjects
DefaultRotationAbout
ScreenCenter
CurrentAxis
ModelCenter
3DModelerOptions 3DModelerOptions 3DModelerOptions 3DModelerOptions
Visualizehistoryofobjects
1
1-23
ApplyingStructuralTransformations
Sofarwehaveinvestigatedhottomodelsimpleshapesandhowtochangethe
viewofthemodel.Tocreatemorecomplicatedmodelsorreducethenumberof
objectsthatneedtobecreatedmanuallywecanapplyvarioustransformations.
Thefollowingexamplesassumethatyouhavealreadyselectedthe object(s)that
youwishtoapplyatransformation.
YoucanselectthetransformationoptionsfromthemenuitemEdit> Edit> Edit> Edit>
Arrange> Arrange> Arrange> Arrange>
Move Move Move Move Translatesthestructurealongavector
Rotate Rotate Rotate Rotate Rotatestheshapearoundacoordinateaxisbyanangle
Mirror Mirror Mirror Mirror Mirrorstheshapearoundaspecifiedplane
Offset Offset Offset Offset Performsauniformscaleinx,y,andz.
Duplicate> Duplicate> Duplicate> Duplicate>
AlongLines AlongLines AlongLines AlongLines Createmultiplecopiesofanobjectalongavector
AroundAxis AroundAxis AroundAxis AroundAxis Createmultiplecopiesofanobjectrotatedbyafixed
anglearoundthex,y,orzaxis
Mirror Mirror Mirror Mirror- -- - Mirrorstheshapearoundaspecifiedplane andcreatesa
duplicate
Scale Scale Scale Scale Allowsnon-uniformscalinginthex,y,orzdirection
Thefacesofanobjectcanalsobemovedtoaltertheshapeofanexistingobject.
Tomovethefacesofanobjectselectthemenuitem3DModeler>Surfaces> 3DModeler>Surfaces> 3DModeler>Surfaces> 3DModeler>Surfaces>
MoveFaces MoveFaces MoveFaces MoveFaces andselectAlongNormal AlongNormal AlongNormal AlongNormal orAlongVector AlongVector AlongVector AlongVector.
1
1-24
CombineObjectsbyUsingBooleanOperations
Mostcomplexstructurescanbereducedtocombinationsofsimple primitives.
Eventhesolidprimitivescanbereducedtosimple2Dprimitives thatareswept
alongavectororaroundanaxis(Box isasquarethatissweptalongavectorto
giveitthickness).ThesolidmodelersupportsthefollowingBooleanoperations:
Unite Unite Unite Unite combinemultipleprimitives
Unitedisjointobjects
SeparateBodiestoseparate
Subtract Subtract Subtract Subtract removepartofaprimitivefromanother
Split Split Split Split breakprimitivesintomultipleparts
Intersect Intersect Intersect Intersect keeponlythepartsofprimitivesthatoverlap
Sweep Sweep Sweep Sweep turna2Dprimitiveintoasolidbysweeping:AlongaVector,
AroundanAxis,AlongaPath
Connect Connect Connect Connect connect 2Dprimitives.UseCoverSurfacestoturnthe
connectedobjectintoasolid
Section Section Section Section generate2Dcross-sectionsofa3Dobject
MostBooleanoperationsrequireabaseprimitiveinwhichtheBooleanoperation
isperformed.Onlythebaseobjectwillbepreserved.
TheBooleanfunctionsprovidetheoptiontoCloneobjects.
SplitCrossingObjects SplitCrossingObjects SplitCrossingObjects SplitCrossingObjects Whenagroupofobjects
areselected,aBooleansplitisperformedon
ANYobjectsthatoverlap
1
1-25
LocalCoordinateSystems
Theabilitytocreatelocalcoordinatesystemsaddsagreatdeal offlexibilitytothe
creationsofstructuralobjects.Inprevioussectionswehaveonlydiscussed
objectsthatarealignedtotheglobalcoordinatesystem.Thelocalcoordinate
systemsimplifiesthedefinitionofobjectsthatdonotalignwiththeglobal
coordinatesystem.Inaddition,theobjecthistoryisdefinedrelativetoa
coordinatesystem.Ifthecoordinatesystemismoved,thegeometrywill
automaticallymovewithit.Thedefinitionofcoordinatesystemsaremaintained
intheModelTree.
WorkingCoordinateSystem WorkingCoordinateSystem WorkingCoordinateSystem WorkingCoordinateSystem
TheworkingcoordinatesystemisthecurrentlyselectedCS.Thiscanbea
localorglobalCS
GlobalCS GlobalCS GlobalCS GlobalCS
Thedefaultfixedcoordinatesystem
Relative Relative Relative Relative CS CS CS CS
Userdefinedlocalcoordinatesystem.
Offset
Rotated
Both
Face Face Face Face CS CS CS CS
Userdefinedlocalcoordinatesystem.Itistiedtothelocationoftheobject
faceitwascreatedon.Ifthesizeofthebaseobjectchanges, allobjects
createdrelativetothefaceCSwillbeupdatedautomatically.
ContinuedonNextPage
1
1-26
LocalCoordinateSystems(Continued)
FaceCS(Continued) FaceCS(Continued) FaceCS(Continued) FaceCS(Continued)
TocreateafaceCS,selectthemenuitem3DModeler>Coordinate 3DModeler>Coordinate 3DModeler>Coordinate 3DModeler>Coordinate
System>Face System>Face System>Face System>Face
1. GraphicallyselectFace(Highlightedinmodel)
2. SelectOriginforFaceCS
3. SetX-Axis
Step1:SelectFace Step2:SelectOrigin
Step3:SetX-Axis
NewWorkingCS
1
1-27
ConeiscreatedwithFaceCS
Changethesizeoftheboxand
theConeisautomatically
movedwiththeFaceCS
LocalCoordinateSystems(Continued)
ExampleofFaceCS ExampleofFaceCS ExampleofFaceCS ExampleofFaceCS
1
1-28
ParametricGeometry
Theparametricmodelercapabilityallowsustodefinevariablesinreplaceofa
fixedpositionorsize.Oncethishasbeendefinedthevariable canbechanged
bytheuserorbyOptimetrics.Optimetricscanthenbeusedtoperform
automaticOptimization,ParametricSweeps,Statistical,orSensitivityAnalysis.
DefiningParameters DefiningParameters DefiningParameters DefiningParameters
Selectthecommandtoparameterized
Choosethevaluetochange
Enteravariableinreplaceofthefixedvalue
Definethevariableusinganycombinationofmathfunctionsordesign
variables.
Themodelwillautomaticallybeupdated
1
1-29
ParametricGeometry(Continued)
Variables Variables Variables Variables
TherearetwotypesofvariablesthatcanbedefinedintheHFSS Desktop
DesignProperties DesignProperties DesignProperties DesignProperties Localtomodel.Toaccessthelocalvariables
selectthemenuitemHFSS>DesignProperties HFSS>DesignProperties HFSS>DesignProperties HFSS>DesignProperties
ProjectVariables ProjectVariables ProjectVariables ProjectVariables Globaltoallmodelsinproject.Startwith$.To
accesstheglobalorprojectvariables,selectthemenuitemProject Project Project Project
> > > >Project Project Project Project Variables Variables Variables Variables
Units Units Units Units
Whendefiningvariablestheymustcontainunits.Thedefaultunits
forvariablesismeters.
Equations Equations Equations Equations
Thevariablescancontaincomplexequations.SeetheOnlineHelp
foracompletelistofmathfunctions
EquationbasedCurvesandSurfaces EquationbasedCurvesandSurfaces EquationbasedCurvesandSurfaces EquationbasedCurvesandSurfaces
Anycurve/surfacethatcanbedescribed
byanequationinthreedimensions
canbedrawn.
Animation Animation Animation Animation
Right-Clickinthe3DModelWindow&ChooseAnimatetopreview
theparameterization
Note:dependingonthequalityofyourgraphicscardyouhavethe
optionofexportingetherAVIorGIFanimationfiles.
1.1-1 AnsoftHighFrequencyStructureSimulatorv10UsersGuide
1.1
BoundaryConditions
BoundaryConditions
Thischapterdescribesthebasicsforapplyingboundaryconditions.Boundary
conditionsenableyoutocontrolthecharacteristicsofplanes,faces,orinterfaces
betweenobjects.Boundaryconditionsareimportanttounderstandandare
fundamentaltosolutionofMaxwellsequations.
WhytheyareImportant
ThewaveequationthatissolvedbyAnsoftHFSSisderivedfromthedifferential
formofMaxwellsEquations.Fortheseexpressionstobevalid,itisassumed
thatthefieldvectorsaresingle-valued,bounded,andhavecontinuous
distributionalongwiththeirderivatives.Alongboundariesorsources,thefields
arediscontinuousandthederivativeshavenomeaning.Thereforeboundary
conditionsdefinethefieldbehavioracrossdiscontinuousboundaries.
AsauserofAnsoftHFSSyoushouldbeawareofthefieldassumptionsmadeby
boundaryconditions.Sinceboundaryconditionsforceafieldbehaviorwewant
tobeawareoftheassumptionssowecandetermineiftheyareappropriatefor
thesimulation.Improperuseofboundaryconditionsmayleadto inconsistent
results.
Whenusedproperly,boundaryconditionscanbesuccessfullyutilizedtoreduce
themodelcomplexity.Infact,AnsoftHFSSautomaticallyusesboundary
conditionstoreducethecomplexityofthemodel.AnsoftHFSScanbethoughtof
asavirtualprototypingworldforpassiveRFdevices.Unliketherealworld
whichisboundedbyinfinitespace,thevirtualprototypingworldneedstobe
madefinite.Inordertoachievethisfinitespace,AnsoftHFSS appliesa
backgroundorouterboundaryconditionwhichisappliedtotheregion
surroundingthegeometricmodel.
Themodelcomplexityusuallyisdirectlytiedtothesolutiontimeandcomputer
resourcessoitisacompetitiveadvantagetoutilizethemwheneverpossible.
1.1
BoundaryConditions
CommonBoundaryConditions
Therearethreetypesofboundaryconditions.Thefirsttwoare largelytheusers
responsibilitytodefinethemorensurethattheyaredefinedcorrectly.The
materialboundaryconditionsaretransparenttotheuser.
1. 1. 1. 1. Excitations Excitations Excitations Excitations
WavePorts(External)
LumpedPorts(Internal)
2. 2. 2. 2. SurfaceApproximations SurfaceApproximations SurfaceApproximations SurfaceApproximations
SymmetryPlanes
PerfectElectricorMagneticSurfaces
RadiationSurfaces
BackgroundorOuterSurface
3. 3. 3. 3. MaterialProperties MaterialProperties MaterialProperties MaterialProperties
Boundarybetweentwodielectrics
FiniteConductivityofaconductor
1.1
BoundaryConditions
HowtheBackgroundAffectsaStructure
Thebackgroundistheregionthatsurroundsthegeometricmodelandfillsany
spacethatisnotoccupiedbyanobject.Anyobjectsurfacethattouchesthe
backgroundisautomaticallydefinedtobeaPerfectEboundaryandgiventhe
boundarynameouter.Youcanthinkofyourstructureasbeingencasedwitha
thin,perfectconductor.
Ifitisnecessary,youcanchangeasurfacethatisexposedtothebackgroundto
havepropertiesthataredifferentfromouter:
Tomodellossesinasurface,youcanredefinethesurfacetobe eithera
FiniteConductivityorImpedanceboundary.AFiniteConductivity
boundarycanbealossy metal,withlossasafunctionoffrequencyand
definedusingconductivityandrelativepermeabilityparameters. An
Impedanceboundaryhasrealorcomplexvaluesthatbydefaultremain
constantoverfrequency.
Tomodelasurfacetoallowwavestoradiateinfinitelyfarinto space,
redefinethesurfacetoberadiationboundary.
Thebackgroundcanaffecthowyoumakematerialassignments.Forexample,if
youaremodelingasimpleair-filledrectangularwaveguide,youcancreatea
singleobjectintheshapeofthewaveguideanddefineittohavethe
characteristicsofair.Thesurfaceofthewaveguideisautomaticallyassumedto
beaperfectconductorandgiventheboundaryconditionouter,oryoucan
changeittoalossy conductor.
1.1
BoundaryConditions
BoundaryConditionPrecedence
TheorderinwhichboundariesareassignedisimportantinHFSS. Latter
assignedboundariestakeprecedenceoverformerassignedboundaries.
Forexample,ifonefaceofanobjectisassignedtoaPerfectE boundary,anda
holewhichliesinthesameplaneasthissurfaceisassignedaPrefectH
boundary,thenthePerfectHwilloverridethePerfectEintheareaofthehole,
andtheEfieldwillpassthroughthehole.Ifthisoperationwereperformedinthe
reverseorder,thenthePerfectEboundarywouldcoverthePerfectHboundary,
andnofieldwouldpenetrate.
Onceboundarieshavebeenassigned,theycanbere-prioritizedbyselecting
HFSS>Boundaries>Re HFSS>Boundaries>Re HFSS>Boundaries>Re HFSS>Boundaries>Re- -- -prioritize prioritize prioritize prioritize.Theorderoftheboundariescanbechanged
byclickingonaboundaryanddraggingitfurtherupordowninthelist.NOTE:
Portswillalwaystakethehighestprecedence.
1.1
BoundaryConditions
TechnicalDefinitionofBoundaryConditions
Excitation Excitation Excitation Excitation Anexcitationportisatypeofboundaryconditionthatpermits energy
toflowintoandoutofastructure.SeethesectiononExcitations.
PerfectE PerfectE PerfectE PerfectE PerfectEisaperfectelectricalconductor,alsoreferredtoasaperfect
conductor.Thistypeofboundaryforcestheelectricfield(E-Field)perpendicular
tothesurface.TherearealsotwoautomaticPerfectEassignments:
Anyobjectsurfacethattouchesthebackgroundisautomaticallydefinedto
beaPerfectEboundaryandgiventheboundaryconditionnameouter.
Anyobjectthatisassignedthematerialpec (PerfectElectricConductor)is
automaticallyassignedtheboundaryconditionPerfectEtoitssurfaceand
giventheboundaryconditionnamesmetal.
PerfectH PerfectH PerfectH PerfectH PerfectHisaperfectmagneticconductor.ForcesE-Fieldtangential
tothesurface.
Natural Natural Natural Natural foraPerfectHboundarythatoverlapswithaperfectEboundary,
thisrevertstheselectedareatoitsoriginalmaterial,erasing thePerfectE
boundarycondition.Itdoesnotaffectanymaterialassignments. Itcanbe
used,forexample,tomodelacut-outinagroundplaneforacoaxfeed.
FiniteConductivity FiniteConductivity FiniteConductivity FiniteConductivity AFiniteConductivityboundaryenablesyoutodefinethe
surfaceofanobjectasalossy (imperfect)conductor.ItisanimperfectE
boundarycondition,andisanalogoustothelossy metalmaterialdefinition.To
modelalossy surface,youprovidelossinSiemens/meterandpermeability
parameters.Lossiscalculatedasafunctionoffrequency.Itisonlyvalidfor
goodconductors.ForcesthetangentialE-FieldequaltoZ
s
(n xH
tan
).The
surfaceimpedance(Z
s
)isequalto,(1+j)/(),where:
istheskindepth,(2/())
0.5
oftheconductorbeingmodeled
isthefrequencyoftheexcitationwave.
istheconductivityoftheconductor
isthepermeabilityoftheconductor
1.1
BoundaryConditions
TechnicalDefinitionofBoundaryConditions(Continued)
Impedance Impedance Impedance Impedance aresistivesurfacethatcalculatesthefieldbehaviorandlosses
usinganalyticalformulas.ForcesthetangentialE-FieldequaltoZ
s
(n xH
tan
).
ThesurfaceimpedanceisequaltoR
s
+jX
s
,where:
Rs istheresistanceinohms/square
Xsisthereactanceinohms/square
LayeredImpedance LayeredImpedance LayeredImpedance LayeredImpedance Multiplethinlayersinastructurecanbemodeledasan
impedancesurface.SeetheOnlineHelpforadditionalinformationonhowtouse
theLayeredImpedanceboundary.
LumpedRLC LumpedRLC LumpedRLC LumpedRLC aparallelcombinationoflumpedresistor,inductor,and/or
capacitorsurface.ThesimulationissimilartotheImpedance Impedance Impedance Impedance boundary,butthe
softwarecalculatetheohms/squareusingtheusersuppliedR,L, Cvalues.
InfiniteGroundPlane InfiniteGroundPlane InfiniteGroundPlane InfiniteGroundPlane Generally,thegroundplaneistreatedasaninfinite,
PerfectE,FiniteConductivity,orImpedanceboundarycondition. Ifradiation
boundariesareusedinastructure,thegroundplaneactsasashieldforfar-field
energy,preventingwavesfrompropagatingpastthegroundplane. tosimulate
theeffectofaninfinitegroundplane,checktheInfinitegroundplaneboxwhen
definingaPerfectE,FiniteConductivity,orImpedanceboundary condition.
NOTE:EnablingtheInfiniteGroundPlaneapproximationONLYaffectspost-
processedfar-fieldradiationpatterns.Itwillnotchangethecurrentflowing onthe
groundplane.
Radiation Radiation Radiation Radiation Radiationboundaries,alsoreferredtoasabsorbingboundaries,
enableyoutomodelasurfaceaselectricallyopen:wavescanthenradiateoutof
thestructureandtowardtheradiationboundary.Thesystemabsorbsthewaveat
theradiationboundary,essentiallyballooningtheboundaryinfinitelyfaraway
fromthestructureandintospace.Radiationboundariesmayalsobeplaced
relativelyclosetoastructureandcanbearbitrarilyshaped.Thiscondition
eliminatestheneedforasphericalboundary.Forstructuresthatincluderadiation
boundaries,calculatedS-parametersincludetheeffectsofradiationloss.When
aradiationboundaryisincludedinastructure,far-fieldcalculationsare
performedaspartofthesimulation.
1.1
BoundaryConditions
TechnicalDefinitionofBoundaryConditions(Continued)
Symmetry Symmetry Symmetry Symmetry - representperfectEorperfectHplanesofsymmetry.Symmetry
boundariesenableyoutomodelonlypartofastructure,whichreducesthesize
orcomplexityofyourdesign,therebyshorteningthesolutiontime.Symmetry
boundaries,asopposedtoasimplePerfectEorHplane,shouldbeusedwhen
theplanecutsacrossaport.Inthisinstance,theporthasadifferentamountof
power,voltage,andcurrentassociatedwithit,andthusadifferentimpedance.To
makeaportwithasymmetryplanelooklikeafull-sizedport,youmustusethe
ImpedanceMultiplierintheboundarywizard.
ForasingleSymmetryHboundary,theImpedanceMultiplieris0.5.
ForasingleSymmetryEboundary,theImpedanceMultiplieris2.
OtherconsiderationsforaSymmetryboundarycondition:
Aplaneofsymmetrymustbeexposedtothebackground.
Aplaneofsymmetrymustnotcutthroughanobjectdrawninthe3D
Modelerwindow.
Aplaneofsymmetrymustbedefinedonaplanarsurface.
Onlythreeorthogonalsymmetryplanescanbedefinedinaproblem
Master/Slave Master/Slave Master/Slave Master/Slave - Masterandslaveboundariesenableyoutomodelplanesof
periodicitywheretheE-fieldononesurfacematchestheE-fieldonanotherto
withinaphasedifference.TheyforcetheE-fieldateachpointontheslave
boundarymatchtheE-fieldtowithinaphasedifferenceateachcorresponding
pointonthemasterboundary.Theyareusefulforsimulatingdevicessuchas
infinitearrays.SomeconsiderationsforMaster/Slaveboundaries:
Theycanonlybeassignedtoplanarsurfaces.
Thegeometryofthesurfaceononeboundarymustmatchthegeometry
onthesurfaceoftheotherboundary.
1.1
BoundaryConditions
ArbitraryWaveSources
Polarizedplanewaves(circular,elliptical)
Evanescentplanewaves
Gaussianbeams
Hertzian DipoleandLineSource
Linearantenna
.
air air air air
glass glass glass glass
IncidentGaussianBeam IncidentGaussianBeam IncidentGaussianBeam IncidentGaussianBeam TotalFields TotalFields TotalFields TotalFields
1.1
BoundaryConditions
FrequencySelectiveSurfaces
AutomatedReflection&Transmissioncomputation
interpolatingsweepmaybeapplied!
.
FrequencySelectiveSurfaces:TheoryandDesign FrequencySelectiveSurfaces:TheoryandDesign FrequencySelectiveSurfaces:TheoryandDesign FrequencySelectiveSurfaces:TheoryandDesign,
BenA.Munk,Fig2.15,pg38
1.2
Excitations
1.2-1
TechnicalOverview
Portsareauniquetypeofboundaryconditionthatallowenergytoflowintoand
outofastructure.Youcanassignaporttoany2Dobjector3Dobjectface.
Beforethefullthree-dimensionalelectromagneticfieldinsideastructurecanbe
calculated,itisnecessarytodeterminetheexcitationfieldpatternateachport.
AnsoftHFSS usesanarbitraryportsolvertocalculatethenaturalfieldpatternsor
modesthatcanexistinsideatransmissionstructurewiththesamecrosssection
astheport.Theresulting2Dfieldpatternsserveasboundaryconditionsforthe
fullthree-dimensionalproblem.
BydefaultAnsoftHFSS assumesthatallstructuresarecompletely
encasedinaconductiveshieldwithnoenergypropagatingthroughit.You
applyWavePorts WavePorts WavePorts WavePorts tothestructuretoindicatetheareaweretheenergy
entersandexitstheconductiveshield.
AsanalternativetousingWavePorts WavePorts WavePorts WavePorts,youcanapplyLumpedPorts LumpedPorts LumpedPorts LumpedPorts toa
structureinstead.LumpedPorts LumpedPorts LumpedPorts LumpedPorts areusefulformodelinginternalports
withinastructure.
1.2
Excitations
1.2-2
WavePort
TheportsolverassumesthattheWavePort WavePort WavePort WavePort youdefineisconnectedtoasemi-
infinitelylongwaveguidethathasthesamecross-sectionandmaterialproperties
astheport.EachWavePort WavePort WavePort WavePort isexcitedindividuallyandeachmodeincidentona
portcontainsonewattoftime-averagedpower.WavePorts WavePorts WavePorts WavePorts calculate
characteristicimpedance,complexpropagationconstant,andgeneralizedS-
Parameters.
WaveEquation
Thefieldpatternofatravelingwaveinsideawaveguidecanbedetermined
bysolvingMaxwellsequations.Thefollowingequationthatissolvedby
the2DsolverisderiveddirectlyfromMaxwellsequation.
where:
E EE E(x,y)isaphasor representinganoscillatingelectricfield.
k
0
isthefreespacewavenumber,
r
isthecomplexrelativepermeability.
r
isthecomplexrelativepermittivity.
Tosolvethisequation,the2Dsolverobtainsanexcitationfieldpatternin
theformofaphasor solution,E EE E(x,y).Thesephasor solutionsare
independentofzandt;onlyafterbeingmultipliedbye
-z
dotheybecome
travelingwaves.
Alsonotethattheexcitationfieldpatterncomputedisvalidonlyatasingle
frequency.Adifferentexcitationfieldpatterniscomputedforeach
frequencypointofinterest.
( ) 0 ) , ( ,
1
2
0
=
y x E k y x E
r
r
1.2
Excitations
1.2-3
Modes
Forawaveguideortransmissionlinewithagivencrosssection, thereisaseries
ofbasicfieldpatterns(modes)thatsatisfyMaxwellsEquations ataspecific
frequency.Anylinearcombinationofthesemodescanexistinthewaveguide.
ModeConversion
Insomecasesitisnecessarytoincludetheeffectsofhigher-ordermodes
becausethestructureactsasamodeconverter.Forexample,if themode
1(dominant)fieldatoneportisconverted(asitpassesthroughastructure)
toamode2fieldpatternatanother,thenitisnecessarytoobtaintheS-
parametersforthemode2field.
Modes,Reflections,andPropagation
Itisalsopossiblefora3Dfieldsolutiongeneratedbyanexcitationsignalof
onespecificmodetocontainreflectionsofhigher-ordermodeswhicharise
duetodiscontinuitiesinahighfrequencystructure.Ifthesehigher-order
modesarereflectedbacktotheexcitationportortransmittedontoanother
port,theS-parametersassociatedwiththesemodesshouldbecalculated.
Ifthehigher-ordermodedecaysbeforereachinganyporteitherbecause
ofattenuationduetolossesorbecauseitisanon-propagatingevanescent
modethereisnoneedtoobtaintheS-parametersforthatmode.
ModesandFrequency
Thefieldpatternsassociatedwitheachmodegenerallyvarywith
frequency.However,thepropagationconstantsandimpedancesalways
varywithfrequency.Therefore,whenafrequencysweephasbeen
requested,asolutioniscalculatedforeachfrequencypointofinterest.
Whenperformingfrequencysweeps,beawarethatasthefrequency
increases,thelikelihoodofhigher-ordermodespropagatingalsoincreases.
1.2
Excitations
1.2-4
ModesandS-Parameters
WhentheWavePortsaredefinedcorrectly,forthemodesthatareincluded
inthesimulation,thereisaperfectmatchedconditionattheWavePort.
Becauseofthis,theS-ParametersforeachmodeandWavePortare
normalizedtoafrequencydependentimpedance.ThistypeofS-
ParameterisreferredtoasGeneralizedS-Parameter.
Laboratorymeasurements,suchasthosefromavectornetworkanalyzer,
orcircuitsimulatorsuseaconstantreferenceimpedance(i.e.theportsare
notperfectlymatchedateveryfrequency).
Toobtainresultsconsistentwithmeasurementsorforusewith
circuitsimulators,thegeneralizeds-parameterscalculatedbyAnsoft
HFSS mustberenormalizedtoaconstantcharacteristicimpedance.
SeethesectiononCalibratingWavePorts CalibratingWavePorts CalibratingWavePorts CalibratingWavePorts fordetailsonhowto
performtherenormalization.
Note: Note: Note: Note: FailuretorenormalizethegeneralizedS-Parametersmay
resultininconsistentresults.Forexample,sincetheWavePorts
areperfectlymatchedateveryfrequency,theS-Parametersdonot
exhibittheinteractionthatactuallyexistsbetweenportswitha
constantcharacteristicimpedance.
1.2
Excitations
1.2-5
WavePortBoundaryCondition
TheedgeofaWavePortcanhavethefollowingboundaryconditions:
PerfectEorFiniteConductivity bydefaulttheouteredgeofaWavePort
isdefinedtohaveaPerfectEboundary.Withthisassumption,theportis
definedwithinawaveguide.Fortransmissionlinestructuresthatare
enclosedbymetal,thisisnotaproblem.Forunbalancedornon-enclosed
lines,thefieldsinthesurroundingdielectricmustbeincluded.Improper
sizingoftheportdefinitionwillresultinerroneousresults.
Symmetry theportsolverunderstandsPerfectEandPerfectHsymmetry
planes.TheproperWavePortimpedancemultiplierneedstobeapplied
whenusingsymmetryplanes.
Impedance theportsolverwillrecognizeanimpedanceboundaryatthe
edgesoftheports.
Radiation thedefaultsettingfortheinterfacebetweenaWavePortanda
RadiationboundaryistoapplyaPerfectEboundarytotheedgeofthe
ports.
1.2
Excitations
1.2-6
CalibratingWavePorts
WavePortsthatareaddedtoastructuremustbecalibratedtoensureconsistent
results.Thiscalibrationisrequiredinordertodeterminedirectionandpolarityof
fieldsandtomakevoltagecalculations.
SolutionType:DrivenModal
ForDrivenModalsimulations,theWavePortsarecalibratedusing
IntegrationLines.EachIntegrationLineisusedtocalculatethefollowing
characteristics:
Impedance Asanimpedanceline,thelineservesasthepathover
whichAnsoftHFSS integratestheE-fieldtoobtainthevoltageata
WavePort.AnsoftHFSS usesthevoltagetocomputethe
characteristicimpedanceoftheWavePorts,whichisneededto
renormalizegeneralizedS-matricestospecificimpedancessuchas
50ohms.
Note: Note: Note: Note:IfyouwanttobeabletorenormalizeS-parametersor
viewthevaluesofZpv orZvi,youmustapplyIntegration
LinestotheWavePortsofastructure.
Calibration Asacalibrationline,thelineexplicitlydefinestheupor
positivedirectionateachWavePort.AtanyWavePort,the
directionofthefieldatt=0canbeinatleastoneoftwodirections.
Atsomeports,suchascircularports,therecanbemorethantwo
possibledirections,andyouwillwanttousePolarizeE-Field.Ifyou
donotdefineanIntegrationLine,theresultingS-parameterscanbe
outofphasewithwhatyouexpect.
Tip Tip Tip TipYoumayneedtorunaports-onlysolutionfirsttohelpdeterminehow
theIntegrationLinesneedtobeappliedtoaWavePortandtheirdirection.
1.2
Excitations
1.2-7
TocalibrateaWavePort,thathasalreadybeendefined,withan
IntegrationLine:
1. FromtheProjectTree ProjectTree ProjectTree ProjectTree,expandExcitations Excitations Excitations Excitations anddoubleclickonthe
WavePorttobecalibrated
2. SelecttheModes Modes Modes Modes tab.
3. Fromthetable,selecttheIntegrationLine IntegrationLine IntegrationLine IntegrationLine columnforthefirstmode
andchooseNewLine NewLine NewLine NewLine.
4. Enterthepositionandlengthofthelineusingoneofthefollowing
methods
Typethestartandstoppointsofthelinedirectlyintothex,y,
orzaxisfields,referencedtotheworkingcoordinates.For
moreinformationoncoordinates,refertoGettingOrientedin
theDrawingSpaceinChapter**,DrawingBasicsandTips.
GraphicallypickthepointsintheDesignWindowsgraphics
area.Thelineisdisplayedasavector;thevectorindicates
direction.FromtheIntegrationLine IntegrationLine IntegrationLine IntegrationLine column,selectSwap Swap Swap Swap
Endpoints Endpoints Endpoints Endpointstoreversethedirectionoftheline,ifnecessary.
5. Repeatsteps3and4todefineandapplylinestoothermodesof the
currentWavePort.
6. ClicktheOK OK OK OK buttonwhenyouarefinisheddefiningIntegrationLines
7. Repeatsteps1-6toapplylinestootherWavePorts.
Step3:CreateNewLine
1.2
Excitations
1.2-8
AboutImpedanceLines
TheS-matricesinitiallycalculatedbyAnsoftHFSS aregeneralizedS-
matricesnormalizedtotheimpedancesofeachport.However,it isoften
desirabletocomputeS-matricesthatarenormalizedtospecific
impedancessuchas50ohms.ToconvertageneralizedS-matrixtoa
renormalizedS-matrix,AnsoftHFSS firstcomputesthecharacteristic
impedanceateachport.Thereareseveralwaystocomputethe
characteristicimpedance(Z
pi
,Z
pv
,Z
vi
).
AnsoftHFSS willalwayscalculateZ
pi.
Theimpedancecalculationusing
powerandcurrentiswelldefinedforaWavePort.Theothertwomethods
Z
pv
andZ
vi
requirealineofintegrationtodeterminevoltage.Bydefining
anIntegrationLineforeachmode,thevoltagecanbecomputed.
Ingeneral,theimpedancelineshouldbedefinedbetweentwopointsat
whichthevoltagedifferentialisexpectedtobeamaximum.Ifyouare
analyzingmultiplemodes,defineaseparateIntegrationLinesforeach
modesincetheorientationoftheelectricfieldwillvary.
AboutCalibrationLines
WhentheexcitationfieldpatternataWavePortiscomputed,thedirection
ofthefieldatt=0isarbitraryandcanpointinoneofatleasttwoways.
TheIntegrationLinescalibratetheportbydefiningthepreferreddirection
orthereferenceorientation.BesuretodefineIntegrationLinesforeach
WavePortsothatthepreferreddirectionisthesamerelativetootherports
havingidenticalorsimilarcross-sections.Inthisway,theresultsof
laboratorymeasurements(inwhichthesetupiscalibratedbyremovingthe
structureandconnectingtwoportstogether)canbeduplicated.
Becausethecalibrationlinesonlydeterminethephaseoftheexcitation
signalandthetravelingwave,thesystemignoresthemduringthePorts-
Onlysolution
1.2
Excitations
1.2-9
SolutionType:DrivenTerminal
TheModalS-matrixsolutioncomputedbyAnsoftHFSS isexpressedin
termsoftheincidentandreflectedpowersofthewaveguidemodes.This
descriptiondoesnotlenditselftoproblemswhereseveraldifferentquasi-
transverseelectromagnetic(TEM)modescanpropagatesimultaneously.
Forstructureslikecoupledtransmissionlinesorconnectors,whichsupport
multiple,quasi-TEMmodesofpropagation,itisoftendesirabletocompute
theTerminalS-Parameters.
TocalibrateaWavePort,thathasalreadybeendefined,withTerminal
Lines:
1. FromtheProjectTree ProjectTree ProjectTree ProjectTree,expandExcitations Excitations Excitations Excitations anddoubleclickonthe
WavePorttobecalibrated
2. SelecttheTerminals Terminals Terminals Terminals tab.
3. Fromthetable,selecttheTerminalLine TerminalLine TerminalLine TerminalLine columnforthefirstterminal
andchooseNewLine NewLine NewLine NewLine.
4. Enterthepositionandlengthofthelineusingoneofthefollowing
methods
Typethestartandstoppointsofthelinedirectlyintothex,y,
orzaxisfields,referencedtotheworkingcoordinates.For
moreinformationoncoordinates,refertoGettingOrientedin
theDrawingSpaceinChapter**,DrawingBasicsandTips.
GraphicallypickthepointsintheDesignWindowsgraphics
area.Thelineisdisplayedasavector;thevectorindicates
direction.FromtheTerminalLine TerminalLine TerminalLine TerminalLine column,selectSwap Swap Swap Swap
Endpoints Endpoints Endpoints Endpointstoreversethedirectionoftheline,ifnecessary.
5. Repeatsteps3and4todefineandapplylinestootherterminalsof
thecurrentWavePort.
6. ClicktheOK OK OK OK buttonwhenyouarefinisheddefiningTerminalLines
7. Repeatsteps1-6toapplylinestootherWavePorts.
1.2
Excitations
1.2-10
AboutTerminalLines
TheTerminalS-Parametersrepresentthelinearcombinationofnodal
voltagesandcurrentsfortheWavePort.Fromthenodalvoltagesand
currents,theadmittance,impedance,andpseudo-S-matricescanbe
determined.
BydefiningaTerminalLineforeachconductoracrossaport,AnsoftHFSS
willautomaticallyconverttheModalSolutiontoitsequivalentTerminal
Solution.
Ingeneralasingleterminallineiscreatedfromthereferenceor
groundconductortoeachport-planeconductor.
Thepolarityreferenceforthevoltageisestablishedbythearrow
head(+)andthebase(-)oftheterminalline.Ifyoudecidetocreate
terminallines,theymustbedefinedforeveryportandeveryterminal
ontheport
1.2
Excitations
1.2-11
ConsiderationsforDefiningWavePorts
WavePortLocations
Itisrecommendedthatonlysurfacesthatareexposedtothebackground
bedefinedasWavePorts.Thebackgroundisgiventheboundaryname
outer.Thereforeasurfaceisexposedtothebackgroundifittouchesthe
boundaryouter.Youcanlocateallregionsofouterbyselectingthemenu
itemHFSS,BoundaryDisplay(SolverView). HFSS,BoundaryDisplay(SolverView). HFSS,BoundaryDisplay(SolverView). HFSS,BoundaryDisplay(SolverView).FromtheSolverViewof SolverViewof SolverViewof SolverViewof
Boundaries Boundaries Boundaries Boundaries,checktheVisibility Visibility Visibility Visibility forouter.
InteriorWavePorts
IfyouwanttoapplyWavePortstotheinteriorofastructure,you
mustcreateaninnervoidorselectthesurfaceofaninteriorobject
thatisassignaperfectconductormaterialproperty.Innervoidsare
automaticallyassignedtheboundaryouter.Youcancreateaninner
voidbysurroundingoneobjectentirelywithanotherobject,then
subtractingtheinteriorobject.
PortsarePlanar
Aportmustlieinasingleplane.Portsthatbendarenotallowed.For
example,ifageometricmodelhasacurvedsurfaceexposedtothe
background,thatcurvedsurfacecannotbedefinedasaport.
1.2
Excitations
1.2-12
WavePortsRequireaLengthofUniformCrossSection
AnsoftHFSS assumesthateachportyoudefineisconnectedtoasemi-
infinitelylongwaveguidethathasthesamecrosssectionasthe WavePort.
WhensolvingforS-parameters,thesimulatorassumesthatthestructureis
excitedbythenaturalfieldpatterns(modes)associatedwiththesecross
sections.Thefollowingfiguresillustratecrosssections.Thefirstfigure
showsregionsthathavebeendefinedasWavePortsontheouter
conductivesurfaceofastructure.
Inthenextfigure,crosssectionsmustbeaddedtothestructure.The
waveguideontheleftisnotmodeledcorrectlybecauseitdoesnotcontain
alengthofuniformcrosssectionateitherWavePort.Tomodelitcorrectly,
addalengthofuniformcrosssectionateachWavePort,asshownonthe
waveguidetotheright.
Port1
Port2
Port3
Port4
nouniformcrosssection
atWavePorts
uniformcrosssection
addedforeachWavePort
1.2
Excitations
1.2-13
Thelengthoftheuniformcrosssectionmustbelongenoughtoallownon-
propagatingmodestodieout.Thisensuresaccuratesimulationresults.For
example,ifanon-propagatingmodetakesapproximatelyone-eighthofa
wavelengthtodieout,eitherbecauseoflossesorbecauseitis an
evanescentmode,thenyoushouldmaketheuniformcrosssectionone-
eighthofawavelength.Otherwise,youmustincludetheeffectsofthat
higher-ordermodeinthesimulation.
Discontinuitiesplacedclosetotheportmayalsocausenon-propagating
modestoreachtheport.Placingtheporttooclosetodiscontinuitieswill
causeerroneousresultssincetheboundaryconditionattheport will
preventthesimulatedsolutionfrommatchingtheactualsolution (i.e.The
systemforcesthefieldateachporttobealinearcombinationofthemodes
yourequest).Theenergyfromthenon-propagatingmodesthatreachthe
portwillaffecttheapparentenergyinthedominatemodeandproduce
erroneousresults.
Themodesattenuateasafunctionofe
-z
,assumingthewavepropagates
inthez-direction.Therefore,therequireddistance(uniformportlength)
dependsonthevalueofthemodespropagationconstant.
WhentheWavePortslengthsarecorrect,formodesthatareincludedin
thesimulationthereisaperfectmatchedconditionataWavePort,asifthe
waveguideextendedtoinfinity.Formodesthatarenotincludedina
simulation,aWavePortappearsasaperfectconductor.
WavePortsandMultiplePropagatingModes
Eachhigher-ordermoderepresentsadifferentfieldpatternthatcan
propagatedownawaveguide.Ingeneral,allpropagatingmodesshouldbe
includedinasimulation.Inmostcases,youcanacceptthedefaultof1
mode,butwherepropagatinghigher-ordermodesarepresentyouneedto
changethistoincludehigher-ordermodes.Iftherearemorepropagating
modesthanthenumberspecified,erroneousresultswillbegenerated.The
numberofmodescanvaryamongports.
1.2
Excitations
1.2-14
PropagatingModes
Propagatingmodesarethosethathaveapropagationconstant, (rad/m),
thatisgreaterthantheirattenuationconstant, (Np/meter).Onewayto
determinewhichmodesneedtobemodeledistosetuptheproblemwith
multiplemodesandgenerateasolutionwithnoadaptivepasses.Then,
inspectthecomplexpropagationconstant, = +,associatedwitheach
mode.Toinspectthecomplexpropagationconstant(Gamma)after an
analysishasbeenperformed:
1. FromtheHFSS,AnalysisSetup HFSS,AnalysisSetup HFSS,AnalysisSetup HFSS,AnalysisSetupmenu,selectMatrixData. MatrixData. MatrixData. MatrixData.
2. Adialogsimilartotheoneshownbelowwillappear,checkGamma Gamma Gamma Gamma
andchangethedisplaytypetoReal/Imaginary. Real/Imaginary. Real/Imaginary. Real/Imaginary.
EachadditionalmodeataportresultsinanadditionalsetofS-parameters.
Forexample,ifyouareanalyzingtwomodesateachportinathree-port
structure,thefinalresultisa6x6S-matrix.Ingeneral,ann-portsolutionis
thetotalnumberofexcitationsofallports,thenumberofmodes,plusthe
numberofsources.
Ifyouchoosenottoincludesomehigher-ordermodesinasimulation,
makesurethecrosssectionsontheWavePortsarelongenoughsothat
themodesdieoutandarenotreflectedback.
1.2
Excitations
1.2-15
WavePortsandSymmetryPlanes TheImpedanceMultiplier
Whenaportssizeisreducedbecauseofasymmetryplane,theimpedance
needstobeadjustedtoaccountforthelossofvoltageandpower-flow.
APerfectESymmetry planemustbeadjustedbyafactorof2.
Suchmodelshavehalfthevoltagedifferentialandhalfthe
powerflowofthefullstructure,resultinginimpedancesthat
arehalfofthoseforthefullstructure.
APerfectHSymmetry planemustbeadjustedbyafactorof0.5.
Suchmodelshavethesamevoltagedifferentialbuthalfthe
powerflowofthefullstructure,resultinginimpedancesthat
aretwicethoseforthefullstructure.
IfthestructurehasacombinationofPerfectE andPerfectH
Symmetry planes,adjustaccordingly.
Forinstance,youdonothavetoenteranimpedance
multiplierforastructurewithbothaPerfectEandPerfectH
boundarysinceyouwouldbemultiplyingby0.5and2.
2
AnalysisSetup
2-1
AnalysisSetup
ThischapterprovidesdetailsonAnalysisintheAnsoftHFSSv.10.0software
suchas:
AddSolutionSetup
AdaptFrequency
ConvergenceCriteria
InitialMeshOptions
AdaptiveOptions
Low-OrderBasisFunctions
Setup
Properties
AddSweep
Sweep PropertiesandTypesofSweeps
2
AnalysisSetup
2-2
AdaptiveMeshing
Theadaptivemeshingconstructsameshthatconformstotheelectrical
performanceofthedevice.Byemployingadaptivemeshing,themeshis
automaticallytunedtogivethemostaccurateandefficientmesh possible.
Withoutadaptivemeshing,theresponsibilityofgeneratingthecorrectmesh
wouldbelefttotheuser.Thisisbotherrorproneandtedious.WithAdaptive
Meshingyouwillknowtheanswerisrightthefirsttime.
HowitWorks
TheadaptivemeshingalgorithmsearchesforthelargestgradientsintheE-
fieldorerrorandsub-dividesthemeshinthoseregions.Italsotargets
singularities,suchastheedgeofaconductor,aslocationstoaddextra
elements.
ThemeshgrowthforeachadaptivepassiscontrolledbytheTetrahedron
RefinementinSetupSolution(AdvancedTab) SetupSolution(AdvancedTab) SetupSolution(AdvancedTab) SetupSolution(AdvancedTab).Youshouldnotice,thatthe
Tet Tet Tet Tet.Refinement .Refinement .Refinement .Refinement isapercentage.Thisensuresthatbetweeneachpassthe
meshissufficientlyperturbedandguaranteesthatyouwillnotreceivefalse
convergences.
Afterthemeshhasbeenrefined,afullsolutionisperformedandthe
processisrepeateduntilconvergence
Convergence
Aftereachadaptivepass,HFSScomparestheS-Parametersfromthe
currentmeshtotheresultsofthepreviousmesh.Iftheanswershavenot
changedbytheuserdefinedvalueorDeltaS,thenthesolutionhas
convergedandthecurrentorpreviousmeshcanbeusedtoperforma
frequencysweep.Ifthesolutionhasconverged,thentechnically,the
previousmeshisasgoodasthecurrentmesh.Inthiscase,AnsoftHFSS
willusethepreviousmeshtoperformfrequencysweepsiftheyhavebeen
requested.
DeltaS
TheDeltaSisthedefaultcriteriausedtodeterminemesh/solution
convergence.TheDeltaSisdefinedasthemaximumchangeinthe
magnitudeoftheS-parametersbetweentwoconsecutivepasses:
Max
ij
[mag(S
N
ij
S
(N-1)
ij
)],whereiandjcoverallmatrixentriesandN
representsthepassnumber
Sincethisisthemagnitudeofavectorquantity,itcanvarybetween
0and2
2
AnalysisSetup
2-3
AdaptiveMeshing(Continued)
SincetheadaptivemeshingisbasedontheE-field,choosingtheproperadapt
frequencycanbecritical.Likeanythinginengineering,thereareexceptionsto
everyrule,butingeneral,thefollowingtipswillhelpyouselectthecorrect
adaptivefrequency.
BroadbandStructures
Forbroadbandstructures,theendfrequencyshouldbeusedsince thefiner
meshshouldbevalidatalllowerfrequencypoints.
Filters
Forfiltersornarrow-banddevices,afrequencywithinthepass-bandor
operatingregionshouldbeusedsinceinthestop-bandtheE-fieldisonly
presentattheports.
FastFrequencySweeps
ForFastFrequencySweeps,typicallyusethecenterofthefrequency
band.TheFastFrequencySweepusesthemesh/solutionattheadaptive
frequencypoint.SincetheerrorintheFastFrequencySweeptypically
increasesasyoumoveawayfromthispoint,thecenterofthefrequency
bandisusuallythepreferredsolutionfrequencytoextrapolatetheentire
bandfrom.Itisalsoimportanttocenterthefrequencysweeparounda
centerpointthatwillproduceanadequatemesh.Thisisespeciallytruefor
veryhighQdevicessuchasnarrow-bandfilters.Ifthecenterfrequencyis
notinthefilterspass-band,thebandwidthandresonantfrequencywillnot
beaccurate.
Full-WaveSpiceExport
ForFull-WaveSpiceproblems,usetheKneeFrequency
(F
knee
0.5/rise_time)toadapttoconvergence.Thenperform2-5more
frequencypointstoadaptat.Theadditionalpointsshouldbeselected
betweentheKneeFrequencyandthemaximumfrequency(Onlyneeds 2-3
passesperfrequencypoint).
FrequenciesbelowtheKneeFrequencyshouldhavethelargest
impactonthetime-domain,thereforetheKneeFrequencyisused
fortheprimaryadaptivemeshing.Unfortunately,themeshneeded
atthehigherfrequenciesmaynotberesolvedenoughwithout
performingtheadditionaladaptivemeshpasses.
Duetothelargebandwidths,typicallyyouwilluseanInterpolating
Sweep.Usingmultiplefrequencysweepsandcombiningtheresults
mayalsobeuseful.
2
AnalysisSetup
2-4
High-SpeedDigital/SignalIntegrity
Forhigh-speeddigitalsimulationsyouareinterestedintheperformance
overabroadfrequencyrange.Todeterminethefrequencybandwidththat
youneedtosimulateover,thefollowingguideisrecommended:
BW5*F
knee
,whereF
knee
0.5/rise_time
Ingeneral,allofthefrequenciesbelowtheF
knee
frequencyhavethelargest
impactonthedigitalsignal.Thereforeagoodhigh-speeddigitaldesignwill
haveaclean,wellmatchedresponseuptoatleastF
knee
.
High-SpeedDigital(SPICEExport)
ToexporttoSPICE,fortransientsimulations,alargebandwidth isrequired
(5*F
knee
).ThereasonforthisisthattheF
knee
isanapproximation,plusyou
wantmorethen1samplepointovertherise-time.
WhenexportingtoSPICE,thelowfrequencyisalsoimportant.Youwant
togetasclosetoDCaspossible.Everyportsetupandeveryproblemisa
littledifferentwithregardstohowlowyoucansolveinAnsoft HFSS.99%
ofthetimeyoucansimulatetoatleast100MHz.Belowthatistrialan
error.WhenyouexporttoFull-WaveSPICE,theDCcomponentwillbe
extrapolatedfromthelowestfrequencyinthesolve.Therefore, goingfrom
1GHztoDCisnotgoingtogiveaveryaccurateextrapolation.
Frequencyspacing.ThesetupforFull-WaveSpicerecommendsthatthe
minimumfrequencybeusedasthespacing.Thisusuallyresultsin1000-
3000pointsdependingonthebandwidthofthesweep.
High-SpeedDigital(AdaptiveMeshing)
Sincethesimulationbandwidthscanbesolarge,determiningthe proper
adaptivemeshfrequencycanbeverydifficult.Thefollowingtechniqueis
recommended:
1. AdaptattheF
knee
untilconvergence(DeltaS0.02to0.01)
2. Pick2-3frequencypointsaboveF
knee
toadaptat
Dontrunthesetoconvergence,justdo3-5passes
3. SolvetheFrequencySweep
Forlargebandwidths,eitherbreakupthefrequencysweep
and/oruseInterpolatingSweeps
2
AnalysisSetup
2-5
High-SpeedDigital(Whythistechnique?)
IfthefrequencypointsbelowFknee havethebiggestimpactonthedigital
response,thenmeshingatthatfrequencyshouldproduceanaccurate
meshforallfrequencypointsbelowit.
Ifyousimulatemostpassivedevicesoveralargeenoughbandwidth,they
starttoexhibitalowpassfilterresponse.Sothehigherfrequencycontent
contributeslesstothetime-domainsimulationinadditiontobeingfiltered
outbythedevicesfrequencyresponse.Thisiswhywedon'tworryas
muchaboutthehigherfrequencyadaptivepassesconverging.To
appreciatethesignificanceofthisyoualsohavetotakeintoaccounthow
HFSSdoesitsadaptivemeshing.Itisdonebyfindingthehighestgradient
oftheelectricfield.Soifthedevicebehavesasafilterand weare
adaptingoutsidethepassbandofthefilter,wearefocusingmostofthe
meshonlyattheports.
NowifyourdeviceperformswellbeyondFknee,thereisnoharmin
adaptingatahigherfrequencyuntilconvergence.Unfortunately,forreal
problems(10-40Gb/s)thedesignchallengeistogetthedevicetoworkat
leastuptothekneefrequency.
FortheselargeBandwidthsweeps,usetheInterpolatingSweep.This
sweepisbasedonthediscretesweep,butitadaptivelypicksdiscrete
pointsandcurvefits.Soittakeslessdiscretepointstorepresentalarge
bandwidth.Theinterpolatingsweepcanuseeitherapolynomialfitora
rationalfunction.Soitcanhelptobreakupthesweep.Upto theknee
frequencyworksgoodforapolynomialfitandabovethattherational
functionwillworkbetter.Theinterpolationsweepwillalwayspassthrough
thestart/endfrequencypointssoifyoudon'tchangethemeshandmake
surethestartandendfrequencypointsmatchupforyoursweeps,they
combinetogetherwithoutaproblem.
2
AnalysisSetup
2-6
High-SpeedDigital(DesignFlow)
Upuntilthispoint,theentirediscussionofHighSpeedDigital wasbased
ontheassumptionthatyouareexportingeverysimulationtoSPICE.
TherearemanystagesinthedesigncycleandgoingtoSPICEisnot
requiredforeverypartofthedesign.Ifyouhaveresonance's, mismatch,
coupling,etcbelowtheFknee,theseshouldbeaddressedinthefield
solverpriortorunningSPICEsimulations.Therefore,thesweep only
needstobedoneto1.5-2xFknee toinvestigatetheperformance.In
addition,forengineeringdesignpurposes,youmaynotneedtogobelow
1GHz.
Duringtheseearlystagesofdesign,youmayalsowanttousetheFast
FrequencySweepsinceyoucangetS-Parametersandfieldsforevery
frequencyintheSweep.Thisallowsyoutovisualizeanyresonanceor
couplingyoumaybeseeingintheS-Parameters.
Anotherusefultoolforpackage/boardanalysisistheEigenMode solver.In
manyinstances,resonancescausedbythepowerandgroundplanenets
arethelargestcontributortodesignsproblems.Byremovingeverything
exceptthepower/groundnets,theEigenmodesolvercanbeusedto
quicklyidentifyresonances.
2
AnalysisSetup
2-7
HFSSv10MeshAlgorithmImprovements
FaultTolerantMeshing
HFSSv10introducesnewfeaturewhenitcomestomeshing3D
geometries.ItiscalledFaultTolerantMeshing.BydefaulttheClassical
meshmakerisstilldefaultmeshmakersinceithasbeenimprovedoverthe
years.IftheclassicalmeshmakerfailsFaultTolerantmeshmakerwillget
invoked.Youwillnoticethatmesh3D_init_FT lineinyourprofilefile
wheneverFaultTolerantmeshergetsinvoked.Bydefaultiftheclassical
meshmakerwasusedtheprofilefilewillcontainonlymesh3D_initline.
ModelResolutionlength(MRL)
Themodelresolutionlengthcanbethoughtasapostinitialmeshfeature.It
isafeaturethatcouldnotbesupportedintheclassicalmeshmaker.Soif
theusersettheMRL,onlytheFaultTolerantmesherwillbeused.Model
resolutionlengthenablesmodelconvergence.Inthepreviousversionsof
HFSSthenumberoftetrahedronsasabasicmeshelementcouldgettoo
largesothesolverwouldrunoutofmemory.WiththeMRLweareableto
reducethenumberoftetrahedronsusingalessmemoryresourceswhile
keepinghesameaccuracyasbefore.
MRLDefaultvalues
Themodelresolutionlengthisthelengthtowhichmeshwillresolvethe
model.Thedefaultvaluesare100timestheabsoluteresolutionlength
(ResAbs)usedbyACIS.ACISuses1.0e-6userunitsasthedefault
ResAbs.Recommendedvaluesareofontheorderof0.1to0.05ofyour
wavelength.Youcansimplystartwithvaluesfrom0.1andthentry0.01
and0.001andseeiftheyimprovethemeshsizes.Iftheuserspecifiesthe
lengththatthemeshgrosslymisinterpretsthemodelorchangesthe
contactsbetweentheobjectsHFSSwilldetectthisandreportthisasan
error(MRLtoolargeorobject_name lostallsurfacetriangles)
2
AnalysisSetup
2-8
SettingConvergence
Itisverycommontorequesttoomuchaccuracywhendefiningthe DeltaS.
Remember!Themanufacturingprocess,thelaboratoryequipment,andthe
measurementprocessallhaveinherenterrorsassociatedwiththem.Asking
HFSStoprovidealevelofaccuracythatisordersofmagnitudes greaterthen
whatyoucanobtaininthereal-worlddoesnotbuyyouanythingotherthenextra
simulationtime.Instead,usetheConvergenceMonitoringandgoodengineering
judgmenttodeterminewhentoterminatetheadaptivemeshingprocessandhow
tosettheDeltaS.IngeneralaDeltaSof0.02(2%),whichisthedefault,oras
lowas0.01(1%),issufficient.
SolutionConvergence S-Matrixvs.Fields
TheconvergencecriteriaisbasedontheS-Matrix.Typically,theS-Matrix
convergespriortofieldquantities.Thatistosayifyouarelookingforthe
absolutefieldvaluewithintheproblemregion,chancesareyouwillneedtosolve
severalmoreadaptivepassesinordertoseethesameconvergencethatwas
obtainedfortheS-Matrix.Thiswillalsodependonthefieldquantityyouare
solvingfor.AnsoftHFSSsolvesfortheE-fielddirectly.FromtheE-fieldit
calculatestheH-fieldandfromtheH-fielditcalculatescurrent.Therefore,the
fieldquantitieswillalsoconvergewithvaryingmeshdensities.
2
AnalysisSetup
2-9
AddingaSolutionSetup
InordertoperformanAnalysisinAnsoftHFSSaSolutionSetupmustbeadded.
Todothis,rightclickonAnalysisintheAnsoftHFSSmodeltree.
Bydefault,theGeneralTabwillbedisplayed.TheSolutionFrequencyandthe
ConvergenceCriteriaaresethere.
Enabling/DisablingaSolutionSetup
Whenaddinganewsolutionsetup,bydefault,itwillbeenabled.Todisableany
setups,rightclickonthesetupandremovethecheckmarknexttoEnable Enable Enable Enable byleft
clickingonce.Onceasolutionisdisables,itwillbegrayedoutintheprojecttree.
Toenableadisabledproject,rightclickonthedisbaled setupandplaceacheck
marknexttoEnable Enable Enable Enable byleftclickingonce.
Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled
Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
2
AnalysisSetup
2-10
AddingaSolutionSetup(Continued)
GeneralTab
SolutionFrequency SolutionFrequency SolutionFrequency SolutionFrequency Thisfrequencypointisusedbytheadaptivemesher
toautomaticallyrefinethemeshtoelectricalperformanceofthedevice.
SolvePortsOnly SolvePortsOnly SolvePortsOnly SolvePortsOnly - ThePortSolutionusesanarbitrary,adaptive2D
eigenmodesolvertodeterminethenaturalfrequenciesormodes
thatwillbeusedtoexcitethestructure.Theportsonlysolutioncan
beusedtocalculateonlythemodalfieldpatternsforthe2Dcross
sectionsdefinedtobeports.Thisisusefulfordeterminingthe
numberofmodes,modalfields,theportlength,and/orproperport
setuppriortorunningafullsolution.
AdaptiveSolutions AdaptiveSolutions AdaptiveSolutions AdaptiveSolutions
MaximumNumberofPasses MaximumNumberofPasses MaximumNumberofPasses MaximumNumberofPasses - Thisnumbercontrolsthemaximum
numberofpassestheadaptivemeshroutinewillperformasit
attemptstosatisfytheconvergencecriteria.
MaximumDeltaSPerPass MaximumDeltaSPerPass MaximumDeltaSPerPass MaximumDeltaSPerPass Thisnumberdefinestheconvergence
criteriafortheadaptivemeshingprocess.
2
AnalysisSetup
2-11
OptionsTab
InitialMeshOptions InitialMeshOptions InitialMeshOptions InitialMeshOptions
LambdaRefinement LambdaRefinement LambdaRefinement LambdaRefinement - TheInitialMeshisbasedonlyonthe3Dsolid
model,ithasnobearingontheelectricalperformanceofthedevice
tobesimulated.TheLambdaRefinementprocessrefinestheInitial
Meshuntilmostmeshelementlengthsareapproximatelyone-
quarterwavelengthforairandone-thirdwavelengthfordielectrics.
AwavelengthisbasedontheSingleFrequencyvalueenteredinthe
SolutionFrequency SolutionFrequency SolutionFrequency SolutionFrequency.InalmostallcasesLambdaRefinementshould
beused.
UseFreeSpaceLambda UseFreeSpaceLambda UseFreeSpaceLambda UseFreeSpaceLambda Thiswillforcethelambdarefinementto
targetameshsizeapproximatelyone-quarterofawavelengthfor
air.Thematerialpropertiesofobjectswillbeignored.Thismaybe
usefulinapplicationsthathavedielectricswithveryhigh
conductivities.Braintissueorsaltwaterareexamplesofmaterials
thatwillproduceveryhighmeshcountseventhoughtheRF
penetrationintothematerialwillbelimitedtoaregionverycloseto
thesurface.
2
AnalysisSetup
2-12
OptionsTab
AdaptiveOptions AdaptiveOptions AdaptiveOptions AdaptiveOptions
RefinementPerPass RefinementPerPass RefinementPerPass RefinementPerPass -Themeshgrowthforeachadaptivepassis
controlledbytheRefinementPerPass.TheRefinementPerPassis
apercentage.Thisensuresthatbetweeneachpassthemeshis
sufficientlyperturbedandguaranteesthatyouwillnotreceivefalse
convergences.
MinimumNumberofPasses MinimumNumberofPasses MinimumNumberofPasses MinimumNumberofPasses - Anadaptiveanalysiswillnotstop
unlesstheminimumnumberofpassesyouspecifyhasbeen
completed,evenifconvergencecriteriahavebeenmet
MinimumConvergedPasses MinimumConvergedPasses MinimumConvergedPasses MinimumConvergedPasses - Anadaptiveanalysiswillnotstop
unlesstheminimumnumberofconvergedpassesyouspecifyhas
beencompleted.Theconvergencecriteriamustbemetforatleast
thisnumberofpassesbeforetheadaptiveanalysiswillstop
UseMatrixConvergence UseMatrixConvergence UseMatrixConvergence UseMatrixConvergence- -- - Youcanspecifydifferentstoppingcriteria
forspecificentriesintheS-matrix.ThisisdonebycheckingtheUse Use Use Use
MatrixConvergence MatrixConvergence MatrixConvergence MatrixConvergence box.Theadaptiveanalysiswillcontinueuntil
themagnitudeandphaseoftheentrieschangebyanamountless
thanthespecifiedcriteriafromonepasstothenext,oruntilthe
numberofrequestedpassesiscompleted.
2
AnalysisSetup
2-13
OptionsTab(Continued)
UseLow UseLow UseLow UseLow- -- -OrderSolutionBasis OrderSolutionBasis OrderSolutionBasis OrderSolutionBasis TheLowOrderBasisFunctionsreducethe
defaultsecond-orderbasisfunctiontoalinearbasisfunction.Itisintended
forsimulationsinwhichtheedgetoedgespacingbetweentetrahedronis
electricallysmall.Inthissituation,thebasisfunction,andhencethe
numberofunknowns,canbereduced.Forthisassumptiontobevalid,the
edgelengthsforalltetrahedroninthemodelshouldbeontheorderof
1/20thofawavelength.Inversionspriortov10.0,thiswassetwitha
systemenvironmentvariablecalledZERO_ORDER.
CommonApplications:
On-ChipSpiralInductors,Capacitors,Transformers,etc.
PackageAnalysis Flip-Chip,BGA,etc.
2
AnalysisSetup
2-14
AdvancedTab
PortAdaptOptions PortAdaptOptions PortAdaptOptions PortAdaptOptions
PortFieldAccuracy- Usually,thedefaultPortFieldAccuracy PortFieldAccuracy PortFieldAccuracy PortFieldAccuracy value
isadequate.Youmaywantimprovedportaccuracyunderthe
followingconditions:
Youareinterestedprimarilyintheportimpedances.Port
impedancesarecomputedaspartoftheportsolution.
YouneedtolowerthenoisefloortocatchS-parametersthat
areexpectedtobeinthe-70dBrange.
RefiningthemeshattheportscausesHFSStorefinethemeshfor
theentirestructureaswell.Thisoccursbecauseitusestheportfield
solutionsasboundaryconditionswhencomputingthefull3D
solution.Therefore,specifyingtoosmallaportfieldaccuracycan
resultinanunnecessarilycomplexfiniteelementmesh
2
AnalysisSetup
2-15
SolutionSetp (Continued)
SetMin/MaxTriangles SetMin/MaxTriangles SetMin/MaxTriangles SetMin/MaxTriangles
Themeshforeachmodelportwillbeadaptivelyrefineduntilit
includestheminimumnumberoftriangles.Refinementwillthen
continueuntiltheportfieldaccuracyorthemaximumnumberof
trianglesisreached.
Tospecifytheminimumandmaximumnumberoftrianglesin
theportmesh,unchecktheAutomaticallySetMin/Max AutomaticallySetMin/Max AutomaticallySetMin/Max AutomaticallySetMin/Max
Triangles Triangles Triangles Triangles option.
EnteravaluefortheMinimumNumberofTriangles MinimumNumberofTriangles MinimumNumberofTriangles MinimumNumberofTriangles.The
defaultvalueis25formodelswithlumpedgapportsand90
formodelswithwaveports.
EnteravaluefortheMaximumNumberofTriangles MaximumNumberofTriangles MaximumNumberofTriangles MaximumNumberofTriangles.The
defaultvalueis400.
IfyouleaveAutomaticallySetMin/MaxTriangles AutomaticallySetMin/MaxTriangles AutomaticallySetMin/MaxTriangles AutomaticallySetMin/MaxTriangles selected,HFSS
willdeterminethereasonablevaluesfortheminimumandmaximum
numberoftrianglesbasedontheportssetup.
DefaultsTab
TheDefaultstaballowsyoutosavethecurrentsettingsasthedefaultsfor
futuresolutionsetupsorrevertthecurrentsettingstothestandardsetting.
2
AnalysisSetup
2-16
FrequencySweeps
Usingtheconvergedmeshorinitialmeshifnoadaptivepasseswererequested,
thesweptfrequencyresponseofthedevicecanbeobtained.AnsoftHFSS
providesseveralmethodsforcalculatingthefrequencyresponse:
Discrete Discrete Discrete Discrete performsafullsolutionateveryfrequencyusingthecurrent
mesh.Thetimerequiredisthesinglefrequencysolvetimesthe numberof
frequencypoints.Fieldscanbedisplayedatanyfrequencywithinthe
sweeprangeiftheSaveFieldsBoxischecked.
Fast Fast Fast Fast usesanAdaptiveLanczos-Pade Sweep(ALPS)basedsolverto
extrapolateanentirebandwidthofsolutioninformationfromthe center
frequency.Verygoodforhigh-Qdevicesbutitcannotbeusedtosolvefor
devicesthatpassthroughcut-off.Oncethebandhasbeenextrapolated,a
highnumberoffrequencypointscanbecalculatedwithoutapenalty.In
addition,theFieldscanbedisplayedatanyfrequencywithinthesweep
range.Thetimeandmemoryrequiredtosolveafastfrequencysweep
maybemuchlargerthenthesinglefrequencysolve.
Interpolating Interpolating Interpolating Interpolating performssolvesatdiscretefrequencypointsthatarefitby
interpolating.AnsoftHFSSdeterminesthefrequencypointstosolveat
basedontheerrorintheinterpolationbetweenconsecutivepasses.The
interpolationerrorandmaximumnumberofpointsisdefinedbytheuserin
theEditSweep. EditSweep. EditSweep. EditSweep.Aswiththefastfrequencysweep,theInterpolatingSweep
cangeneratealargernumberoffrequencypoints.Butyouonlyhavethe
fieldsolutionforthelastsolvedfrequency. Themaximumsolutiontimeis
thesinglefrequencysolvetimesthemaximumnumberofpoints.
2
AnalysisSetup
2-17
AddSweep
AfteraSolutionSetuphasbeenaddedyoucanalsoaddaFrequencySweep.
Todothis,right-clickonSetupintheHFSSModelTree.TheEditSweepwindow
willappear
SweepType
2
AnalysisSetup
2-18
AddSweep(Continued)
FrequencySetup
Afterthesweeptypehasbeenchosen,thefrequenciesofinterestmustbe
specified.
TherearethreeFrequencySetupOptions:
LinearStep-- specifyalinearrangeofvalueswithaconstantstepsize
LinearCount-- specifyalinearrangeofvaluesandthenumber,orcount,
ofpointswithinthevariablerange
SinglePoints-- specifyasinglevaluesforthesweepdefinition
SavingFields
ItispossibletosavetheFielddataforeverypointintheFastSweepand
theDiscreteSweep.TosavetheFieldinformationmakesurethatthe
SaveFields(AllFrequencies)boxischecked.
FortheInterpolationSweep,onlytheFielddataforthelastsolved
frequencywillbeavailableforpost-processing.
2
AnalysisSetup
2-19
AddSweep(Continued)
DCExtrapolationOptions
WhenexportingSpicesubcircuitsitisnecessarytoincludetheDCpoint.
SinceAnsoftHFSSdoesnotsolvedowntoDCwecanuseDC
Extrapolation.TheDCExtrapolationoptionisavailableintheDiscreteand
InterpolatingSweeps.
TimeDomainCalculation
AnsoftHFSScancalculatethemaximumfrequencyrequiredtoobtainan
accuratetimedomainresult.HFSSusesthefollowingequation:
Max.Freq.=(0.5/SignalRiseTime)xTimeStepsPerRiseTime
2
AnalysisSetup
2-20
FrequencySweeps(Continued)
AddingPointstoaFastorInterpolatingSweep AddingPointstoaFastorInterpolatingSweep AddingPointstoaFastorInterpolatingSweep AddingPointstoaFastorInterpolatingSweep
AftertheFastorInterpolatingsweepshavecompleted,additional
frequencypointscanbeaddedbychangingthenumberofpointsinEdit Edit Edit Edit
Sweep Sweep Sweep Sweep ClickingonAnalyze Analyze Analyze Analyze willnotresolvetheentirefrequencysweep,it
willjustcalculatetheadditionalfrequencypoints.
AddingSolutionstoInterpolatingSweeps AddingSolutionstoInterpolatingSweeps AddingSolutionstoInterpolatingSweeps AddingSolutionstoInterpolatingSweeps
Iftheinterpolatingsweepdoesnotconvergewiththerequestedpassesor
youwishtochangethetargetconvergence,thevaluescanbechanged
andresolved.Theinterpolatingsweepwillrecalculatethetwoend
frequenciesbutafterthatitwillusethepreviouslycalculated pointsand
continuetryingtoreachthetargetconvergence.
PortsOnlyandFrequencySweeps PortsOnlyandFrequencySweeps PortsOnlyandFrequencySweeps PortsOnlyandFrequencySweeps
Adiscreteorinterpolatingfrequencysweepcanbeusedwiththe Ports
Onlysolution.
FastFrequencySweepPortsSolve FastFrequencySweepPortsSolve FastFrequencySweepPortsSolve FastFrequencySweepPortsSolve
TheFastFrequencysweepcannotbeusedonportsthatpassthroughcut-
off.Youmayalsoexperienceproblemsifthesweepfrequencyapproaches
cut-off.
CombiningMultipleFrequencySweeps CombiningMultipleFrequencySweeps CombiningMultipleFrequencySweeps CombiningMultipleFrequencySweeps
Forverylargebandwidths,breakingthebandintosmallerfrequency
sweepscanimprovetheresults.SincetheFastFrequencySweepis
extrapolatedfromthecenterfrequencydifferenterrorcurvesat theend
frequencieswillpreventthesweepsfromaligning.Theinterpolatingsweep
willnothavethisproblemsincethesolutionalwayspassesthroughtheend
frequencies(Assumingthesamemeshisused).
2
AnalysisSetup
2-21
MeshRe-use
Copygeometricequivalentmeshes Foroptimetrics analysissetupsyou
canrequestHFSStocopyameshthatwascalculatedforonesweep
variationforreuseonageometrically-equivalentsweepvariation.
InitialMeshOptions
Usemeshfromcurrentdesign enablestheuseofa
meshfromaprevioussetup.
Usemeshfromotherproject enablestheuseofa
meshfromanothermodelthathasthesamegeometry
2
AnalysisSetup
2-22
MatrixConvergenceOptions allowstheabilitytodefineotherconvergence
criteria
OutputVariableConvergence Allowsthecreationofanoutputvariableto
beusedfortheconvergencecriteria.Inordertousethis,anoutputvariable
expressionhastobecreated,thenthisfieldwillbecomeactive
3
3-1
AnsoftHFSSDataReporting
Overview
AnsoftHFSShasverypowerfulandflexibledatamanagementandplotting
capabilities.Onceunderstood,itwillmakethewholesolutionprocessmuch
easier,andwillhelpcrafttheentireproblemsetup.
TopicsofDiscussion
Datamanagement
2DPlotting
3DPlotting
Antennacharacteristics
FieldPlotting
3
3-2
DataManagement
Witheverymodelvariationthatissolved,anewdataentryisstoredwithinthe
projectresultsdirectory.Thiscapabilityhasimplicationsinthattheusercan
performaparametricsweepofamodelwithoutneedinganOptimetricslicense.
NOTE:AutomaticparametricsweepsalongwiththeotherOptimetrics
functions,Optimization,Sensitivity,andStatisticalanalyses,DOrequirean
Optimetricslicense.
ThedatasetvaliditycanbecheckedbyselectingHFSS>Results>Browse HFSS>Results>Browse HFSS>Results>Browse HFSS>Results>Browse
Solutions Solutions Solutions Solutions
Byexaminingthisdialog,theusercandeterminewhichparametricinstances
havebeensolved,andhowmanyadaptivepasseswerenecessary.
3
3-3
DataManagement
Post-processingstepscanalsobeperformedinthenewinterfaceforHFSS.The
commonoperationsthatwerepreviouslyperformedintheMatrixDatamoduleof
previousreleasesare:
PortImpedanceRenormalization PortImpedanceRenormalization PortImpedanceRenormalization PortImpedanceRenormalization
PortDe PortDe PortDe PortDe- -- -embedding embedding embedding embedding
Differentialpairanalyses Differentialpairanalyses Differentialpairanalyses Differentialpairanalyses
Otherpost-processingoperationsthatusedtorequiretheMatrixDatamodule
thatarenowcomputedbydefaultinHFSSversion9.0aretheY YY Y- -- - andZ andZ andZ andZ- -- -matrices matrices matrices matrices.
Also,giventhattheSolutionType SolutionType SolutionType SolutionType definedearlyonintheprocess,negatethe
necessityofcomputingTerminalS-parametersfromModalS-parameters.
PortImpedanceRenormalization PortImpedanceRenormalization PortImpedanceRenormalization PortImpedanceRenormalization
Withinthenewinterface,manycalculationsaremadeautomaticallywithout
userintervention.Thewaveportrenormalizationimpedancesarespecified
withtheportwizard.Bysimplyeditingthepropertiesofaport oncea
solutioniscompleted,theportcanbere-normalized.
PortDe PortDe PortDe PortDe- -- -embedding embedding embedding embedding
Thissamedialogcanbeusedtochangethedistancethataportwillbede-
embedded.Theusercangobackandeditthisvalueasmanytimes as
necessary.EachtimetheOKbuttonispressed,thedata,andalsotheplots
iftheyexist,willbeupdatedwiththenewlyde-embeddeddata.
Positivevaluesofde-embeddingwillmovethereferenceplaneinto the
model
3
3-4
DataManagement
Differentialpairanalyses Differentialpairanalyses Differentialpairanalyses Differentialpairanalyses
Formultipleterminalsperport,differentialpairscanbecreatedtolookat
differentialS-parametersinsteadofsingle-endedS-parameters.Thiscan
beusefulforinvestigatingthepossibleconversionbetweendifferentialand
commonmodewithinagivenstructure.
Withinthewaveportdialog,theDifferentialPairstabcontrols thecreation
ofthepairsfromtheindividualTerminals
1. Tocreateadifferentialpair,selectNewPair NewPair NewPair NewPair,andselecttheterminal
linesthatrepresentthepositiveandnegativesides
2. Fromhere,youcanalsochangetheDifferential Differential Differential Differential andCommon Common Common Common mode
impedancesettingforeachpair.
3
3-5
DataManagement
ImportingDatafromothersolutions ImportingDatafromothersolutions ImportingDatafromothersolutions ImportingDatafromothersolutions
Oftenitisdesirabletocomparetheresultsofonesimulationtotheresults
ofanothersimulation,HFSS,circuit,orplanar,orevenmeasurements.
ThiscanbeaccomplishedreadilywithintheHFSSversion9.0desktop
environment.
ToimportsolutionsintoHFSSDesktop: ToimportsolutionsintoHFSSDesktop: ToimportsolutionsintoHFSSDesktop: ToimportsolutionsintoHFSSDesktop:
NOTE:Theminimumrequirementsforimportingasolutionarean
existingmodelwithatleastoneport.
1. SelectHFSS>Results>ImportSolutions HFSS>Results>ImportSolutions HFSS>Results>ImportSolutions HFSS>Results>ImportSolutions,andthefollowingdialog
willappear:
TheimportoptionsareImportSolutions ImportSolutions ImportSolutions ImportSolutions andImportTable ImportTable ImportTable ImportTable.
SolutionsrepresentS-parametermatricesinstandardforms
suchasTouchstoneandAnsoftlegacydatain.szgfile
format.Tablesaresimplyfilescontainingrowsandcolumns
ofdata.
2. SelectingImportSolution ImportSolution ImportSolution ImportSolution willbringupthefollowingdialog:
3
3-6
DataManagement
3. Fromthiswindow,selectBrowse Browse Browse Browse tofindthefiletobeimported.The
acceptablefileformatsare:.sNp,.szg,.flp,.yNp,.zNp,and.tou.
4. ClickOpen Open Open Open toloadthefile.
5. ClickImport Import Import Import tobringthedataintotheHFSSdesktop
6. ClickOK OK OK OK whenyouaredoneimportingsolutions
AllsolutionswillappearinthereporteditorundertheSweep Sweep Sweep Sweep category
(moreonthislater)
ForImportTable,thefollowingdialogwillappear:
3
3-7
PlottingData
Dataplottingcantakeavarietyofforms.Themostoftenusedformatis2D
Cartesianplotting,butwealsohavethecapabilitytoplotin3Daswell.Belowisa
listofallthequantitiesthatcanbeplottedonvariousgraphs.Fordefinitionsof
eachofthesequantities,seetheonlinehelp.
Eigenmodesolution Eigenmodesolution Eigenmodesolution Eigenmodesolution
EigenmodeParameters(modes)
DrivenModalSolution DrivenModalSolution DrivenModalSolution DrivenModalSolution
S-parameters
Y-parameters
Z-parameters
VSWR
Gamma(complexpropagationconstant)
PortZo
DrivenTerminalSolution DrivenTerminalSolution DrivenTerminalSolution DrivenTerminalSolution
S-parameters
Y-parameters
Z-parameters
VSWR
Power(atport)
VoltageTransformmatrix(T)
TerminalPortZo
Fields Fields Fields Fields
Mag_E
Mag_H
Mag_Jvol
Mag_Jsurf
ComplexMag_E
ComplexMag_H
ComplexMag_Jvol
ComplexMag_Jsurf
Local_SAR(SpecificAbsorptionRate)
Average_SAR
NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE:ForallFieldplots,apolylineorsurfacemustbeselectedbefore
creatingtheFieldplot.
3
3-8
PlottingData
TypesofPlots: TypesofPlots: TypesofPlots: TypesofPlots:
RectangularPlot
PolarPlot
3DRectangularPlot
3DPolarPlot
SmithChart
DataTable
RadiationPattern
ToCreateaPlot: ToCreateaPlot: ToCreateaPlot: ToCreateaPlot:
1. SelectHFSS>Results>CreateReport
2. SelectReportTypeandDisplayTypefromtheselectionsabove
3. ClickOKandtheReportEditorwillbedisplayed wewillgooverthe
optionsinthisdialogonthenextpage.
3
3-9
PlottingData
CreatingaPlot CreatingaPlot CreatingaPlot CreatingaPlot (contd)
4. 4. 4. 4. Context Context Context Context
Design Design Design Design choosefromavailabledesignswithinaproject
Sweep Sweep Sweep Sweep choosefromavailablesweepsincludingadaptivepasses
andimporteddata
Domain Domain Domain Domain defaultstoSweep,butcanbeswitchedtoTimedomainfor
plottingS-parameterswithanimpulseorstepresponse.
5. 5. 5. 5. Sweep/X/YTabs Sweep/X/YTabs Sweep/X/YTabs Sweep/X/YTabs
Sweep Sweep Sweep Sweep controlsthesourceoftheindependentvariableintheplot.
NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: Bydefault,theReporteditorselectsUseCurrent UseCurrent UseCurrent UseCurrent
DesignandProjectvariablevalues DesignandProjectvariablevalues DesignandProjectvariablevalues DesignandProjectvariablevalues.Thiswillselectthe
primarysweepoffrequencyusually,andthecurrent
simulatedvaluesoftheprojectvariables
Todisplayaplotwithmultipletracesfordifferentvariable
values,changethissettingtoSweepDesignandProject SweepDesignandProject SweepDesignandProject SweepDesignandProject
variablevalues variablevalues variablevalues variablevaluesYoucanthenchangetheprimarysweepfrom
frequencytoavariableifdesired.Thisisusefulforlookingat
S21versusstublength,forexample.Simplyselectthevalue
intheName Name Name Namecolumnnexttoprimarysweep primarysweep primarysweep primarysweep,andchangethe
valuetowhateveryoudesire.
YoucanalsounchecktheAllPoints AllPoints AllPoints AllPoints blocktoselectwhich
valuesofavariablearetobeplotted.
X XX X controlsanyfunctionaloperatorontheindependentvariable
Y YY Y selectthevaluetobeplottedandanyoperator
6. SelectAddTrace AddTrace AddTrace AddTrace forasmanyvaluesasyouwouldliketoplot
7. SelectDone Done Done Done whenfinished
Anexampleofamulti-traceplotofthesweeptabshownonthepreviouspageis
shownnext
3
3-10
PlottingData
3
3-11
PlottingData
3DPlots simplyaddathirddimensionsuchthatinsteadofplottingafamilyof
curves,youcanplota3Dsurfacethatrepresentsyourdatachangingwithtwo
independentvariables.Belowisa3Dplotofthepreviousfamily ofcurves.
3
3-12
AnsoftHFSSDataPlotting
PlottingData
OutputVariables OutputVariables OutputVariables OutputVariables
Inadditiontobeingabletoplotthebuilt-insolvedquantities,youcanalso
createyourownbyusingoutputvariables.
ClickingontheOutputVariablesbuttonintheTracesdialogshownbefore,
bringsupthefollowingdialog:
Tocreateanoutputvariable: Tocreateanoutputvariable: Tocreateanoutputvariable: Tocreateanoutputvariable:
TypeanameintotheName Name Name Name box
CreateanequationintheExpression Expression Expression Expression box
ClickAdd Add Add Add
Intheexampleshowabove,wehavecreatedanoutputvariablethatmakes
anapproximationforInductanceofaspiralinductor.Wecouldalsohave
createdanequationtocalculateQaswell.
NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE:Theseoutputvariablescanalsobeusedforoptimization.
3
3-13
AnsoftHFSS DataReporting
DataPlotting SpecialCase AntennaParameters
Sinceantennaparametersrequireaspecialcomputationsetuptodeterminethe
regionoverwhichthefieldsaretobecomputed,displayingantennaparameters
isatwostepprocess.
CreateanInfiniteSpheresetup:
1. SelectHFSS>Radiation>InsertFarFieldSetup>InfiniteSphere HFSS>Radiation>InsertFarFieldSetup>InfiniteSphere HFSS>Radiation>InsertFarFieldSetup>InfiniteSphere HFSS>Radiation>InsertFarFieldSetup>InfiniteSphere
2. EnterthevaluesandstepsforTheta Theta Theta Theta andPhi Phi Phi Phi
3. Youcanalsochangethecoordinatesystemtocalculatebasedupona
shiftedorrotatedcoordinatesystem.SelecttheCoordinateSystem CoordinateSystem CoordinateSystem CoordinateSystem tab,
andswitchtothenewCS.
4. YoucanalsochangetheRadiationSurfaceoverwhichthefarfieldsare
computedbysimplyswitchingtotheRadiationSurface RadiationSurface RadiationSurface RadiationSurface tab,andselecta
newsurfacefromanythatwerepreviouslydefined.
5. ClickOK OK OK OK
3
3-14
DataPlotting AntennaParameters
Creatinga2Dplot: Creatinga2Dplot: Creatinga2Dplot: Creatinga2Dplot:
1. SelectHFSS>Results>CreateReport HFSS>Results>CreateReport HFSS>Results>CreateReport HFSS>Results>CreateReport
2. SelectFarField FarField FarField FarField formtheReportType ReportType ReportType ReportType pulldown
3. SelectRadiationPattern RadiationPattern RadiationPattern RadiationPattern fromtheDisplayType DisplayType DisplayType DisplayType pulldown
4. SelectthequantitytobeplottedfromtheTraces Traces Traces Traces dialog
Note:IfmultipleInfiniteSpheresetupsexist,makesureyouselect
theappropriateone
5. SelectAddTrace AddTrace AddTrace AddTrace andDone Done Done Done
Foradefinitionoftheavailableantennaparameters,seetheonlinehelp
Belowisanexampleofthe2DslicesofapatchantennaforLHCP andRHCP
directivity.
3
3-15
Creatinga3DPlot: Creatinga3DPlot: Creatinga3DPlot: Creatinga3DPlot:
Followtheproceduresaboveforthe3Dplot,exceptchangethePhi Phi Phi Phiand
Theta Theta Theta Theta quantitiestomatchthefarfieldcalculation.Alsochooseanantenna
quantitytoplot.
Belowisanexampleofa3Dplotforapatchantenna:
3
3-16
SpecialCase AntennaArrays
Whenusingmasterandslaveboundaryconditionpairstoemulatean
antennaarray,youmightwanttoapplyanarrayfactortothecomputation
oftheantennapatterns.ThiscaneasilybedoneinAnsoftHFSS
TocreateanAntennaArrayFactorcalculation: TocreateanAntennaArrayFactorcalculation: TocreateanAntennaArrayFactorcalculation: TocreateanAntennaArrayFactorcalculation:
1. SelectHFSS>Radiation>AntennaArraySetup HFSS>Radiation>AntennaArraySetup HFSS>Radiation>AntennaArraySetup HFSS>Radiation>AntennaArraySetup
2. SelectNo No No No,Regular Regular Regular Regular,orCustomArray CustomArray CustomArray CustomArray
3. Switchtothenexttab,andenterthecharacteristicsofthearray,or
enterthefilenamethatcontainstheelementlocations
4. OnceyouclickOK,anyplotsorcalculationsthataredisplayedwill
beupdatedwiththearrayfactorcalculation.Togobacktothesingle
elementcalculations,selectNoArraySetup NoArraySetup NoArraySetup NoArraySetup
3
3-17
Antennaarray Shownbelowarefieldpatternsofasingleelementandanarray
setupscannedto30degreeangle.
3
3-18
DataManipulation
Sometimes,thebuilt-incalculatedquantitiesarenotadequateevengiventhe
outputvariablecapability.Becauseofthis,AnsoftHFSShasthe flexibilitybuiltin
withanarbitraryfieldscalculator.
YoucanusetheFieldsCalculatortomanipulatefieldquantities toobtainany
numberofvalues.Onecommonuseistoevaluatepowerflowwithinastructure.
ThiscanbeaccomplishedbyintegratingthePoyntingvectorover ageometric
surface.Thiscaneasilybeaccomplishedwithinthefieldcalculator.
Toaccessthefieldscalculator: Toaccessthefieldscalculator: Toaccessthefieldscalculator: Toaccessthefieldscalculator:
SelectHFSS>Fields>Calculator HFSS>Fields>Calculator HFSS>Fields>Calculator HFSS>Fields>Calculator
Foramoredetailedexplanationofthefunctionswithinthefieldcalculator,visit
ouronlinetechnicalsupportathttp://www.ansoft.com.ots
3
3-19
FieldOverlayPlotting
Previouslymentionedwasthecapabilitytoplotfieldquantities overageometry
withina2Dplot,butthisdoesntgiveusalotofinsight.One ofthemainbenefits
ofHFSSisthatwecanvisualizewhatisgoingonwiththeelectromagneticfields
withinastructure,somethingthatcannot bemeasureddirectly.
Fieldplotscanbeappliedtogeometryselectionwithinthe3Dmodeler,andcan
bemodifiedgivendifferentstimulusamplitude,frequency,andphase.Wecan
alsovisualizehowafieldpropagatesthroughoutthevolumebyanimatingthis
plotversusphase,whichessentiallyaddsatimebase.
Tocreatea2D/3DFieldOverlayPlot: Tocreatea2D/3DFieldOverlayPlot: Tocreatea2D/3DFieldOverlayPlot: Tocreatea2D/3DFieldOverlayPlot:
1. Selectafaceofanobject,anentireobject,orevenmultipleobject
2. SelectHFSS>Fields>PlotFields> HFSS>Fields>PlotFields> HFSS>Fields>PlotFields> HFSS>Fields>PlotFields>
3. Youcanthenchangethefrequencyofthestimulusorphasewiththe
resultantdialogbox:
3
3-20
FieldOverlayPlots
ResultantmodelerwindowforMagicTmodelwithMag_EplottedonGlobal:XY
plane
Selectingtheobjectarm,andplottingwithinthevolumeyields:
3
3-21
FieldOverlayPlots
The3DplotshownonthepreviouspageiscalledanIsovalsurfaceplot.Thisis
notthedefault
Tochangethefieldplottype: Tochangethefieldplottype: Tochangethefieldplottype: Tochangethefieldplottype:
1. Selecting:HFSS>Fields>ModifyPlotAttributes HFSS>Fields>ModifyPlotAttributes HFSS>Fields>ModifyPlotAttributes HFSS>Fields>ModifyPlotAttributes
2. SwitchtothePlot Plot Plot Plot tab
3. SelecttheapplicablePlot Plot Plot Plot fromthepulldown
4. SelecttheIsoValSurface IsoValSurface IsoValSurface IsoValSurface radiobutton
Youcanalsoleavethedefaultofcloudplot cloudplot cloudplot cloudplot andadjustthecloud cloud cloud cloud
density density density density andpointsize pointsize pointsize pointsize untiltheplotlooksacceptable
3
3-22
FieldOverlayplots SourceStimulus
Sometimesitmightbedesirabletohavemultipleportsexcitedatthesametime,
perhapsoutofphase.Thisisusefulforevaluatingpowercombiners.Youmight
evenwantneedtocalculatetheincidentorreflectedpowerforaplanewave
source.
TochangetheFieldPlotstimulus: TochangetheFieldPlotstimulus: TochangetheFieldPlotstimulus: TochangetheFieldPlotstimulus:
SelectHFSS>Fields>EditSources HFSS>Fields>EditSources HFSS>Fields>EditSources HFSS>Fields>EditSources
ThefollowingfielddoverlayplotsshowswhathappenstotheMagicT
whenwehavea90degreephaseshiftatthe2E-planeendinputs.The
componentdoesntisolateoneport.
3
3-23
FieldOverlayPlot Phaseanimation
Thefinalstepinfieldoverlayplotsiscreatinganimation.Thisessentiallyshows
youhowawavepropagatesthroughthestructureasyouvaryphase(time).
Tocreateananimated3Dfieldplot: Tocreateananimated3Dfieldplot: Tocreateananimated3Dfieldplot: Tocreateananimated3Dfieldplot:
1. SelectHFSS>Field>Animate HFSS>Field>Animate HFSS>Field>Animate HFSS>Field>Animate
2. Typically,youcanacceptthedefaults,butyoumaywanttochangethe
numberofstepstolimitcomputationtime.
3
3-24
MeshOverlayPlot
Anotherplotthatcanbevaluableinevaluatingasimulationisthemeshoverlay
plot.Oncecreated,youcantellwhichareasofthestructuremayneedmore
tetrahedraforanimprovedqualityofmesh.
TocreateaMeshoverlayplot: TocreateaMeshoverlayplot: TocreateaMeshoverlayplot: TocreateaMeshoverlayplot:
1. Selecttheface,plane,orobjecttoplotthemesh
2. SelectHFSS>Fields>PlotMesh HFSS>Fields>PlotMesh HFSS>Fields>PlotMesh HFSS>Fields>PlotMesh
3
3-25
Viewinginthe3Dmodeler
Withtheabilitytoplotfieldquantitiesandmeshwithinthe3D modeler,itcan
sometimesgetcrowded,andmodeldetailscanbeobscuredbytheplots.You
canreducetheclutterbyturningoffthevisibilityofobjectsandevenfieldplots.
Toturnoffthevisibilityoffieldoverlayplots: Toturnoffthevisibilityoffieldoverlayplots: Toturnoffthevisibilityoffieldoverlayplots: Toturnoffthevisibilityoffieldoverlayplots:
1. SelectView>Visibility
2. SelecttheFieldsReporter FieldsReporter FieldsReporter FieldsReporter tab,andcheck,, oruncheck, , ,, , thefieldsplot
youwantdisplayed.
4
SolveLoop
4-1
SolveLoop
Unlikepre-processing,thesolutionprocessisveryautomated.Oncethe
problemhasbeendefinedproperly,HFSSwilltakeoverandstepthroughseveral
stagesofthesolutionprocess.Tostartthesolutionprocess,rightclickon
Analysis Analysis Analysis Analysis intheHFSSModelTreeandselectAnalyze Analyze Analyze Analyze.
Itisimportanttoreviewthissectionsincethesolutionsetuphasadirectimpact
ontheautomatedsolutionprocess.Acloserlookatthesolutionprocessreveals
itconsistsofthreecomponents:
InitialSolution includesthemeshgeneration,portssolution,andafull
solutionatasinglefrequency
AdaptiveRefinementLoop refinesthemeshandperformsafullsolutionat
theInitialsolutionfrequencyuntilconvergence
FrequencySweep calculatesthesweptfrequencyresponseusingamesh
generatedbytheAdaptiveRefinementLoop
MeshRe MeshRe MeshRe MeshRe- -- -use use use use
Copygeometricequivalentmeshes Foroptimetrics analysissetupsyou
canrequestHFSStocopyameshthatwascalculatedforonesweep
variationforreuseonageometrically-equivalentsweepvariation.
InitialMeshOptions
Usemeshfromcurrentdesign enablestheuseofa
meshfromaprevioussetup.
Usemeshfromotherproject enablestheuseofa
meshfromanothermodelthathasthesamegeometry
Theillustrationonthefollowingpageoutlinesthestepsperformedbythesolution
process.
4
SolveLoop
4-2
InitialMesh InitialMesh InitialMesh InitialMesh
Seedingand Seedingand Seedingand Seedingand
LambdaRefinement LambdaRefinement LambdaRefinement LambdaRefinement
(SingleFrequency) (SingleFrequency) (SingleFrequency) (SingleFrequency)
PortSolution PortSolution PortSolution PortSolution
FullVolumetricSolution FullVolumetricSolution FullVolumetricSolution FullVolumetricSolution
(S (S (S (S- -- -Parameters/E Parameters/E Parameters/E Parameters/E- -- -Fields) Fields) Fields) Fields)
FrequencySweep FrequencySweep FrequencySweep FrequencySweep
RefineMesh RefineMesh RefineMesh RefineMesh
(GradientofE (GradientofE (GradientofE (GradientofE- -- -Field Field Field Field
atSingleFrequency) atSingleFrequency) atSingleFrequency) atSingleFrequency)
CheckConvergence CheckConvergence CheckConvergence CheckConvergence
(DeltaS) (DeltaS) (DeltaS) (DeltaS)
No No No No
YES YES YES YES
InitialSolution
AdaptiveMeshLoop
NoAdaptiveMeshing NoAdaptiveMeshing NoAdaptiveMeshing NoAdaptiveMeshing
PortsOnly& PortsOnly& PortsOnly& PortsOnly&
4
SolveLoop
4-3
ImprovedAnalysisConfiguration
Configurabledefaultexecutionpriority
Tosetthisoption,gotoTools> Tools> Tools> Tools>
Options>HFSSOptions>Solver Options>HFSSOptions>Solver Options>HFSSOptions>Solver Options>HFSSOptions>Solver
RemoteAnalysis
heterogeneousplatformsupport
Queuing
QueueProjects,Designs,ParametricSweeps,FrequencySweeps
Toenablethisfeature,gotoTools>Options>GeneralOptions>Analysis Tools>Options>GeneralOptions>Analysis Tools>Options>GeneralOptions>Analysis Tools>Options>GeneralOptions>Analysis
Options> Options> Options> Options>Que Que Que Que allSimulations allSimulations allSimulations allSimulations
Toviewqueuedprojects,goto Tools>ShowQueuedSimulations Tools>ShowQueuedSimulations Tools>ShowQueuedSimulations Tools>ShowQueuedSimulations
4
SolveLoop
4-4
DistributedAnalysis
10XAnalysisSpeed-Up
Anautomatedclient-serverimplementation
little/nooverhead
setupeasilyviaremoteanalysiscapability
ForOptimetricsinstancesandpartitionedfrequencysweeps
Anoptionallicensetoaugment
10dependentanalyses
4
SolveLoop
4-5
MonitoringConvergence
YoucanviewtheConvergenceoftheentiresolutionprocess.Rightclickon
Analysis/Setup Analysis/Setup Analysis/Setup Analysis/Setup intheHFSSmodeltree.TheConvergenceTab ConvergenceTab ConvergenceTab ConvergenceTab canbeusedto
displayatableoraplot.
MatrixConvergenceOptions allowstheabilitytodefineother
convergencecriteria
All default
Diagonal
Off-Diagonal
SelectedEntries
4
SolveLoop
4-6
Profile
Atanytimeduringorafterthesolutionprocess,youcanexaminethecomputing
resources- orprofiledata- thatwereusedbyHFSSduringtheanalysis.The
profiledataisessentiallyalogofthetasksperformedbyHFSS duringthe
solution.Thelogindicatesthelengthoftimeeachtasktookandhowmuch
RAM/diskmemorywasrequired
Task-- liststhesoftwaremodulethatperformedataskduringthesolution
process,andthetypeoftaskthatwasperformed.Forexample,forthetask
mesh3d_adapt,Mesh3disthesoftwaremodulethatadaptivelyrefinedthemesh.
RealTime-- theamountofrealtimerequiredtoperformthetask.
CPUTime-- theamountofCPUtimerequiredtoperformthetask.
Memory-- thepeakamountofmemoryusedbyyourmachinewhileperforming
thetask.Thisvalueincludesalloftheapplicationsrunningat thetime;itisnot
limitedtoHFSS..
Information -- -- -- -- generalinformationaboutthesolution,includingthenumberof
tetrahedrausedinthemesh.
4
SolveLoop
4-7
MatrixData
AftertheSolutioniscompletetheMatrixDatacanbeviewedbyclickingon
Analysis/Setup.RightclickonSetup Setup Setup SetupandselectMatrixData MatrixData MatrixData MatrixData.TheSolutionData SolutionData SolutionData SolutionData
windowwillappear.
IntheSimulationpull-downlist,clickthesolutionsetupandsolvedpass-
adaptive,singlefrequencysolution,orfrequencysweep- forwhichyouwantto
viewmatrices.
Selectthetypeofmatrixtoview.
S-matrix
Y-matrix
Z-matrix
Gamma
Zo (characteristicimpedance.)
Theavailabletypesdependonthesolutiontype
4
SolveLoop
4-8
MatrixData(cont.)
Datacanbedisplayedinthefollowingformats:
Magnitude/Phase
Real/Imaginary
dB/Phase
Magnitude
Phase
Real
Imaginary
dB
Theavailableformatsdependonthematrixtypebeingdisplayed.
Youcanalsoselectsolvedfrequenciesthatyouwouldliketodisplay
Todisplaythematrixentriesforallsolvedfrequencies,choose All All All AllFreqs Freqs Freqs Freqs.
Toshowthematrixentriesforonesolvedfrequency,clearAllFrequencies
andthenselectthesolvedfrequencythatyouwanttoview.
Foradaptivepasses,onlythesolutionfrequencyspecifiedintheSolution
Setupdialogboxisavailable.Forfrequencysweeps,theentirefrequency
rangeisavailable.
Toinsertofdeleteoneormoredisplayedfrequencies,clickEdit Edit Edit EditFreqs Freqs Freqs Freqs.
ThiscommandisonlyavailableifthesweeptypeisFastorInterpolating.Ifyou
choosetoexportthematrixdatafortheFastorInterpolatingsweepafter
modifyingthefrequenciesintheEditFrequenciesdialogbox,onlythose
frequenciesdisplayedundertheMatrixDatatabwillbeexported.
ExportingMatrixData
Anumberofexportformatsareavailable:
Touchstone(*.sNp)
DataTable(*.tab)
PlanarEM/HFSSv6+(*.szg)
NeutralModelFormat(*.nmf)
MATLAB(*.m)
Citifile (*.cit)
4
SolveLoop
4-9
EquivalentCircuitExport
ItispossibletoexportFull-WaveSpice,LumpedElementandPartialFraction
ExpansionmodelsfromAnsoftHFSS.Todothis,clickonAnalysis/Setup/Matrix Analysis/Setup/Matrix Analysis/Setup/Matrix Analysis/Setup/Matrix
Data/EquivalentCircuitExport Data/EquivalentCircuitExport Data/EquivalentCircuitExport Data/EquivalentCircuitExport.
TheEquivalentCircuitExportOptionswindowwillappear
4
SolveLoop
4-10
IfyouhaveaDrivenTerminalsolutionyoucanexporttoPSpice PSpice PSpice PSpice,HSPICE, ,HSPICE, ,HSPICE, ,HSPICE,
Spectre,orMaxwellSpice Spectre,orMaxwellSpice Spectre,orMaxwellSpice Spectre,orMaxwellSpice. Youmusthaveafrequencysweepsolutionandfive
ormorefrequencypointstosuccessfullyexportanequivalentcircuitdatafile.
SelectLumpedElementExport(LowBandwidth) LumpedElementExport(LowBandwidth) LumpedElementExport(LowBandwidth) LumpedElementExport(LowBandwidth) ifyouwanttosavethedataas
alow-frequencycircuitmodelusingsimplelumpedelements(resistors,
capacitors,inductors,anddependentcurrentsources).
SelectPartialFractionExpansionfor PartialFractionExpansionfor PartialFractionExpansionfor PartialFractionExpansionforMatlab Matlab Matlab Matlab tocreatea*.mfile
ClickCombineSweeps CombineSweeps CombineSweeps CombineSweeps ifyouwanttocombinethedatafromtwoormore
frequencysweepsintoonefile.Theendpointsofthesweeprangescantouch,
butmaynotoverlap.
TheS-matricesarewrittentothedatafilethatyouspecifiedintheequivalent
circuitdataformat.
4
SolveLoop
4-11
List
ToviewModelParameters,Boundaries,Excitations,MeshOperationsand
AnalysisSetuprightclickonAnalysis Analysis Analysis Analysis intheAnsoftHFSSmodeltreeandselect
List List List List
4.1
MeshOperations
4.1-1
MeshOperations
ThischapterprovidesdetailsonmeshingintheAnsoftHFSSv.10.0software.It
discussesthedefaultmeshingofcurvature,usercontrolthereof,andthenew
volumecorrection volumecorrection volumecorrection volumecorrection capabilitiesusedinmatrixsolution.Thefollowingtopicsare
discussed:
CurvedGeometryMeshAdaptation
FacetingDefaultSettings
VolumePerturbationinFEMSolutions
User-DefiningSurfaceApproximations
ApplicationRecommendations
ModelResolution
ApplyingMeshOperations
Examples/Benchmarks Examples/Benchmarks Examples/Benchmarks Examples/Benchmarks
Thefollowingexamplesareprovidedtodemonstratethetopicsdiscussed
inthechapter:
StandardPillboxResonator
HemisphericalDielectricResonatorAntennawithCavity
AcceleratorSpoke-CavityApplication
CircularWGQuadrature Ortho-modeJunction(OMJ)
4.1
MeshOperations
4.1-2
CurveMeshAdaptationinHFSSv10.0
HFSSv10.0mesheshandlescurvedsurfacesdifferentlythanprior versionsof
HFSS.Properunderstandingofthedifferencesincurvedmeshhandlingandthe
advantagesofnewcapabilitiesintheHFSSv10.0solverareessentialto
obtainingaccurateresults.
Thenewgraphicaldrawinginterfaceencouragestheuseoftrue-curved
drawing,byremovingtheoptiontoassignafacetcounttotheconstruction
ofprimitivessuchascircles,cylinders,spheres,andellipses.
Facetedprimitivesareavailablehoweveraspolyhedronsand
polyhedralsolids,ifstilldesired.
Initialmeshingisconstrainedbyfacetingdecisionsmadebythe firstpass
ofthemeshingalgorithms.InpriorversionsofHFSShowever,adaptive
meshpointscouldbeplacedanywhereonthetrue-surfaceoftheaffected
object(s),asshowninthebeforeandafterimagesbelow.(Initialmeshleft,
adaptedatright.Notethatregularfacetingwasnotmaintained after
adaptivemeshalteration.)
ForHFSSv10.0,however,inordertoprovidemorerobustmeshing with
respecttomorecomplexgeometries,theinitialfacetingselectionsmade
forcurvedobjectsarerespectedthroughouttheadaptationprocess,sothat
theadaptedmeshisasubdividedvariationofthesamemeshedvolume as
theinitialmesh.AnadaptedmeshfromHFSSv10.0isshownbelow.
4.1
MeshOperations
4.1-3
Faceter DefaultSettings
Inordertokeepinitialmeshesatreasonablesizes,theinitial facetingdefault
settingistoconstrainthemeshsurfacenormals tofallwithin30degrees 30degrees 30degrees 30degrees ofthe
true-curvedsurfacenormals.
Thismeansthatacylindricalsurfacewouldbefacetedinto16 segments
aboutitscircumference,asillustratedbelow.
Thenormalforeachflatsegmentcannotbeoffbymorethan30degrees
fromthenormalforthecurvedtruesurfacewhichthatsegments faceis
approximating.
AlthoughaidedbytheVolumePerturbation VolumePerturbation VolumePerturbation VolumePerturbation techniquenowusedinHFSS
v10.0,itisnotanticipatedthatthisdefaultfacetingwillbeenoughfor
extremelyhigh-accuracyanalysisofresonantcavityvolumes,spheroids,
etc.
Thefacetingdefaultdoesnotincludeastringentaspectratiodefault(note
longtrianglesontopandbottomcylindricalfaces).
Thedefaulthoweverissufficientformostapplicationsinwhich thecurved
geometryisnotitselfhighlycriticaltothesimulationresult, yetwheremore
facetingwouldresultinanextremelylargeinitialmesh
E.g.Applicablefor:
meshingoftransmissionlinemodelswithbothsignalandnon-
signalviaspresenttopreventparallel-platemodesinstriplineor
CPWconfigurations
Coaxialapplications,whereboththeinnerandouterradiusfaceting
maintainsaneffectivelycongruentdistanceforcharacteristic
impedanceresults.
cylindersorspheresusedasradiationboundaries.
LessApplicablefor:
.cylindricalcavityresonancesto0.001%frequencyaccuracy
ellipticalwaveguidecouplingirises
circularwaveguides
4.1
MeshOperations
4.1-4
IntroductionofVolumePerturbationtoHFSSSolutions
Despitelowerfacetingcompliancetothetrue-curvedgeometryasthe
adaptationprocessaddsmeshpoints,HFSSv10.0introducesanew solution
technologythatshouldresultinamoreaccuratesolutionfromfarsmallermesh
countsthaninpriorversions.ThistechnologyisreferredtoasVolume Volume Volume Volume
Perturbation Perturbation Perturbation Perturbationor VolumeCorrection VolumeCorrection VolumeCorrection VolumeCorrection. .. .
Inafacetedmeshofacylindricalsolid,smallarc-sectionvolumesarelost
tothecylindervolumeandbecomepartofthevolumeofthecylinders
surroundings.
Sincethetruegeometrydefinitionisknownbeforefaceting,the delta-
volumesrepresentedbyeachofthesesliverregionsiscomputable
ThemeshingalgorithminHFSSv10.0canprovideadjustmentfactorsto
boththetetrahedralcenter-edgenodelocationsandtotheappropriate
volumesofthetetrahedraoneithersideofthecurvedboundary, sothatthe
FEMsolutionproceedswiththerighttermsevenforaloosely-discretized
mesh
Theendresultishigheraccuracyfromthesamemesh,evenbeforethe
benefitsofadaptivemeshrefinementaretakenintoaccount.
VolumePerturbationsolutionsarealwayson.Nousersettingis requiredto
activethem.
SliverRegion(onlytopsurface
meshoutlineshown)
4.1
MeshOperations
4.1-5
UserControlofCurvedMeshFaceting
SinceVolumePerturbationaloneisnotalwaysenough,userscancontrolthe
fidelitytowhichtheinitialmeshfacetingconformstogeometriccurvatureby
assigningMeshOperationSurfaceApproximationstoappropriateobjectsand/or
objectfaces
MeshOperationscanbeassignedfromtheHFSS HFSS HFSS HFSS menu,fromtheDesign Design Design Design
Tree Tree Tree Tree,orfromthegeometryinterfacescontext-sensitivemenu.
TheSurfaceApproximationoptionsareshownbelowright.Definitions
follow:
SurfaceDeviation isthemaximumspacing,
indrawingunits,thatthetetrahedralsurfaces
maybefromthetrue-curvedgeometrys
surface.
NormalDeviation isthemaximumangular
difference,indegrees,thatatetrahedral
facesnormalcanhavefromthesurface
normalforthetruegeometrywhichitis
meanttorepresent.
AspectRatio referstothemaximumallowed
aspectratioofallfacesofalltetrahedraof
theselectedobjectorface.Thissetting
influencesmeshqualityratherthanactual
meshedvolumeorsurfacelocations.
4.1
MeshOperations
4.1-6
EachSettingcanbeforced,leftatthedefault,orturnedoffentirely
Ignore meansnoevaluationofthis
constraintwillbedoneingenerationof
theinitialmeshing,noteventothe
built-insettingsHFSSfollowswithout
surfaceapproximationinstructions
UseDefaults leavesthatconstraintatthe
built-insettings,andisselectedifyoudo
notwishtotightenthisconstraintbutalso
donotwishtodeactivateit.
Set isofcourseusedtoapplyauser
constraintvaluewhichmaybetighteror or or or
looserthanthebuilt-inconstraintused
intheabsenceofspecificinstructions.
Settinglooserconstraintsthanthe
defaultmayrequirealsosetting
adjoiningobjectstothesame
looserconstraintsothatthe
defaultdoesnottakeprecedence
atinterfaces.
UsageSuggestions
Donot Donot Donot Donotoverspecify overspecify overspecify overspecify. .. .
Itisalwayseasiertoaddthansubtractmesh,byrunningmore adaptive
passesorbyaddingsupplementalmeshinstructions
Toostringentasetting(e.g.NormalDeviationof1degree)canresultin
poormeshqualitiesduetoaspectratios,poormeshgradientsto
surroundingobjects,etc.
UseAspectRatiosettingsalongwithNormalorSurfaceDeviation settings
Forcylindricaltypeobjectswherecurvedandplanarfacesmeet, the
normalandsurfacedeviationsettingsapplytothecurvedfacesonly.
Settinganaspectratiolimitaswell(e.g.4:1)willforceafewadditional
trianglesontheplanarfacesandhelppreserveacleaneroverallmesh
ConsiderusingPolyhedronsorPolygonsinsteadifusingtoreducemesh
Ifyourdesignhasmanycurvedobjectswhichyouwantonlyverycoarsely
meshed(e.g.awholefenceofgroundvias,forwhich30degreedefault
normaldeviationisunnecessary),andthegeometryisnotimported,
considerdrawingtheviasashexagonalorevensquaresolidsinstead,
ratherthanhavingtoremembertoreducethemeshingfidelityonthemall.
4.1
MeshOperations
4.1-7
ModelResolution
Modelresolutionenablesmodelconvergenceandreducesolvetimes.Ifin
previousversionsthetetrahedroncountgottoolarge,thesolvercouldrunoutof
memory.Itwouldbetryingtoaddmeshingelementstoareasofthemodelthat
arenotimportant.Nowwithmodelresolution,weareabletocrankdownthe
meshsizeinordertoactuallygetconvergencebeforememorybecomesan
issue.
Modelresolutionisalengthbasedvaluethatmodifiestheinitialmesh.This
meshingoperationallowstheusertospecifyaminimumedgelengthofany
tetrahedronusedforthemesh.Byspecifyingaminimumedgelengthfora
tetrahedron,themesherwillhavetocoarselymeshgeometricdetailthatmaynot
beelectricallyimportant.Thissavesthesolveratremendousamountofsolution
timesincetheinitialmeshissmaller,andthemesherdoesnothavetoaddmesh
elementstoareasthatarenotelectricallyimportant.
Whendealingwithmodelsthathaveveryhighaspectratiosduetosmall
geometricdetail,useamodelresolutionof1/10to1/20ofthethinnestconductor
tostartwith.Thenadjustthevalueaccordingly.
AComplexConnector AComplexConnector AComplexConnector AComplexConnector
EnabledConvergence
(previouslyunsolvable)
onehalfthemesh
twothirdsthememory
onethirdthetime
4.1
MeshOperations
4.1-8
ModelResolutionCont
PracticalExample
Thisispartofacomplexdesignthatbenefitedfrommodelresolution.The
greyoutlineisthereducedmodel.Thepinklinesweretheoriginalmodel
detailsthatwereremovedduetothemeshoperation.Theoriginalmodel
hadaninitialmeshof184,675tets.Aftermodelresolution,theinitialmesh
was24,691tets.
4.1
MeshOperations
4.1-9
ApplyingMeshOperations
Ifyouwanttorefinethemeshonafaceorvolumebutdontwanttogeneratea
solution,dothefollowingafterdefiningmeshoperations:
Ifacurrentmeshhasbeengenerated,HFSSwillrefineitusingthedefined
meshoperations.
Ifacurrentmeshhasnotbeengenerated,HFSSwillapplythemesh
operationstotheinitialmesh.
Ifaninitialmeshhasnotbeengenerated,HFSSwillgenerateit andapply
themeshoperationstotheinitialmesh.
Ifthedefinedmeshoperationshavebeenappliedtotheselected faceor
object,thecurrentmeshwillnotbealtered.
Defineanewmeshoperationratherthanmodifyanexistingmesh
operation.HFSSwillnotre-applyamodifiedmeshoperation.Applying
meshoperationswithoutsolvingenablesyoutoexperimentwithmesh
refinementinspecificproblemregionswithoutlosingdesignsolutions.You
cannotundotheappliedmeshoperations,butyoucandiscardthemby
closingtheprojectwithoutsavingthem.
4.1
MeshOperations
4.1-10
Source:(Canonical)
Description
Apillboxresonatorisasimplecylindricalcavity,theexactresonanceofwhichis
solvedanalyticallyas:
EquationsforTEandTMmodesoforder(n,m,p)wherepisthe
numberofhalf-wavevariationsinthecavityaxisdirection
p
nm
andq
nm
representthezerosoftheBesselfunctionsortheir
derivatives
b iscavityradius,andl iscavityheight
c
isthespeedoflightintheenclosedvolumemedia
Benchmark
Apillboxprojectwithb =10cmandl =10cm wasconstructed.
Volumeofcavitywasvacuum;wallboundarieswereperfectconductors
Solutionwasrequestedfor3eigenmodes,withSurfaceApproximationssetto
varytheNormalDeviation
norm wasvariedfrom5to45degreesby5degreesteps
Aspectratio wassetat5:1;SurfaceDeviationsettingwasIgnore
Solutionsetupwas0.25GHzstartingfrequency(toassureastarting
frequencydidnotaddmeshbeyondthosesetbythesurfaceapproximation
settings
Solutionswerecontinuedto0.01%delta-f(realpart)or10passes,
whichevercamefirst
Tabulatedresultsvs.theoreticalcomputationsareshownonthepagefollowing
Besselzeroswerecomputedtoabout5digits(e.g.p
11
=1.84118)
Speedoflightusedwas299792458m/s
( )

+ =
2
2
2
2
2 l
p
b
q c
f
nm
TE
r
mnp
( )

+ =
2
2
2
2
2 l
p
b
p c
f
nm
TM
r
mnp
4.1
MeshOperations
4.1-11
Results:
Observations:
Withhigher-ordermodes,absoluteerrorishigherinorderofascendingfrequency
regardlessofnormaldeviationfacetingapplied
Thisisexpectedduetosomesolutiondependenceonstarting frequency.
Addedadaptiveelementsareshared amongmodes.Yethigherorder
modeshavemorefocused fieldpeaksascomparedtomorefundamental
modes.Thereforemorerapidimprovementforlowerordermodesarean
artifactoftheadaptationtechniqueandnotonevolumecorrectioncan
stronglyinfluence.
Notethatforhigher-accuracyanalysisofthehigherfrequencymodes,the
solutioncanbeexecutedwithsolutionsettingsthatwillfindthatasthe
lowestfrequencymode.
Even22.5degreesettingwillresultinbetterthan0.05%errorforthe
fundamentalmodesolution.
40and45degreecaseshadidenticalmeshesandresults
Whenusedtoreduce mesh,otherqualitychecksmaystillconstrainthe
resulttomorethanjustthesurfaceapproximationsettingsrequested.
Conclusions:
Forsimplecanonicalshapesandfundamentalmodes,increasedfacetingis
unnecessaryunlessextremelytightaccuracydeviationsarerequired
Normal
Deviation
(deg)
HFSS
TM010
Result
(GHz)
Delta vs.
Theory
(%)
HFSS
TE111
Result 1
(GHz)
HFSS
TE111
Result 2
(GHz)
Avg.
Delta vs.
Theory
(%)
Final
Tetrahedra
Count
Final Delta-f
Convergence
(%)
5 1.147406 0.001482 1.7361 1.736118 0.0756005 3347 0.0067755
10 1.147345 0.006798 1.73307 1.733154 0.2480399 2670 0.0077428
15 1.147124 0.026058 1.72758 1.727638 0.5647448 1882 0.022301
20 1.146748 0.058827 1.7192 1.719607 1.0370537 1060 0.042848
25 1.146623 0.069721 1.71165 1.712348 1.4632887 1087 0.040982
30 1.146196 0.106935 1.69707 1.697355 2.3142622 1008 0.052023
35 1.145602 0.158703 1.68868 1.688798 2.8019963 890 0.12154
40 1.144962 0.214481 1.67654 1.677916 3.4645009 887 0.033112
45 1.144962 0.214481 1.67654 1.677916 3.4645009 887 0.033112
4.1
MeshOperations
4.1-12
Source:
K.K.SoandK.W.Leung,AnnularSlotExcitedDielectricResonatorAntenna
withaBackingCavity,Proceedingsofthe2002IEEEAntennasandPropagation
SocietyInternationalSymposium,SanAntonio,TX,June2002,Volume4
Description:
Ahemisphericaldielectricresonatorantenna(DRA)isfedbyacoaxialcable
acrossanannularringslot,whichcouplestheDRAtoahemisphericalcavity
beneathit.Thisprojecthasacombinationofsphericalandplanar-circlecurves
whichshouldgivegoodevidenceoftheutilityofthevolumecorrectionapproach.
Thesourceprovidesbothauthor-derivedanalyticalresultsandmeasurement
results.
Benchmark:
Animageofthemodeledgeometryisshown(below,right).
Symmetrywasused(1plane).
Cavity(vacuumfilled)is25mmradius;DRAis12.5mmradius.
DRAmaterialhas
r
=9.5
Annularringouterradiusis5.8mm,1mmwidth
Feedisgeneratedusingalumpedgapsourceportspanningtheannular
ring(seedetailimage)
A30mmradiusby35mmheightpolyhedron(16sides)isusedforthe
radiationboundary.
Bottomgroundplaneistreatedas
infinitegroundboundarycondition
Solutionrequestedusingonlydefault surfaceapproximations
10adaptivepassesortodelta-Sof0.01atadaptivefrequencyof
3.75GHz
2.5 5GHzfastsweeprequested
FeedDetail FeedDetail FeedDetail FeedDetail
4.1
MeshOperations
4.1-13
Results:
PlotsofS11vs.frequencyandrealandimaginaryZ11vs.frequencyareshown
Resultsconformedalmostexactlytosourcesreportedmeasuredresults,and
wereclosertomeasurementsthansourceanalysis
HFSSv8.5solvedtoeffectivelythesameresult,butrequiredabout4timesthe
mesh
3324atpass8(v10)vs.13,300tetrahedraatpass11(v8.5)
Conclusions:
Thisprovidesanexampleofaprojectforwhichthevolumeperturbationis
extremelywell-suited,byprovidingtheproperdielectricresonancevolume
Pastexperimentswithasmanyas24facetspercircumferencewithout
volumeperturbationdemonstratedanoticable frequencyerror,therefore
theroleofthenewsolutioncapabilityinthissuccessisclear.
Solutionaccuracywasexcellentinabsolutetermsevenwithdefaultsettings,and
greatlyexceededHFSSv8.5scapabilities
AsecondsimulationwithNormalDeviationsetto15degreessolvedtothe
sameresultsandexcellentconvergence,stillbeatingtheHFSSv8.5mesh
required
4.1
MeshOperations
4.1-14
Source:
http://www.jlab.org/~piller/spoke/spoke.htm
Description:
ASpokecavityisusedinacceleratorsforionbeams.ThisvariantisalowBeta
type.Thecavityconsistsofacylindricalvolumewithsphericalsections
subtractedfromtheflatends.Thespokeisasmallercylinderwithitsaxis
orthogonaltothemaincavitysaxisthatcutsthroughthecavitycenterlineona
diameter.Thereisaninput/outputbeampipethatrunscoaxialwiththemain
cavityandexitsthetwoconcavespheroidends.Duetosymmetry thesecavities
areusuallyanalyzedin1/8sectionswithPHCboundaryconditions
Benchmark:
AnimageofthemodeledcavitygeometryfromtheHFSSgraphicalinterfaceis
shown(below,right).
Maincavity21.908cmradiusby25.4cmheight
Sphericalsubtractionshaveradius64.572cm
Spokeis3.81cmradius;beampipe1.359cmradius
SolvedforNormalDeviationsfrom5to30degrees(asparametric sweep)
Solutionsettings10passesortodelta-fof0.01%(real)
ThebeamportswereleftasPHCbondaries,soportloadingisnot
includedinthesesimulationresults
Results:
Aplotofsolvedresonantfrequencyvs.theNormalDeviationsurface
approximationsettingusedisshownaboveleft.Tabulatedresultsareonthe
pagefollowing,withmeshanderrorstatistics
Thereferencewebsiteindicatesthatadifferentsolutionmethod forthecavity
obtainedaresonancefrequencyof338.048MHz,yetthemeasurementobtained
348.578MHz.Deltastobothareshowninthetable.
4.1
MeshOperations
4.1-15
Results,cont.
Observations:
Sincethereferenceanalysisandmeasurementdonotmatch,neithercanbe
takenasanabsoluteaccuracyvalidator forcomparisontotheHFSSresults.
Themeasurementwasofacavitywithportloadingatthebeampipe(s)and
aprobeloopwhichwillthemselvesperturbresultsslightly
Thetrendofresonantfrequencyshiftwithtighternormaldeviationrestrictionis
quitenearlylinear
Tighterinitialfacetingresultsinbetterreportedconvergenceforthesamepass
count
V8.5convergencewasstillnotatlowlevelsafterthelastsolvedpass.Therefore
itwasonlycoincidentallynearthemost-refinedHFSSv10solution.Carryingthe
HFSSv8.5solutiontogoodconvergenceratherthanalimitednumberof
tetrahedratookmoremeshthanreportedforHFSSv10.
Conclusions:
Noneofthemeshesresultedininadequatevolumefillingorclearlyincorrect
solutions.Thisisageometrytypeforwhichincreasedfaceting merelyfine-tunes
theresultingconvergenceandfinalsolutionoutputs.
Normal
Deviation
(deg)
f_r (MHz)
Delta vs.
Ref.
Analysis (%)
Delta vs. Ref.
Measurement
(%)
Final
Tetrahedra
Count
Final Delta-f
Convergence
(%)
5 339.332 0.379827717 2.652490978 21160 0.0021053
10 341.486 1.017015335 2.034551808 9425 0.011095
15 344.907 2.029001799 1.053135884 4246 0.10175
20 347.903 2.915266471 0.19364389 3356 0.1472
25 347.353 2.752567683 0.351427801 3757 0.016916
30 352.195 4.184908652 1.037644372 2601 0.3341
4.1
MeshOperations
4.1-16
Source:
HenryZ.Zhang,AWidebandOrthogonal-ModeJunctionusingRidgedSectoral
Waveguides,Proceedingsofthe2002IEEEAntennasandPropagationSociety
InternationalSymposium,SanAntonio,TX,June2002,Volume4
Description:
Thisquadrature orthomode junction(OMJ)usesataperedseptumtoconverta
circular,coaxial,quad-ridgewaveguideintofourcontouredridgewaveguideswhich
havemodesanalagous torectangularsingle-ridgewaveguide.Theuseoftapered
septums intersectingwithcircularcross-sectionsnecessitatesdrawingintrue
curvature.
Benchmark:
Thegeometryisshownabove.Dimensionsareasfollows:
Outerradius160mm,Ridgediameter150mm,centerdiameter60mm
Ridgessubtend45degrees,evenlyspacedat90degreeintervals
Septums subtend2degreesandextendhalfthelengthofthemodeledsection
(400mm)
Twosmallperturbersof
r
=1.001(inred)areinsertedatthesingle-
waveguideendtoprovidestabilizationofthedegeneratemodeorder
TheHFSSv10projectwasgeneratedbydirecttranslationofthev8.5project,and
solvedmeshsurfaceapproximationsettings.
900MHzadapt,sweptfrom400 950MHz
10passesortoaDelta-Sof0.009
10and15degreenormaldeviationallowance
4.1
MeshOperations
4.1-17
Results
Solutionresultsareshownbelow,focusingonreturnloss.
Resultsfor15degreenormaldeviationarestillunstable
Delta-Sof0.0342;finalmeshof16,177tetrahedra
Resultsfor10degreenormaldeviationareexcellent
Delta-Sof0.00752;finalmeshof15,897tetrahedra(shown)
Conclusions:
Duetoverynarrowannulargapsattheridgepeaks,thisgeometrytypeispoorly
meshedwithoutuser-guidanceintheformoftightersurfaceapproximation
settings,providinganexampleforwhichsuchguidanceisrequired
However,with10degreefacetingthesolutionconvergencewasbetterandtoa
smallerfinalmeshthanwith15degreefaceting.Thereforeingeometriccases
wheresurfaceapproximationsarerequiredforagoodanswer,theydonot
necessarilyimplyalongersolutiontime.
Examples- Contents
Chapter5.0 AntennaExamples
5.1 UHFProbe
5.2 CircularWaveguideHorn
5.3 ProbeFeedPatch
5.4 SlotCoupledPatch
5.5 SpecificAbsorptionRate
5.6 CPWFeedBowtieAntenna
5.7 Endfire Array
Chapter6.0 MicrowaveExamples
6.1 MagicT
6.2 CoaxBend
6.3 RingHybrid
6.4 CoaxStub
IncludesOptimetrics Example
6.5 Microstrip - WavePorts
6.6 DielectricResonator
Chapter7.0 FilterExamples
7.1 Bandpass Filter
7.2 Bandstop Filter
Chapter8.0 SignalIntegrityExamples
8.1 LVDSDifferentialPair
8.1a LVDSDifferentialPairTransientSimulation(AnsoftDesigner)
8.2 SegmentedReturnPath
8.2a SegmentedReturnPathTDR(AnsoftDesigner)
8.3 Non-IdealPlanes
8.4 ReturnPath
Chapter9.0 EMC/EMIExamples
9.1 HeatSink
9.2- Enclosure
Chapter10.0 OnChipComponentExamples
10.1 SpiralInductor
Chapter5.0
Chapter5.0 AntennaExamples
5.1 UHFProbe
5.2 CircularWaveguideHorn
5.3 ProbeFeedPatch
5.4 SlotCoupledPatch
5.5 SpecificAbsorptionRate
5.6 CPWFeedBowtieAntenna
5.7 Endfire Array
5.1
Example UHFProbe
TheUltra-HighFrequency(UHF)Probe
Thisexampleisintendedtoshowyouhowtocreate,simulate,andanalyzea
UHFprobe,usingtheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment.
5.1
Example UHFProbe
AnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment
ThefollowingfeaturesoftheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironmentare usedto
createthispassivedevicemodel
3DSolidModeling
Primitives:Cylinders,Boxes Cylinders,Boxes Cylinders,Boxes Cylinders,Boxes
BooleanOperations:Unite,Subtract Unite,Subtract Unite,Subtract Unite,Subtract
Boundaries/Excitations
Ports: WavePorts WavePorts WavePorts WavePorts
Analysis
Sweep:FastFrequency :FastFrequency :FastFrequency :FastFrequency
Results
Cartesianplotting Cartesianplotting Cartesianplotting Cartesianplotting
FieldOverlays:
3DFarFieldPlots 3DFarFieldPlots 3DFarFieldPlots 3DFarFieldPlots
5.1
Example UHFProbe
GettingStarted
LaunchingAnsoftHFSS LaunchingAnsoftHFSS LaunchingAnsoftHFSS LaunchingAnsoftHFSS
1. ToaccessAnsoftHFSS,clicktheMicrosoftStart Start Start Start button,selectPrograms Programs Programs Programs,andselect
theAnsoft,HFSS10 Ansoft,HFSS10 Ansoft,HFSS10 Ansoft,HFSS10 programgroup.ClickHFSS10 HFSS10 HFSS10 HFSS10.
SettingToolOptions SettingToolOptions SettingToolOptions SettingToolOptions
Tosetthetooloptions: Tosetthetooloptions: Tosetthetooloptions: Tosetthetooloptions:
Note: Note: Note: Note:Inordertofollowthestepsoutlinedinthisexample,verifythatthe
followingtooloptionsareset : : : :
1. SelectthemenuitemTools>Options>HFSSOptions Tools>Options>HFSSOptions Tools>Options>HFSSOptions Tools>Options>HFSSOptions
2. HFSSOptionsWindow:
1. ClicktheGeneral General General General tab
UseWizardsfordataentrywhencreatingnewboundaries: : : :
Checked Checked Checked Checked
Duplicateboundarieswithgeometry: : : : Checked Checked Checked Checked
3. SelectthemenuitemTools>Options>3DModelerOptions Tools>Options>3DModelerOptions Tools>Options>3DModelerOptions Tools>Options>3DModelerOptions.
4. 3DModelerOptionsWindow:
1. ClicktheOperation Operation Operation Operation tab
Automaticallycoverclosedpolylines: : : : Checked Checked Checked Checked
2. ClicktheDrawing Drawing Drawing Drawing tab
Editpropertyofnewprimitives: : : : Checked Checked Checked Checked
5.1
Example UHFProbe
OpeningaNewProject OpeningaNewProject OpeningaNewProject OpeningaNewProject
1. InanAnsoftHFSSwindow,clickthe OntheStandardtoolbar,or
selectthemenuitemFile>New File>New File>New File>New.
2. FromtheProject Project Project Project menu,selectInsertHFSSDesign InsertHFSSDesign InsertHFSSDesign InsertHFSSDesign. .. .
SetSolutionType SetSolutionType SetSolutionType SetSolutionType
1. ChooseDrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal
5.1
Example UHFProbe
Creatingthe3DModel
SetModelUnits SetModelUnits SetModelUnits SetModelUnits
Tosettheunits: Tosettheunits: Tosettheunits: Tosettheunits:
1. Selectthemenuitem3DModeler>Units 3DModeler>Units 3DModeler>Units 3DModeler>Units
2. SetModelUnits:
1. SelectUnits:in(inches) in(inches) in(inches) in(inches)
SetDefaultMaterial SetDefaultMaterial SetDefaultMaterial SetDefaultMaterial
Tosetthedefaultmaterial: Tosetthedefaultmaterial: Tosetthedefaultmaterial: Tosetthedefaultmaterial:
1. Usingthe3DModelerMaterialstoolbar,chooseSelect Select Select Select
2. SelectDefinitionWindow:
1. Typecopper copper copper copper intheSearchbyName SearchbyName SearchbyName SearchbyName field
5.1
Example UHFProbe
CreatingAnnularRings CreatingAnnularRings CreatingAnnularRings CreatingAnnularRings
Creatingaringisaccomplishedbycreatingacylinderthatrepresentstheouter
radiusandacylinderthatrepresentstheinnerradius.ByperformingaBoolean
subtraction,theresultinggeometryisaring.
Forthismodel,twosetsofringsarenecessary.Insteadofmanuallycreating
bothrings,wewillcreateonering,copyit,andeditthedimensionsofthecopy.
CreateRing1 CreateRing1 CreateRing1 CreateRing1
1. SelectthemenuitemDraw>Cylinder Draw>Cylinder Draw>Cylinder Draw>Cylinder
2. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthecylinderposition
X:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
3. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheradius:
dX:0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31,dY:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ:0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
4. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheheight:
Tosetthename: Tosetthename: Tosetthename: Tosetthename:
1. SelecttheAttribute Attribute Attribute Attribute tabfromtheProperties Properties Properties Properties window.
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:ring_inner ring_inner ring_inner ring_inner
Tofittheview: Tofittheview: Tofittheview: Tofittheview:
1. SelectthemenuitemView>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView. . . .OrpresstheCTRL+D CTRL+D CTRL+D CTRL+D
key
5.1
Example UHFProbe
CreatingAnnularRings(Continued) CreatingAnnularRings(Continued) CreatingAnnularRings(Continued) CreatingAnnularRings(Continued)
CreateRing1(Continued) CreateRing1(Continued) CreateRing1(Continued) CreateRing1(Continued)
X:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
dX:0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37,dY:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:ring_1 ring_1 ring_1 ring_1
Toselectobjectstobesubtracted: Toselectobjectstobesubtracted: Toselectobjectstobesubtracted: Toselectobjectstobesubtracted:
1. SelectthemenuitemEdit>Select>ByName Edit>Select>ByName Edit>Select>ByName Edit>Select>ByName
2. SelectObjectDialog,
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:ring_1, ring_1, ring_1, ring_1,ring_inner ring_inner ring_inner ring_inner
2. ClicktheOK OK OK OKbutton
Tosubtract: Tosubtract: Tosubtract: Tosubtract:
1. Selectthemenuitem3DModeler>Boolean>Subtract 3DModeler>Boolean>Subtract 3DModeler>Boolean>Subtract 3DModeler>Boolean>Subtract
2. SubtractWindow
BlankParts:ring_1 ring_1 ring_1 ring_1
ToolParts:ring_inner ring_inner ring_inner ring_inner
Clonetoolobjectsbeforesubtract: Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked
ClicktheOK OK OK OK button
5.1
Example UHFProbe
CreatingAnnularRings(Continued) CreatingAnnularRings(Continued) CreatingAnnularRings(Continued) CreatingAnnularRings(Continued)
CreateRing2 CreateRing2 CreateRing2 CreateRing2
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:ring_1 ring_1 ring_1 ring_1
3. SelectthemenuitemEdit>Copy Edit>Copy Edit>Copy Edit>Copy
4. SelectthemenuitemEdit>Paste Edit>Paste Edit>Paste Edit>Paste
ChangethedimensionsofRing2 ChangethedimensionsofRing2 ChangethedimensionsofRing2 ChangethedimensionsofRing2
1. Tochangethedimensionsofring_2,expandthemodeltreeasshown
below.Itshouldbenotedthatorderoftheeditingisimportant.Ifyoumake
theinnerradius>thentheouterradius,ainvalidobjectwillresultanditwill
beremovedfromthemodel.
2. Usingthemouse,doubleclicktheleftmousebuttonontheCreateCylinder CreateCylinder CreateCylinder CreateCylinder
commandforring_2 ring_2 ring_2 ring_2
3. Propertiesdialog
1. Changetheradiusto:0.5in 0.5in 0.5in 0.5in
4. Usingthemouse,doubleclicktheleftmousebuttonontheCreateCylinder CreateCylinder CreateCylinder CreateCylinder
commandforring_inner1 ring_inner1 ring_inner1 ring_inner1
5. Propertiesdialog
1. Changetheradiusto:0.435in 0.435in 0.435in 0.435in
5.1
Example UHFProbe
CreateArm_1 CreateArm_1 CreateArm_1 CreateArm_1
TocreateArm_1 TocreateArm_1 TocreateArm_1 TocreateArm_1
1. SelectthemenuitemDraw>Box Draw>Box Draw>Box Draw>Box
2. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheboxposition
X:- -- -0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1,Y:- -- -0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31,Z:5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
3. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheoppositecornerofthebase
rectangle:
dX:0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2,dY:- -- -4.69 4.69 4.69 4.69,dZ:- -- -0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Arm_1 Arm_1 Arm_1 Arm_1
1. SelectthemenuitemView>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView. .. .
GroupConductors GroupConductors GroupConductors GroupConductors
Togrouptheconductors: Togrouptheconductors: Togrouptheconductors: Togrouptheconductors:
1. SelectthemenuitemEdit>SelectAllVisible Edit>SelectAllVisible Edit>SelectAllVisible Edit>SelectAllVisible. . . .OrpresstheCTRL+A CTRL+A CTRL+A CTRL+A key
2. Selectthemenuitem,3DModeler>Boolean>Unite 3DModeler>Boolean>Unite 3DModeler>Boolean>Unite 3DModeler>Boolean>Unite
5.1
Example UHFProbe
CreatetheCenterpin CreatetheCenterpin CreatetheCenterpin CreatetheCenterpin
Tocreatethecenterpin Tocreatethecenterpin Tocreatethecenterpin Tocreatethecenterpin
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:center_pin center_pin center_pin center_pin
5.1
Example UHFProbe
CreateArm_2 CreateArm_2 CreateArm_2 CreateArm_2
TocreateArm_2 TocreateArm_2 TocreateArm_2 TocreateArm_2
X:- -- -0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1,Y:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
rectangle:
dX:0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2,dY:5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0,dZ:- -- -0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Arm_2 Arm_2 Arm_2 Arm_2
1. SelectthemenuitemView>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView. . . .
5.1
Example UHFProbe
CreatetheGroundingPin CreatetheGroundingPin CreatetheGroundingPin CreatetheGroundingPin
Tocreatethegroundingpin Tocreatethegroundingpin Tocreatethegroundingpin Tocreatethegroundingpin
X:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y:1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0,Z:0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
dX:0.0625 0.0625 0.0625 0.0625,dY:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0, PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:pin pin pin pin
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Arm_2, Arm_2, Arm_2, Arm_2,center_pin center_pin center_pin center_pin,pin ,pin ,pin ,pin
Note: Note: Note: Note: UsetheCtrl+Leftmousebuttontoselectmultiple
objects
5.1
Example UHFProbe
CreatetheWaveport CreatetheWaveport CreatetheWaveport CreatetheWaveport
Tocreateacirclethatrepresentstheport: Tocreateacirclethatrepresentstheport: Tocreateacirclethatrepresentstheport: Tocreateacirclethatrepresentstheport:
1. SelectthemenuitemDraw>Circle Draw>Circle Draw>Circle Draw>Circle
2. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthecenterposition
3. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheradiusofthecircle:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:p1 p1 p1 p1
5.1
Example UHFProbe
Usingthe3DModelerMaterialstoolbar,choosevacuum vacuum vacuum vacuum
CreateAir CreateAir CreateAir CreateAir
TocreateAir TocreateAir TocreateAir TocreateAir
X:- -- -5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0,Y:- -- -10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0,Z:0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
rectangle:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Air Air Air Air
CreateRadiationBoundary CreateRadiationBoundary CreateRadiationBoundary CreateRadiationBoundary
Tocreatearadiationboundary Tocreatearadiationboundary Tocreatearadiationboundary Tocreatearadiationboundary
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Air Air Air Air
3. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Radiation HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Radiation HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Radiation HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Radiation
4. RadiationBoundarywindow
1. Name:Rad1 Rad1 Rad1 Rad1
5.1
Example UHFProbe
CreateWavePortExcitation1(Continued) CreateWavePortExcitation1(Continued) CreateWavePortExcitation1(Continued) CreateWavePortExcitation1(Continued)
Toselecttheobjectp1: Toselecttheobjectp1: Toselecttheobjectp1: Toselecttheobjectp1:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:p1 p1 p1 p1
Toassignwaveportexcitation Toassignwaveportexcitation Toassignwaveportexcitation Toassignwaveportexcitation
1. Selectthemenuitem HFSS>Excitations>Assign>WavePort HFSS>Excitations>Assign>WavePort HFSS>Excitations>Assign>WavePort HFSS>Excitations>Assign>WavePort
2. WavePort:General
1. Name:p1 p1 p1 p1,
2. ClicktheNext Next Next Next button
3. WavePort:Terminals
1. NumberofTerminals:1 11 1,
2. ForT1 T1 T1 T1,clicktheUndefined Undefined Undefined Undefined columnandselectNewLine NewLine NewLine NewLine
3. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthevectorposition
X:0.31,Y:0.0,Z:0.0, X:0.31,Y:0.0,Z:0.0, X:0.31,Y:0.0,Z:0.0, X:0.31,Y:0.0,Z:0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
4. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthevertex
dX dX dX dX: : : :- -- -0.21, 0.21, 0.21, 0.21,dY dY dY dY:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,dZ dZ dZ dZ:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
4. WavePort:DifferentialPairs
5. WavePort:PostProcessing
1. ReferenceImpedance:50 50 50 50
6. ClicktheFinish Finish Finish Finish button
5.1
Example UHFProbe
CreateInfiniteGroundPlane CreateInfiniteGroundPlane CreateInfiniteGroundPlane CreateInfiniteGroundPlane
TocreateanInfiniteground TocreateanInfiniteground TocreateanInfiniteground TocreateanInfiniteground
1. SelectthemenuitemEdit>Select>Faces Edit>Select>Faces Edit>Select>Faces Edit>Select>Faces
2. GraphicallyselectthefaceoftheAirobjectatZ=0
3. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Boundaries>Assign>FiniteConductivity HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>FiniteConductivity HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>FiniteConductivity HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>FiniteConductivity
4. FiniteConductivityBoundarywindow
1. Name:gnd_plane gnd_plane gnd_plane gnd_plane
2. UseMaterial: Checked Checked Checked Checked
3. Clickthevacuum vacuum vacuum vacuum button
1. Typecopper copper copper copper intheSearch Search Search Search
byName byName byName byName field
5. InfiniteGroundPlane: Checked Checked Checked Checked
CreateaRadiationSetup CreateaRadiationSetup CreateaRadiationSetup CreateaRadiationSetup
Todefinetheradiationsetup Todefinetheradiationsetup Todefinetheradiationsetup Todefinetheradiationsetup
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Radiation>InsertFarFieldSetup>Infinite HFSS>Radiation>InsertFarFieldSetup>Infinite HFSS>Radiation>InsertFarFieldSetup>Infinite HFSS>Radiation>InsertFarFieldSetup>Infinite
Sphere Sphere Sphere Sphere
2. FarFieldRadiationSphereSetupdialog
1. 1. 1. 1. InfiniteSphere InfiniteSphere InfiniteSphere InfiniteSphere Tab
1. Name:ff_2d ff_2d ff_2d ff_2d
2. Phi:(Start:0, 0, 0, 0,Stop:90, 90, 90, 90,StepSize:90) 90) 90) 90)
3. Theta:(Start:- -- -180, 180, 180, 180,Stop:180, 180, 180, 180,StepSize:2) 2) 2) 2)
5.1
Example UHFProbe
AnalysisSetup
CreatinganAnalysisSetup CreatinganAnalysisSetup CreatinganAnalysisSetup CreatinganAnalysisSetup
Tocreateananalysissetup: Tocreateananalysissetup: Tocreateananalysissetup: Tocreateananalysissetup:
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>AnalysisSetup>AddSolutionSetup HFSS>AnalysisSetup>AddSolutionSetup HFSS>AnalysisSetup>AddSolutionSetup HFSS>AnalysisSetup>AddSolutionSetup
2. SolutionSetupWindow:
1. ClicktheGeneral General General General tab: :: :
SolutionFrequency:0.55GHz :0.55GHz :0.55GHz :0.55GHz
MaximumNumberofPasses:10 10 10 10
MaximumDeltaSperPass:0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
AddingaFrequencySweep AddingaFrequencySweep AddingaFrequencySweep AddingaFrequencySweep
Toaddafrequencysweep: Toaddafrequencysweep: Toaddafrequencysweep: Toaddafrequencysweep:
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>AnalysisSetup>AddSweep HFSS>AnalysisSetup>AddSweep HFSS>AnalysisSetup>AddSweep HFSS>AnalysisSetup>AddSweep
1. SelectSolutionSetup:Setup1 Setup1 Setup1 Setup1
2. EditSweepWindow:
1. SweepType:Fast :Fast :Fast :Fast
2. FrequencySetupType:LinearCount :LinearCount :LinearCount :LinearCount
Start: 0.35GHz 0.35GHz 0.35GHz 0.35GHz
Stop:0.75GHz :0.75GHz :0.75GHz :0.75GHz
Count:401 :401 :401 :401
SaveFields: Checked Checked Checked Checked
5.1
Example UHFProbe
SaveProject SaveProject SaveProject SaveProject
Tosavetheproject: Tosavetheproject: Tosavetheproject: Tosavetheproject:
1. InanAnsoftHFSSwindow,selectthemenuitemFile>SaveAs File>SaveAs File>SaveAs File>SaveAs.
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_uhf_probe hfss_uhf_probe hfss_uhf_probe hfss_uhf_probe
3. ClicktheSave Save Save Save button
Analyze
ModelValidation ModelValidation ModelValidation ModelValidation
Tovalidatethemodel: Tovalidatethemodel: Tovalidatethemodel: Tovalidatethemodel:
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>ValidationCheck HFSS>ValidationCheck HFSS>ValidationCheck HFSS>ValidationCheck
2. ClicktheClose Close Close Closebutton
Note: Note: Note: Note: Toviewanyerrorsorwarningmessages,usetheMessage
Manager.
Tostartthesolutionprocess: Tostartthesolutionprocess: Tostartthesolutionprocess: Tostartthesolutionprocess:
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>AnalyzeAll HFSS>AnalyzeAll HFSS>AnalyzeAll HFSS>AnalyzeAll
5.1
Example UHFProbe
SolutionData SolutionData SolutionData SolutionData
ToviewtheSolutionData: ToviewtheSolutionData: ToviewtheSolutionData: ToviewtheSolutionData:
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Results>SolutionData HFSS>Results>SolutionData HFSS>Results>SolutionData HFSS>Results>SolutionData
ToviewtheProfile: ToviewtheProfile: ToviewtheProfile: ToviewtheProfile:
1. ClicktheProfile Profile Profile Profile Tab.
ToviewtheConvergence: ToviewtheConvergence: ToviewtheConvergence: ToviewtheConvergence:
1. ClicktheConvergence Convergence Convergence Convergence Tab
Note: Note: Note: Note:ThedefaultviewisforconvergenceisTable Table Table Table.Select
thePlot Plot Plot Plot radiobuttontoviewagraphicalrepresentationsof
theconvergencedata.
ToviewtheMatrixData: ToviewtheMatrixData: ToviewtheMatrixData: ToviewtheMatrixData:
1. ClicktheMatrixData MatrixData MatrixData MatrixData Tab
Note: Note: Note: Note:Toviewareal-timeupdateoftheMatrixData,setthe
SimulationtoSetup1,LastAdaptive Setup1,LastAdaptive Setup1,LastAdaptive Setup1,LastAdaptive
2. ClicktheClose Close Close Close button
5.1
Example UHFProbe
CreateReports
CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS- -- -ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot- -- - Magnitude Magnitude Magnitude Magnitude
Tocreateareport: Tocreateareport: Tocreateareport: Tocreateareport:
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Results>CreateReport HFSS>Results>CreateReport HFSS>Results>CreateReport HFSS>Results>CreateReport
2. CreateReportWindow: :: :
1. ReportType:TerminalSParameters TerminalSParameters TerminalSParameters TerminalSParameters
2. DisplayType:Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular
3. TracesWindow: :: :
1. Solution:Setup1:Sweep1 Setup1:Sweep1 Setup1:Sweep1 Setup1:Sweep1
2. Domain:Sweep Sweep Sweep Sweep
3. ClicktheY YY Y tab
1. Category: TerminalSParameter TerminalSParameter TerminalSParameter TerminalSParameter
2. Quantity:St(p1,p1), St(p1,p1), St(p1,p1), St(p1,p1),
3. Function:dB dB dB dB
4. ClicktheAddTrace AddTrace AddTrace AddTrace button
4. ClicktheDone Done Done Done button
5.1
Example UHFProbe
FarFieldOverlays
CreateFarFieldOverlay CreateFarFieldOverlay CreateFarFieldOverlay CreateFarFieldOverlay
Tocreatea2Dpolarfarfieldplot: Tocreatea2Dpolarfarfieldplot: Tocreatea2Dpolarfarfieldplot: Tocreatea2Dpolarfarfieldplot:
1. ReportType:FarFields FarFields FarFields FarFields
2. DisplayType:RadiationPattern RadiationPattern RadiationPattern RadiationPattern
1. Solution:Setup1: Setup1: Setup1: Setup1:LastAdaptive LastAdaptive LastAdaptive LastAdaptive
2. Geometry: ff_2d ff_2d ff_2d ff_2d
3. IntheSweeps Sweeps Sweeps Sweeps tab,selectPhi Phi Phi Phi undertheName Name Name Name column,andonthe
droplist,selectTheta Theta Theta Theta.ThischangestheprimarysweeptoTheta.
4. IntheMag Mag Mag Mag tab
1. Category:Gain Gain Gain Gain
2. Quantity:GainTotal GainTotal GainTotal GainTotal
5.2
Example ConicalHorn
DualModeConicalHorn
waveguidehornantennausingtheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment.
5.2
Example ConicalHorn
ThefollowingfeaturesoftheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment areusedto
createthispassivedevicemodel:
3DSolidModeling
Primitives:Cylinders Cylinders Cylinders Cylinders
Boolean:Union,Subtract,Connect Union,Subtract,Connect Union,Subtract,Connect Union,Subtract,Connect
Excitations:WavePorts WavePorts WavePorts WavePorts
Boundaries:Radiation Radiation Radiation Radiation
Results
Plotting: RadiationPattern RadiationPattern RadiationPattern RadiationPattern
5.2
Example ConicalHorn
DesignReview
PortSize/Type PortSize/Type PortSize/Type PortSize/Type
SincetheportisexternaltothemodelwecoulduseaWavePort.The
sizeoftheportisdeterminedbythephysicaldimensionsofthe
waveguide.Becausethewaveguideiscircular,wemustPolarizetheE-
Fieldfortheportdefinition.
FreeSpace FreeSpace FreeSpace FreeSpace
Sinceweareevaluatingaradiatingstructure,weneedtocreate afree
spaceenvironmentforthedevicetooperatein.Thiscanbeachievedby
usingtheRadiationBoundaryconditionoraPerfectlyMatchedLayer
(PML). WewilluseaRadiationBoundarysincethesurfacewillbe
cylindrical.
TheRadiationBoundaryneedstobeplacedatleast/4fromradiating
devices.Forourexamplewewillassumethat~/4(0.6in)
5.2
Example ConicalHorn
GettingStarted
5.2
Example ConicalHorn
1. ChooseDrivenModal DrivenModal DrivenModal DrivenModal
5.2
Example ConicalHorn
Creatingthe3DModel
2. SetModelUnits:
1. SelectUnits:in in in in
CreateCircularWaveguide CreateCircularWaveguide CreateCircularWaveguide CreateCircularWaveguide
Createwaveguide Createwaveguide Createwaveguide Createwaveguide
X: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
dX: 0.838 0.838 0.838 0.838,dY: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
dX: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0, dY: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ: 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Waveguide Waveguide Waveguide Waveguide
OrpresstheCTRL+D CTRL+D CTRL+D CTRL+D key
5.2
Example ConicalHorn
CreateOffsetCoordinateSystem CreateOffsetCoordinateSystem CreateOffsetCoordinateSystem CreateOffsetCoordinateSystem
CreateCS CreateCS CreateCS CreateCS
1. Selectthemenuitem3DModeler>CoordinateSystem>Create>Relative 3DModeler>CoordinateSystem>Create>Relative 3DModeler>CoordinateSystem>Create>Relative 3DModeler>CoordinateSystem>Create>Relative
CS>Offset CS>Offset CS>Offset CS>Offset
2. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheorigin
X: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z: 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
CreateTransitionRegion CreateTransitionRegion CreateTransitionRegion CreateTransitionRegion
Createwaveguidetransition Createwaveguidetransition Createwaveguidetransition Createwaveguidetransition
1. SelectthemenuitemDraw>Cone Draw>Cone Draw>Cone Draw>Cone
X: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
3. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthelowerradius:
dX: 0.838 0.838 0.838 0.838,dY: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
4. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheupperradius:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Taper Taper Taper Taper
5.2
Example ConicalHorn
1. Selectthemenuitem3DModeler>CoordinateSystem>Create> 3DModeler>CoordinateSystem>Create> 3DModeler>CoordinateSystem>Create> 3DModeler>CoordinateSystem>Create>
RelativeCS>Offset RelativeCS>Offset RelativeCS>Offset RelativeCS>Offset
CreatetheThroat CreatetheThroat CreatetheThroat CreatetheThroat
CreateThroat CreateThroat CreateThroat CreateThroat
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Throat Throat Throat Throat
5.2
Example ConicalHorn
GroupObject GroupObject GroupObject GroupObject
Togrouptheobjects: Togrouptheobjects: Togrouptheobjects: Togrouptheobjects:
Renamegroup Renamegroup Renamegroup Renamegroup
Torenamethegroupofobjects: Torenamethegroupofobjects: Torenamethegroupofobjects: Torenamethegroupofobjects:
1. FromtheModel Model Model Model tree,selecttheonlyobjectshown
2. ClicktheProperties Properties Properties Propertiesbutton
1. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Horn_Air Horn_Air Horn_Air Horn_Air
SetWorkingCoordinateSystem SetWorkingCoordinateSystem SetWorkingCoordinateSystem SetWorkingCoordinateSystem
Tosettheworkingcoordinatesystem: Tosettheworkingcoordinatesystem: Tosettheworkingcoordinatesystem: Tosettheworkingcoordinatesystem:
1. Selectthemenuitem3DModeler>CoordinateSystem>SetWorkingCS 3DModeler>CoordinateSystem>SetWorkingCS 3DModeler>CoordinateSystem>SetWorkingCS 3DModeler>CoordinateSystem>SetWorkingCS
2. SelectCoordinateSystemWindow,
1. Fromthelist,selecttheCS:Global Global Global Global
2. ClicktheSelect Select Select Select button
1. Typepec pec pec pec intheSearchbyName SearchbyName SearchbyName SearchbyName field
5.2
Example ConicalHorn
CreatetheHornWall CreatetheHornWall CreatetheHornWall CreatetheHornWall
Createhorn Createhorn Createhorn Createhorn
dX: 1.647 1.647 1.647 1.647,dY: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
dX:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,dY:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,dZ:7.463 :7.463 :7.463 :7.463PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Horn Horn Horn Horn
CompletetheHorn CompletetheHorn CompletetheHorn CompletetheHorn
Toselecttheobject Toselecttheobject Toselecttheobject Toselecttheobject
SelectthemenuitemEdit>SelectAllVisible Edit>SelectAllVisible Edit>SelectAllVisible Edit>SelectAllVisible. . . .OrpresstheCTRL+A CTRL+A CTRL+A CTRL+A key
Tocompletethehorn: Tocompletethehorn: Tocompletethehorn: Tocompletethehorn:
2. SubtractWindow
BlankParts:Horn Horn Horn Horn
ToolParts:Horn_Air Horn_Air Horn_Air Horn_Air
5.2
Example ConicalHorn
X: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
5.2
Example ConicalHorn
X:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,Y:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,Z:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
5.2
Example ConicalHorn
2. WavePort:General
1. Name:p1 p1 p1 p1
3. WavePort:Modes
1. NumberofModes:2 22 2
2. ForMode1 Mode1 Mode1 Mode1,clicktheNone None None None columnandselectNewLine NewLine NewLine NewLine
X: : : :- -- -0.838 0.838 0.838 0.838,Y:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,Z:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
5. PolarizeEField: Checked Checked Checked Checked
5.2
Example ConicalHorn
X:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,Y:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,Z:7.463 :7.463 :7.463 :7.463PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
InfiniteSphere InfiniteSphere InfiniteSphere InfiniteSphere Tab
1. 1. 1. 1. CoordinateSystem CoordinateSystem CoordinateSystem CoordinateSystemTab
1. SelectUselocalcoordinatesystem Uselocalcoordinatesystem Uselocalcoordinatesystem Uselocalcoordinatesystem
2. ChooseRelativeCS3 RelativeCS3 RelativeCS3 RelativeCS3
5.2
Example ConicalHorn
AnalysisSetup
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_chorn hfss_chorn hfss_chorn hfss_chorn
Analyze
Manager.
5.2
Example ConicalHorn
theconvergencedata.
5.2
Example ConicalHorn
FarFieldOverlays
EditSources EditSources EditSources EditSources
ToModifyaTerminalexcitation: ToModifyaTerminalexcitation: ToModifyaTerminalexcitation: ToModifyaTerminalexcitation:
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Fields>EditSources HFSS>Fields>EditSources HFSS>Fields>EditSources HFSS>Fields>EditSources
2. EditSourceswindow
1. Source:p1:m1 p1:m1 p1:m1 p1:m1
1. ScalingFactor:1 11 1
2. Offset:0 00 0
2. Source: p1:m2 p1:m2 p1:m2 p1:m2
2. OffsetPhase:90 90 90 90
3. IntheSweeps Sweeps Sweeps Sweeps tab
1. PrimarySweep:ClickontheNamePhi Phi Phi Phi andtoggletoTheta Theta Theta Theta
2. Quantity:GainLHCP GainLHCP GainLHCP GainLHCP, , , ,GainRHCP GainRHCP GainRHCP GainRHCP
5.2
Example ConicalHorn
5.3
Example ProbeFeedPatchAntenna
TheProbeFeedPatchAntenna
probefeedpatchantennausingtheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment.
InfiniteGround
Sub1(Dielectric)
Patch(Signal)
0.32cm
5.3
GettingStarted
theAnsoft>HFSS10 Ansoft>HFSS10 Ansoft>HFSS10 Ansoft>HFSS10 programgroup.ClickHFSS10 HFSS10 HFSS10 HFSS10.
5.3
5.3
Creatingthe3DModel
2. SetModelUnits:
1. SelectUnits:cm cm cm cm
1. TypeRogersRT/ RogersRT/ RogersRT/ RogersRT/duroid duroid duroid duroid 5880(tm) 5880(tm) 5880(tm) 5880(tm) intheSearchbyName SearchbyName SearchbyName SearchbyName field
5.3
CreateSubstrate CreateSubstrate CreateSubstrate CreateSubstrate
Tocreatethesubstrate: Tocreatethesubstrate: Tocreatethesubstrate: Tocreatethesubstrate:
2. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheoppositecornerofthebox
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Sub1 Sub1 Sub1 Sub1
1. SelectthemenuitemView>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView. . . .OrpresstheCTRL+D CTRL+D CTRL+D CTRL+D key
5.3
CreateInfiniteGround CreateInfiniteGround CreateInfiniteGround CreateInfiniteGround
Tocreatetheinfiniteground: Tocreatetheinfiniteground: Tocreatetheinfiniteground: Tocreatetheinfiniteground:
1. SelectthemenuitemDraw>Rectangle Draw>Rectangle Draw>Rectangle Draw>Rectangle
2. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertherectangleposition
3. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheoppositecorneroftherectangle:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Inf_GND Inf_GND Inf_GND Inf_GND
AssignaPerfectEboundarytotheInfiniteGround AssignaPerfectEboundarytotheInfiniteGround AssignaPerfectEboundarytotheInfiniteGround AssignaPerfectEboundarytotheInfiniteGround
Toselectthetrace: Toselectthetrace: Toselectthetrace: Toselectthetrace:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Inf_GND Inf_GND Inf_GND Inf_GND
ToassignthePerfectEboundary ToassignthePerfectEboundary ToassignthePerfectEboundary ToassignthePerfectEboundary
1. Selectthemenuitem HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>PerfectE HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>PerfectE HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>PerfectE HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>PerfectE
2. PerfectEBoundarywindow
1. Name:PerfE_Inf_GND PerfE_Inf_GND PerfE_Inf_GND PerfE_Inf_GND
2. InfiniteGroundPlane: Checked Checked Checked Checked
5.3
CreateInfiniteGroundCutOut CreateInfiniteGroundCutOut CreateInfiniteGroundCutOut CreateInfiniteGroundCutOut
Tocreatethecutout: Tocreatethecutout: Tocreatethecutout: Tocreatethecutout:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Cut_Out Cut_Out Cut_Out Cut_Out
1. SelectthemenuitemView>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView
CompletetheInfiniteGround CompletetheInfiniteGround CompletetheInfiniteGround CompletetheInfiniteGround
Toselecttheobjects Toselecttheobjects Toselecttheobjects ToselecttheobjectsInf_GND Inf_GND Inf_GND Inf_GND & & & &Cut_Out Cut_Out Cut_Out Cut_Out: :: :
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Inf_GND Inf_GND Inf_GND Inf_GND, , , ,Cut_Out Cut_Out Cut_Out Cut_Out
Tocompletethering: Tocompletethering: Tocompletethering: Tocompletethering:
2. SubtractWindow
BlankParts:Inf_GnD Inf_GnD Inf_GnD Inf_GnD
ToolParts:Cut_Out Cut_Out Cut_Out Cut_Out
5.3
CreatePatch CreatePatch CreatePatch CreatePatch
Tocreatethepatch: Tocreatethepatch: Tocreatethepatch: Tocreatethepatch:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Patch Patch Patch Patch
AssignaPerfectEboundarytotheTrace AssignaPerfectEboundarytotheTrace AssignaPerfectEboundarytotheTrace AssignaPerfectEboundarytotheTrace
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Patch Patch Patch Patch
1. Name:PerfE_Patch PerfE_Patch PerfE_Patch PerfE_Patch
5.3
1. Usingthe3DModelerMaterialstoolbar,choosevacuum vacuum vacuum vacuum
CreatetheCoax CreatetheCoax CreatetheCoax CreatetheCoax
Tocreatethecoax: Tocreatethecoax: Tocreatethecoax: Tocreatethecoax:
X: - -- -0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5,Y: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
dX: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dY: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ: - -- -0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Coax Coax Coax Coax
5.3
CreatetheCoaxPin CreatetheCoaxPin CreatetheCoaxPin CreatetheCoaxPin
Tocreatethecoaxpin: Tocreatethecoaxpin: Tocreatethecoaxpin: Tocreatethecoaxpin:
dX: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dY: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ: - -- -0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Coax_Pin Coax_Pin Coax_Pin Coax_Pin
5.3
X: : : :- -- -0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5,Y:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,Z: : : :- -- -0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Port1 Port1 Port1 Port1
ToselecttheobjectPort1: ToselecttheobjectPort1: ToselecttheobjectPort1: ToselecttheobjectPort1:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Port1 Port1 Port1 Port1
2. WavePort:General
1. Name:p1 p1 p1 p1
X:- -- -0.34 0.34 0.34 0.34,Y:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:- -- -0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
dX:- -- -0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09,dY:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
5.3
CreatetheProbe CreatetheProbe CreatetheProbe CreatetheProbe
Tocreatetheprobe: Tocreatetheprobe: Tocreatetheprobe: Tocreatetheprobe:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Probe Probe Probe Probe
5.3
Tocreatetheair: Tocreatetheair: Tocreatetheair: Tocreatetheair:
5.3
Pickingthefaces: Pickingthefaces: Pickingthefaces: Pickingthefaces:
2. Graphicallyselectall all all all ofthefaces faces faces faces oftheAir Air Air Air objectexcept except except exceptthefaceatZ=0.0cm faceatZ=0.0cm faceatZ=0.0cm faceatZ=0.0cm
1. SelecttheInfiniteSphere InfiniteSphere InfiniteSphere InfiniteSphere Tab
5.3
AnalysisSetup
2. EditSweepWindow:
Count:201 :201 :201 :201
5.3
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_probepatch hfss_probepatch hfss_probepatch hfss_probepatch
Analyze
Manager.
5.3
theconvergencedata.
5.3
CreateReports
4. SelectthemenuReport2D>MarkAllTraces Report2D>MarkAllTraces Report2D>MarkAllTraces Report2D>MarkAllTraces
1. ClicktheMin Min Min Min button
5.3
FarFieldOverlays
4. IntheSweeps Sweeps Sweeps Sweeps tab,selecttherowlabeledFreq Freq Freq Freq andselectthe
frequency2.3625 2.3625 2.3625 2.3625 fromthelist.
5.4
Example SlotPatch
5.5-1
TheSlotCoupledPatchAntenna
probefeedpatchantennausingtheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment.
Slot(Plane)
Feed(Signal)
Sub2(Dielectric)
0.16cm
Sub1(Dielectric)
Patch(Signal)
0.16cm
5.4
Example SlotPatch
5.5-2
GettingStarted
theAnsoft>HFSS10 Ansoft>HFSS10 Ansoft>HFSS10 Ansoft>HFSS10 programgroup.ClickHFSS10 HFSS10 HFSS10 HFSS10
5.4
Example SlotPatch
5.5-3
5.4
Example SlotPatch
5.5-4
Creatingthe3DModel
2. SetModelUnits:
1. TypeRogersRT/ RogersRT/ RogersRT/ RogersRT/duroid duroid duroid duroid 5880(tm) 5880(tm) 5880(tm) 5880(tm) intheSearchbyName SearchbyName SearchbyName SearchbyName field
5.4
Example SlotPatch
5.5-5
5.4
Example SlotPatch
5.5-6
CreatetheFeed CreatetheFeed CreatetheFeed CreatetheFeed
Tocreatethefeed: Tocreatethefeed: Tocreatethefeed: Tocreatethefeed:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Feed Feed Feed Feed
AssignaPerfectEboundarytotheFeed AssignaPerfectEboundarytotheFeed AssignaPerfectEboundarytotheFeed AssignaPerfectEboundarytotheFeed
Toselectthefeed: Toselectthefeed: Toselectthefeed: Toselectthefeed:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Feed Feed Feed Feed
1. Name:PerfE_Feed PerfE_Feed PerfE_Feed PerfE_Feed
2. InfiniteGroundPlane: Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked
5.4
Example SlotPatch
5.5-7
CreateGround CreateGround CreateGround CreateGround
Tocreatetheground: Tocreatetheground: Tocreatetheground: Tocreatetheground:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Ground Ground Ground Ground
AssignaPerfectEboundarytotheGround AssignaPerfectEboundarytotheGround AssignaPerfectEboundarytotheGround AssignaPerfectEboundarytotheGround
Toselecttheground: Toselecttheground: Toselecttheground: Toselecttheground:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Ground Ground Ground Ground
1. Name:PerfE_Ground PerfE_Ground PerfE_Ground PerfE_Ground
2. InfiniteGroundPlane: Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked
5.4
Example SlotPatch
5.5-8
CreateSlotCutOut CreateSlotCutOut CreateSlotCutOut CreateSlotCutOut
Tocreatethecutout: Tocreatethecutout: Tocreatethecutout: Tocreatethecutout:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Slot Slot Slot Slot
CompletetheGround CompletetheGround CompletetheGround CompletetheGround
Toselecttheobjectsground&slot Toselecttheobjectsground&slot Toselecttheobjectsground&slot Toselecttheobjectsground&slot
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Ground,Slot Ground,Slot Ground,Slot Ground,Slot
2. SubtractWindow
BlankParts:Ground Ground Ground Ground
ToolParts:Slot Slot Slot Slot
5.4
Example SlotPatch
5.5-9
CreatePatch CreatePatch CreatePatch CreatePatch
Tocreatethepatch: Tocreatethepatch: Tocreatethepatch: Tocreatethepatch:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Patch Patch Patch Patch
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Patch Patch Patch Patch
1. Name:PerfE_Patch PerfE_Patch PerfE_Patch PerfE_Patch
5.4
Example SlotPatch
5.5-10
X:- -- -7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0,Y:- -- -4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5,Z:- -- -2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
5.4
Example SlotPatch
5.5-11
Pickingthefaces: Pickingthefaces: Pickingthefaces: Pickingthefaces:
2. Graphicallyselectall all all all ofthefaces faces faces faces oftheAir Air Air Air objectexcept except except exceptthefaceatZ=0.0cm faceatZ=0.0cm faceatZ=0.0cm faceatZ=0.0cm
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Boundaries>Radiation HFSS>Boundaries>Radiation HFSS>Boundaries>Radiation HFSS>Boundaries>Radiation
5.4
Example SlotPatch
5.5-12
SetGridPlane SetGridPlane SetGridPlane SetGridPlane
Tosetthegridplane: Tosetthegridplane: Tosetthegridplane: Tosetthegridplane:
1. Selectthemenuitem3DModeler>GridPlane>YZ 3DModeler>GridPlane>YZ 3DModeler>GridPlane>YZ 3DModeler>GridPlane>YZ
CreateSource CreateSource CreateSource CreateSource
Tocreatesource: Tocreatesource: Tocreatesource: Tocreatesource:
rectangle:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Source Source Source Source
5.4
Example SlotPatch
5.5-13
AssignExcitation AssignExcitation AssignExcitation AssignExcitation
ToselecttheobjectSource: ToselecttheobjectSource: ToselecttheobjectSource: ToselecttheobjectSource:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Source Source Source Source
Note Note Note Note:YoucanalsoselecttheobjectfromtheModel
Tree
Toassignlumpedportexcitation Toassignlumpedportexcitation Toassignlumpedportexcitation Toassignlumpedportexcitation
1. Selectthemenuitem HFSS>Excitations>Assign>LumpedPort HFSS>Excitations>Assign>LumpedPort HFSS>Excitations>Assign>LumpedPort HFSS>Excitations>Assign>LumpedPort
2. LumpedPort:General
2. Resistance:50 50 50 50
3. Reactance:0 00 0
3. LumpedPort:Terminals
6. ClicktheFinish Finish Finish Finishbutton
5.4
Example SlotPatch
5.5-14
AnalysisSetup
MaximumDeltaS:0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
2. EditSweepWindow:
Count:201 :201 :201 :201
5.4
Example SlotPatch
5.5-15
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_slotpatch hfss_slotpatch hfss_slotpatch hfss_slotpatch
Analyze
Manager.
5.4
Example SlotPatch
5.5-16
theconvergencedata.
5.4
Example SlotPatch
5.5-17
CreateReports
1. ClicktheMin Min Min Min button
5.4
Example SlotPatch
5.5-18
FarFieldOverlays
frequency2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 fromthelist.
2. Quantity:GainPhi GainPhi GainPhi GainPhi, , , ,GainTheta GainTheta GainTheta GainTheta
5.5
Example SpecificAbsorptionRate
5.5-1
SpecificAbsorptionRate
simplephantom,whichiscommonlyusedtocalibrateSpecificAbsorptionRate
testequipment,usingtheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment.
Withtheexplosionofconsumerdemandforwirelessdevices,consumersandthe
mediahavebecomeawareofandareconcernedwiththebiological effectsof
long-termexposuretoradiofrequencyradiation(RFR).Toensurepublicsafety,
theFederalCommunicationCommission(FCC)hasdevelopedsafetystandards
thatwirelessdevicesarerequiredtomeetinordertobesoldintheUS(Similar
guidelinesexistinothercountries).Thequantityusedtoquantifytheamountof
energyabsorbedistheSpecificAbsorptionRateorSAR.
NominalDesign: NominalDesign: NominalDesign: NominalDesign:
Bowl: Bowl: Bowl: Bowl:
Innerradius =106.5 =106.5 =106.5 =106.5 5mm 5mm 5mm 5mm
Thickness =5 =5 =5 =5 0.5mm. 0.5mm. 0.5mm. 0.5mm.
Opening= d2=170mm 170mm 170mm 170mm
r
=4.6 =4.6 =4.6 =4.6
Antenna: Antenna: Antenna: Antenna:
OverallLength= 168mm 168mm 168mm 168mm
Gapbetweendipoles= 1mm 1mm 1mm 1mm
WireDiameter= 3.6mm 3.6mm 3.6mm 3.6mm
Fluid: Fluid: Fluid: Fluid:
r
=42.9 =42.9 =42.9 =42.9 5% 5% 5% 5%
=0.9 =0.9 =0.9 =0.9 10% 10% 10% 10%
=1g/cm =1g/cm =1g/cm =1g/cm
3 33 3
Level=d1= 13.4cm 13.4cm 13.4cm 13.4cm
5.5
5.5-2
AnsoftHFSSAnalysisofSpecificAbsorptionRateforFlat
PhantomMeasurementStandardOutlinedinIEEEP1528-2002
Reference:DraftRecommendedStandardforDeterminingtheSpatialPeak
SpecificAbsorptionRate(SAR)intheHumanHeadfromWireless
CommunicationDevices:MeasurementTechnique
ThetablebelowsummarizesthedatafromanAnsoftHFSSanalysis offlat
phantommodelsasdescribedintheIEEEdraftstandardforSARmeasurements.
IngeneralthereisexcellentagreementbetweentheHFSSsimulationsand
measurements.ThepossibleexceptionwouldbetheLocalSARabovethe
feedpoint.Thisislikelyduetotheuseof50lumpedgapsourcesasan
approximationtothebalunfeedforthedipoles.Calculationof1gand10gSAR
wasdoneviathefieldscalculatoronexplicitlydefinedvolumes intheflat
phantomlocatedimmediatelybelowthefeedpoint
HFSS results: Measured data in parenthesis, from Table 8-1 of paper
8.8 (9.5) 157.66 (140.2) 26.48 (25.7) 65.81 (63.8) 3000
8.09 (7.7) 115 (104.2) 25.42 (24.0) 55.42 (52.4) 2450
6.54 (6.6) 78.02 (72.1) 21.21 (20.5) 40.97 (39.7) 1900
6.85 (6.8) 74.39 (69.5) 20.45 (19.8) 39.36 (38.1) 1800
6.54 (6.5) 53.90 (50.2) 16.50 (16.0) 29.83 (29.0) 1450
5.47 (5.4) 17.01 (16.4) 7.02 (6.9) 10.98 (10.8) 900
4.93 (4.9) 14.71 (14.1) 6.26 (6.2) 9.62 (9.5) 835
3.28 (3.2) 7.59 (7.2) 3.31 (3.3) 4.98 (4.9) 450
2.20 (2.1) 4.63 (4.4) 2.07 (2.0) 3.06 (3.0) 300
Local SAR at
surface (y=
2cm offset
from
feedpoint)
Local SAR at
surface
(above
feedpoint)
10g SAR 1g SAR Frequency
(MHz)
5.5
5.5-3
GettingStarted
5.5
5.5-4
1. InanAnsoftHFSSwindow,clickthe OntheStandardtoolbar,orselect
themenuitemFile>New File>New File>New File>New.
5.5
5.5-5
Creatingthe3DModel
2. SetModelUnits:
1. SelectUnits:mm mm mm mm
5.5
5.5-6
TocreateanoffsetCoordinateSystem: TocreateanoffsetCoordinateSystem: TocreateanoffsetCoordinateSystem: TocreateanoffsetCoordinateSystem:
X:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:- -- -6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8, Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
CreateDipoleAntennaArm1 CreateDipoleAntennaArm1 CreateDipoleAntennaArm1 CreateDipoleAntennaArm1
Tosetgridplane Tosetgridplane Tosetgridplane Tosetgridplane
1. Selectthemenuitem 3DModeler>GridPlane>XZ 3DModeler>GridPlane>XZ 3DModeler>GridPlane>XZ 3DModeler>GridPlane>XZ
Tocreatethedipoleantenna: Tocreatethedipoleantenna: Tocreatethedipoleantenna: Tocreatethedipoleantenna:
X:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,Y: : : :- -- -84.0, 84.0, 84.0, 84.0,Z:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
dX:1.8, :1.8, :1.8, :1.8,dY:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,dZ:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Dipole Dipole Dipole Dipole
5.5
5.5-7
CreateDipoleAntennaArm2 CreateDipoleAntennaArm2 CreateDipoleAntennaArm2 CreateDipoleAntennaArm2
Tocreatearm2: Tocreatearm2: Tocreatearm2: Tocreatearm2:
1. SelectthemenuitemEdit>SelectAllVisible Edit>SelectAllVisible Edit>SelectAllVisible Edit>SelectAllVisible. . . .OrpresstheCTRL+A CTRL+A CTRL+A CTRL+A key.
2. Selectthemenuitem,Edit>Duplicate>Mirror Edit>Duplicate>Mirror Edit>Duplicate>Mirror Edit>Duplicate>Mirror.
1. Inputtheanchorpointofthemirrorplane:
X:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,Y:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,Z:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
2. Inputthetargetpointofthevectornormaltothemirrorplane:
dX:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,dY:1.0, :1.0, :1.0, :1.0,dZ dZ dZ dZ:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
GrouptheDipoleAntennaArms GrouptheDipoleAntennaArms GrouptheDipoleAntennaArms GrouptheDipoleAntennaArms
Togroupthedipolearms: Togroupthedipolearms: Togroupthedipolearms: Togroupthedipolearms:
1. SelectthemenuitemEdit>SelectAllVisible Edit>SelectAllVisible Edit>SelectAllVisible Edit>SelectAllVisible
X: : : :- -- -1.8, 1.8, 1.8, 1.8,Y: : : :- -- -0.5, 0.5, 0.5, 0.5,Z:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
5.5
5.5-8
Note Note Note Note:YoucanalsoselecttheobjectfromtheModelTree
3. Reactance:0 00 0
3. LumpedPort:Modes
1. NumberofModes:1 11 1,
2. ForMode1 Mode1 Mode1 Mode1,clicktheNone None None NonecolumnandselectNewLine NewLine NewLine NewLine
X:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,Y: : : :- -- -0.5, 0.5, 0.5, 0.5,Z:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
5.5
5.5-9
AddNewMaterial AddNewMaterial AddNewMaterial AddNewMaterial
Toaddanewmaterial: Toaddanewmaterial: Toaddanewmaterial: Toaddanewmaterial:
2. FromtheSelectDefinitionwindow,clicktheAddMaterial AddMaterial AddMaterial AddMaterial button
3. View/EditMaterialWindow:
1. FortheMaterialName MaterialName MaterialName MaterialName type:My_Bowl My_Bowl My_Bowl My_Bowl
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofRelativePermittivity RelativePermittivity RelativePermittivity RelativePermittivity type:4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6
5.5
5.5-10
CreateBowl CreateBowl CreateBowl CreateBowl
Tocreatethebowl: Tocreatethebowl: Tocreatethebowl: Tocreatethebowl:
1. SelectthemenuitemDraw>Sphere Draw>Sphere Draw>Sphere Draw>Sphere
2. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthesphereposition
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Bowl Bowl Bowl Bowl
5.5
5.5-11
CreatetheOpeningintheBowl CreatetheOpeningintheBowl CreatetheOpeningintheBowl CreatetheOpeningintheBowl
ToselecttheobjectBowl: ToselecttheobjectBowl: ToselecttheobjectBowl: ToselecttheobjectBowl:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Bowl Bowl Bowl Bowl
Toselectthesplitthebowlobject: Toselectthesplitthebowlobject: Toselectthesplitthebowlobject: Toselectthesplitthebowlobject:
1. Selectthemenuitem3DModeler>Boolean>Split 3DModeler>Boolean>Split 3DModeler>Boolean>Split 3DModeler>Boolean>Split
2. SplitWindow
1. SplitPlane:XY XY XY XY
2. KeepFragments:NegativeSide NegativeSide NegativeSide NegativeSide
1. FortheMaterialName MaterialName MaterialName MaterialName type:My_BrainFluid My_BrainFluid My_BrainFluid My_BrainFluid
3. FortheValue Value Value Value ofBulkConductivity BulkConductivity BulkConductivity BulkConductivity type:0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
5.5
5.5-12
CreateBrainFluid CreateBrainFluid CreateBrainFluid CreateBrainFluid
Tocreatethebrainfluid: Tocreatethebrainfluid: Tocreatethebrainfluid: Tocreatethebrainfluid:
1. SelectthemenuitemDraw>Sphere Draw>Sphere Draw>Sphere Draw>Sphere
2. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthesphereposition
X:0.0,Y:0.0,Z:111.5, X:0.0,Y:0.0,Z:111.5, X:0.0,Y:0.0,Z:111.5, X:0.0,Y:0.0,Z:111.5,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
dX dX dX dX:106.5, :106.5, :106.5, :106.5,dY dY dY dY:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,dZ dZ dZ dZ:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:BrainFluid BrainFluid BrainFluid BrainFluid
CreatetheShelloftheBowl CreatetheShelloftheBowl CreatetheShelloftheBowl CreatetheShelloftheBowl
ToselecttheobjectsBowland ToselecttheobjectsBowland ToselecttheobjectsBowland ToselecttheobjectsBowlandBrainFluid BrainFluid BrainFluid BrainFluid: :: :
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Bowl, Bowl, Bowl, Bowl,BrainFluid BrainFluid BrainFluid BrainFluid
Tocompletethebowl: Tocompletethebowl: Tocompletethebowl: Tocompletethebowl:
2. SubtractWindow
BlankParts:Bowl Bowl Bowl Bowl
ToolParts:BrainFluid BrainFluid BrainFluid BrainFluid
Clonetoolobjectsbeforesubtracting: Checked Checked Checked Checked
5.5
5.5-13
SettheFluidLevel SettheFluidLevel SettheFluidLevel SettheFluidLevel
Toselecttheobject Toselecttheobject Toselecttheobject ToselecttheobjectBrainFluid BrainFluid BrainFluid BrainFluid: :: :
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:BrainFluid BrainFluid BrainFluid BrainFluid
Toselectthesplitthebowlobject: Toselectthesplitthebowlobject: Toselectthesplitthebowlobject: Toselectthesplitthebowlobject:
1. Selectthemenuitem3DModeler>Boolean>Split 3DModeler>Boolean>Split 3DModeler>Boolean>Split 3DModeler>Boolean>Split
2. SplitWindow
1. SplitPlane:XY XY XY XY
2. KeepFragments:NegativeSide NegativeSide NegativeSide NegativeSide
CreateaSARCalculationLine CreateaSARCalculationLine CreateaSARCalculationLine CreateaSARCalculationLine
Tocreatealine: Tocreatealine: Tocreatealine: Tocreatealine:
1. SelectthemenuitemDraw>Line Draw>Line Draw>Line Draw>Line
2. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthevertexpoint:
X:0.0,Y:0.0,Z: X:0.0,Y:0.0,Z: X:0.0,Y:0.0,Z: X:0.0,Y:0.0,Z:- -- -129.0, 129.0, 129.0, 129.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
X:0.0,Y:0.0,Z:0.0, X:0.0,Y:0.0,Z:0.0, X:0.0,Y:0.0,Z:0.0, X:0.0,Y:0.0,Z:0.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
4. Clickthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkeyforthesamepointtoendlinecreation
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:SAR_Line SAR_Line SAR_Line SAR_Line
5.5
5.5-14
1. Fromthelist,selecttheCS:RelativeCS1 RelativeCS1 RelativeCS1 RelativeCS1
CreateAirBox CreateAirBox CreateAirBox CreateAirBox
Tocreatetheairbox: Tocreatetheairbox: Tocreatetheairbox: Tocreatetheairbox:
X: : : :- -- -155.0, 155.0, 155.0, 155.0,Y: : : :- -- -155.0, 155.0, 155.0, 155.0,Z: : : :- -- -44.0, 44.0, 44.0, 44.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
rectangle:
5.5
5.5-15
ToselecttheobjectAir: ToselecttheobjectAir: ToselecttheobjectAir: ToselecttheobjectAir:
2. RadiationBoundaryWindow
Name:Rad1 Rad1 Rad1 Rad1
5.5
5.5-16
AnalysisSetup
MaximumDeltaS:0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_sar hfss_sar hfss_sar hfss_sar
Analyze
Manager.
5.5
5.5-17
theconvergencedata.
5.5
5.5-18
CreateReports
CreateS CreateS CreateS CreateS- -- -ParameterPlotvs.AdaptivePass ParameterPlotvs.AdaptivePass ParameterPlotvs.AdaptivePass ParameterPlotvs.AdaptivePass
Note: Note: Note: Note:Ifthisreportiscreatedpriororduringthesolutionprocess,areal-time
updateoftheresultsaredisplayed
1. ReportType:ModalSParameters ModalSParameters ModalSParameters ModalSParameters
1. Solution:Setup1:Adaptive1 Setup1:Adaptive1 Setup1:Adaptive1 Setup1:Adaptive1
1. Category:TerminalSParameters TerminalSParameters TerminalSParameters TerminalSParameters
5.5
5.5-19
CreateSARPlot CreateSARPlot CreateSARPlot CreateSARPlot
1. ReportType:Fields Fields Fields Fields
2. Geometry: : : :SAR_Line SAR_Line SAR_Line SAR_Line
1. Category:CalculatorExpressions CalculatorExpressions CalculatorExpressions CalculatorExpressions
2. Quantity:Local_SAR Local_SAR Local_SAR Local_SAR, , , ,Average_SAR Average_SAR Average_SAR Average_SAR
3. Function:<none> <none> <none> <none>
5.5
5.5-20
FieldOverlays
CreateFieldOverlay CreateFieldOverlay CreateFieldOverlay CreateFieldOverlay
SelecttheGlobalYZPlane SelecttheGlobalYZPlane SelecttheGlobalYZPlane SelecttheGlobalYZPlane
1. UsingtheModelTree,expandPlanes Planes Planes Planes
1. SelectGlobal:YZ Global:YZ Global:YZ Global:YZ
2. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Fields> HFSS>Fields> HFSS>Fields> HFSS>Fields>Fields Fields Fields Fields >E> >E> >E> >E>Mag_E Mag_E Mag_E Mag_E
3. CreateFieldPlotWindow
2. Quantity:Mag_E Mag_E Mag_E Mag_E
3. InVolume:BrainFluid BrainFluid BrainFluid BrainFluid
Tomodifytheattributesofafieldplot: Tomodifytheattributesofafieldplot: Tomodifytheattributesofafieldplot: Tomodifytheattributesofafieldplot:
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Fields>ModifyPlotAttributes HFSS>Fields>ModifyPlotAttributes HFSS>Fields>ModifyPlotAttributes HFSS>Fields>ModifyPlotAttributes
2. SelectPlotFolderWindow:
1. Select:EField EField EField EField
3. E-Field1Window:
1. ClicktheScale Scale Scale Scaletab
1. SelectUseLimits UseLimits UseLimits UseLimits
2. Min: 2 22 2
3. Max: 200 200 200 200
4. Scale:Log Log Log Log
5.5
5.5-21
FarFieldOverlays
2. Quantity:GainL3Y GainL3Y GainL3Y GainL3Y
Example CPWFedBowtieAntenna
5.6
5.6-1
TheCPWFedBowtieAntenna
CoplanarWaveguide(CPW)fedBowtieantennausingtheAnsoftHFSSDesign
Environment.
ALumpedPort LumpedPort LumpedPort LumpedPort excitationwillbeusedfortheCPWfeed.
Reference:
Guiping Zheng,A.Z.Elsherbeni,andC.E.Smith,Acoplanarwaveguidebow-
tieapertureantenna, AntennasandPropagationSocietyInternational AntennasandPropagationSocietyInternational AntennasandPropagationSocietyInternational AntennasandPropagationSocietyInternational
Symposium Symposium Symposium Symposium,2002.IEEE,Volume1,16-21June2002,Page564-567.
Sub1(Dielectric)
CopperCladdingw/Cutout
2.0mm
5.6
5.6-2
DesignReview
1. TheCPWslotsandantennashapewillbeopeningsinametallized plane.Consider
howtheportwilllook
2. Theantennawillbeanalyzedoverafrequencyrangeof8 12GHz.Howlarge
shouldtheairvolumebe?
GettingStarted
5.6
5.6-3
5.6
5.6-4
Creatingthe3DModel
2. SetModelUnits:
1. TypeArlon Arlon Arlon Arlon C CC CintheSearchbyName SearchbyName SearchbyName SearchbyName fieldandselectArlon Arlon Arlon Arlon CuClad CuClad CuClad CuClad
217(tm) 217(tm) 217(tm) 217(tm) fromthetablebelow.
5.6
5.6-5
X:- -- -17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0,Y:- -- -32 32 32 32,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
1. SelectthemenuitemView>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView orpresstheCTRL+D CTRL+D CTRL+D CTRL+D key
5.6
5.6-6
CreateCopperCladding CreateCopperCladding CreateCopperCladding CreateCopperCladding
2. UsingtheDrawingPlanedropdown,setthecurrentplanetoXY XY XY XY
3. Usinggraphicalsnapping,drawarectangletocoverthetopface ofSub1 Sub1 Sub1 Sub1
FirstcornersnapX:- -- -17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0,Y:- -- -32.0 32.0 32.0 32.0,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
SecondcornersnapdX:34.0 34.0 34.0 34.0,dY:64.0 64.0 64.0 64.0,dZ:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:CuClad CuClad CuClad CuClad
5.6
5.6-7
AssignaFiniteConductivityboundarytotheCopperCladding AssignaFiniteConductivityboundarytotheCopperCladding AssignaFiniteConductivityboundarytotheCopperCladding AssignaFiniteConductivityboundarytotheCopperCladding
Toselecttherectangle: Toselecttherectangle: Toselecttherectangle: Toselecttherectangle:
1. Inthe3DModelerDesignTree,right-clickonModel Model Model Model andselectExpandAll ExpandAll ExpandAll ExpandAll
2. FindtheentrynameCuClad CuClad CuClad CuClad underthecategoryNotAssigned NotAssigned NotAssigned NotAssigned andclickitto
select.
ToassigntheFiniteConductivityboundary ToassigntheFiniteConductivityboundary ToassigntheFiniteConductivityboundary ToassigntheFiniteConductivityboundary
1. Right-Clickonthe3DModelerview,andselectthemenuitem Assign Assign Assign Assign
Boundary>FiniteConductivity Boundary>FiniteConductivity Boundary>FiniteConductivity Boundary>FiniteConductivity
2. FiniteConductivityBoundarywindow
1. Name:Cu_bound Cu_bound Cu_bound Cu_bound
2. BeneathPermeability,Check UseMaterial UseMaterial UseMaterial UseMaterial
3. ClicktheblockshowingArlon Arlon Arlon Arlon CuClad CuClad CuClad CuClad 217(tm) 217(tm) 217(tm) 217(tm) toopentheMaterial
Listing
4. Typeco co co cointheNamefieldandselectcopper copper copper copper fromthetablebelow,
andclickOK OK OK OK
5. LeaveUnchecked InfiniteGroundPlane InfiniteGroundPlane InfiniteGroundPlane InfiniteGroundPlane
5.6
5.6-8
CreateFeedCutOut CreateFeedCutOut CreateFeedCutOut CreateFeedCutOut
Tocreatethefeedgap: Tocreatethefeedgap: Tocreatethefeedgap: Tocreatethefeedgap:
2. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthefirstcornerposition
3. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthediagonalcorner:
2. LeavetheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name asRect1 Rect1 Rect1 Rect1
CreateBowtiearm CreateBowtiearm CreateBowtiearm CreateBowtiearm
Tocreatethebowtiepolygon: Tocreatethebowtiepolygon: Tocreatethebowtiepolygon: Tocreatethebowtiepolygon:
2. Snaptothefirstvertexposition
LocationX:- -- -0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5,Y:0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
3. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthesecondvertex
4. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthethirdvertex
5. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthefourthvertex
6. Double-clickonthestartingvertextofinishandclosethepolyline.
2. SettheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name asBowtie Bowtie Bowtie Bowtie
5.6
5.6-9
UniteFeedandBowtie UniteFeedandBowtie UniteFeedandBowtie UniteFeedandBowtie
ToselecttheobjectsBowtieandRect1 ToselecttheobjectsBowtieandRect1 ToselecttheobjectsBowtieandRect1 ToselecttheobjectsBowtieandRect1
1. Inthe3DModelerDesignTree,right-clickonModel Model Model Model andselectExpandAll ExpandAll ExpandAll ExpandAll
2. UnderthecategoryUnassigned Unassigned Unassigned UnassignedselectBowtie Bowtie Bowtie Bowtieand Rect1. Rect1. Rect1. Rect1.(UsetheCTRL CTRL CTRL CTRL
keytoselectmultipleobjects)
Tocompletethebowtiearm: Tocompletethebowtiearm: Tocompletethebowtiearm: Tocompletethebowtiearm:
1. Selectthemenuitem3DModeler>Boolean>Unite. 3DModeler>Boolean>Unite. 3DModeler>Boolean>Unite. 3DModeler>Boolean>Unite.(Theunitedobject
willtakethenameofthefirstitemselected,Bowtie Bowtie Bowtie Bowtie
MirrortheBowtie MirrortheBowtie MirrortheBowtie MirrortheBowtie
TocreatetheothersideoftheBowtie: TocreatetheothersideoftheBowtie: TocreatetheothersideoftheBowtie: TocreatetheothersideoftheBowtie:
1. SelecttheobjectBowtie Bowtie Bowtie Bowtie fromthe3DModelerDesignTree
2. SelectthemenuitemEdit>Duplicate>Mirror Edit>Duplicate>Mirror Edit>Duplicate>Mirror Edit>Duplicate>Mirror
3. Setthestartingvertexofthemirrornormalusingthecoordinateentrybox:
LocationX:0 00 0,Y:0 00 0,Z:0 00 0
4. Settheendingvertexofthemirrornormalusingthecoordinateentrybox
LocationdX:0 00 0,dY:1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0,dZ:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
5.6
5.6-10
OpentheBowtieApertureintheCopperCladding OpentheBowtieApertureintheCopperCladding OpentheBowtieApertureintheCopperCladding OpentheBowtieApertureintheCopperCladding
TosubtracttheBowtiefromtheCladding TosubtracttheBowtiefromtheCladding TosubtracttheBowtiefromtheCladding TosubtracttheBowtiefromtheCladding
1. SelecttheobjectsBowtie Bowtie Bowtie Bowtie,Bowtie_1 Bowtie_1 Bowtie_1 Bowtie_1 andCuClad CuClad CuClad CuClad fromthe3DModeler
DesignTree
3. SubtractWindow
BlankParts:CuClad CuClad CuClad CuClad
ToolParts:Bowtie Bowtie Bowtie Bowtie,Bowtie_1 Bowtie_1 Bowtie_1 Bowtie_1
Clonetoolobjectsbefore
subtracting: Checked Checked Checked Checked
AssignaMeshOperationontheBowtiegeometry AssignaMeshOperationontheBowtiegeometry AssignaMeshOperationontheBowtiegeometry AssignaMeshOperationontheBowtiegeometry
Toassignthemeshoperation: Toassignthemeshoperation: Toassignthemeshoperation: Toassignthemeshoperation:
1. SelecttheobjectsBowtie Bowtie Bowtie Bowtie andBowtie_1 Bowtie_1 Bowtie_1 Bowtie_1 fromthe3DModeler
DesignTree
2. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>MeshOperation>Assign>OnSelection> HFSS>MeshOperation>Assign>OnSelection> HFSS>MeshOperation>Assign>OnSelection> HFSS>MeshOperation>Assign>OnSelection>
LengthBased LengthBased LengthBased LengthBased
3. ElementLengthBasedRefinementWindow:
NameLength1 Length1 Length1 Length1
RestrictLengthofElements:
MaximumLengthofElements:
3mm 3mm 3mm 3mm
RestricttheNumberofElements:
Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked
5.6
5.6-11
CreatetheLumpedPort CreatetheLumpedPort CreatetheLumpedPort CreatetheLumpedPort
Todrawtheportrectangle: Todrawtheportrectangle: Todrawtheportrectangle: Todrawtheportrectangle:
2. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthefirstcornerposition
X:12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5,Y:- -- -0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. EntertheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name asP1 P1 P1 P1
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:P1 P1 P1 P1
5.6
5.6-12
CreatetheLumpedport,cont. CreatetheLumpedport,cont. CreatetheLumpedport,cont. CreatetheLumpedport,cont.
1. Name:Port1 Port1 Port1 Port1
2. Resistance: 50ohm 50ohm 50ohm 50ohm
3. Reactance: 0ohm 0ohm 0ohm 0ohm
3. LumpedPort:Modes
1. NumberofModes:1 11 1,
2. IntherowforMode 1 11 1,clickNone None None NoneintheIntegrationLinecolumnand
selectNewLine NewLine NewLine NewLine
5.6
5.6-13
CreatetheAirVolume CreatetheAirVolume CreatetheAirVolume CreatetheAirVolume
Theanalysiswillbeperformedbetween8 12GHz.Thereforetheminimum
distancebetweentheairvolumewallandtheradiatingapertureshouldbeone
quarterwavelengthat8GHz,or0.25*(3e11/8e9)=9.375mm.Thefollowing
dimensionsroundthisupto9.5mmspacing.
Tocreatetheairvolume Tocreatetheairvolume Tocreatetheairvolume Tocreatetheairvolume
2. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthestartingposition
X: - -- -17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0,Y: - -- -32.0 32.0 32.0 32.0,Z: - -- -9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:AirBox AirBox AirBox AirBox
5.6
5.6-14
AssigntheRadiationBoundary AssigntheRadiationBoundary AssigntheRadiationBoundary AssigntheRadiationBoundary
Toselecttheairvolume Toselecttheairvolume Toselecttheairvolume Toselecttheairvolume
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:AirBox AirBox AirBox AirBox
Toassigntheboundary: Toassigntheboundary: Toassigntheboundary: Toassigntheboundary:
1. Right-clickinthegraphicalviewandselecttheMenupickAssignBoundary> AssignBoundary> AssignBoundary> AssignBoundary>
Radiation Radiation Radiation Radiation
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Rad1 Rad1 Rad1 Rad1
1. Name:ff_all ff_all ff_all ff_all
2. Phi:(Start:- -- -90, 90, 90, 90,Stop:90, 90, 90, 90,
StepSize:10) 10) 10) 10)
3. Theta:(Start:0, 0, 0, 0,Stop:360, 360, 360, 360,
StepSize:10) 10) 10) 10)
5.6
5.6-15
AnalysisSetup
SolutionFrequency:10GHz :10GHz :10GHz :10GHz
MaximumNumberofPasses:6 66 6
MaximumDeltaS:0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
2. EditSweepWindow:
2. FrequencySetupType:LinearStep :LinearStep :LinearStep :LinearStep
Step:0.02 :0.02 :0.02 :0.02
5.6
5.6-16
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_cpwbowtie hfss_cpwbowtie hfss_cpwbowtie hfss_cpwbowtie
Analyze
Manager.
5.6
5.6-17
theconvergencedata.
SimulationtoSetup1,LastAdaptive Setup1,LastAdaptive Setup1,LastAdaptive Setup1,LastAdaptiveduringsolution.
2. ClicktheClose Close Close Close buttonwhendoneviewingorsimulationcomplete.
5.6
5.6-18
CreateReports
CreateModalS CreateModalS CreateModalS CreateModalS- -- -ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot- -- - Magnitude Magnitude Magnitude Magnitude
1. Category: SParameter SParameter SParameter SParameter
2. Quantity:S(Port1,Port1), S(Port1,Port1), S(Port1,Port1), S(Port1,Port1),
1. ClicktheMin Min Min Min buttontoseethebestmatchdisplayed
5. Right-clickonthegraphandselectExitMarkerMode ExitMarkerMode ExitMarkerMode ExitMarkerMode
5.6
5.6-19
CreateReports
CreateModalS CreateModalS CreateModalS CreateModalS- -- -ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot Impedance Impedance Impedance Impedance
1. Category: ZParameter ZParameter ZParameter ZParameter
2. Quantity:Z(Port1,Port1), Z(Port1,Port1), Z(Port1,Port1), Z(Port1,Port1),
3. Function:re re re re
5. Function:im im im im
7. InthetabularlistingofassignedTraces,clicktheY1 Y1 Y1 Y1
entrybesideim(Z(Port1,Port1)) im(Z(Port1,Port1)) im(Z(Port1,Port1)) im(Z(Port1,Port1)) andfromthedropdown
switchtoY2 Y2 Y2 Y2
5. 5. 5. 5. Note: Note: Note: Note:SinceaLumpedPort excitationwasused,thisplotisnot
deembedded uptotheapertureitself.
5.6
5.6-20
FarFieldOverlays
2. Geometry: ff_all ff_all ff_all ff_all
3. IntheSweeps Sweeps Sweeps Sweeps tab:
1. SelectPhi Phi Phi Phi undertheName Name Name Name column,andonthedroplist,
selectTheta Theta Theta Theta.ThischangestheprimarysweeptoTheta.
2. HighlightthesecondrowwhichnowreadsPhi Phi Phi Phi.Uncheck
AllValues AllValues AllValues AllValuesabovethelisttotheright.Highlightonly- -- -90deg 90deg 90deg 90deg
and0deg 0deg 0deg 0deg fromthislist.
3. SelecttherowlabeledFreq Freq Freq Freq andselectthefrequency10.44 10.44 10.44 10.44
GHz GHz GHz GHz fromthelist.
1. Category:Directivity Directivity Directivity Directivity
2. Quantity:DirTotal DirTotal DirTotal DirTotal
5.6
5.6-21
2. DisplayType:3DPolarPlot 3DPolarPlot 3DPolarPlot 3DPolarPlot
frequency10.44GHz 10.44GHz 10.44GHz 10.44GHz fromthelist.
Example Endfire AntennaArray
5.7
5.7-1
TheEndfire WaveguideArray
WaveguidearrayantennausingtheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment
AWavePort excitationwillbeusedforthefeed
PMLs (PerfectlyMatchedLayers)willbeusedfortheradiationload
Master/Slaveboundaryconditionswillbeusedtocreatethearray
Reference:
[1]C.A.Balanis,AntennaTheory AnalysisandDesign,HarperandRow,
Publishers,Inc.,1982,ISBN0-06-040458-2,section6.2.
[2]S.W.LeeandW.R.Jones,OntheSuppressionofRadiationNullsand
BroadbandImpedanceMatchingofRectangularWaveguidePhasedArrays,
IEEETrans.onAntennasPropagat.,vol.AP-19,No.1,pp.41-51,Jan.1971.
5.7
5.7-2
DesignReview
1. Insteadofmodelingtheentirearray,wewillmakeuseofthemaster/slaveboundary
conditionsandonlymodelaunitcell.
2. SincetheMaster/Slaveboundaryconditionsalsoallowustochangethescanangle,
wewillneedabetterradiationloadonthetopoftheantennathanasimpleradiation
boundarycondition.WewillneedtouseaPML.
ThefollowingfeaturesoftheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironmentare usedtocreate
thispassivedevicemodel
3DSolidModeling
Primitives:Box Box Box Box
Other:PerfectlyMatchedLayer(PML) PerfectlyMatchedLayer(PML) PerfectlyMatchedLayer(PML) PerfectlyMatchedLayer(PML)
Ports: WavePorts WavePorts WavePorts WavePorts
Boundaries: Master/Slave,Impedance Master/Slave,Impedance Master/Slave,Impedance Master/Slave,Impedance
Analysis
Sweep:None :None :None :None
Results
FieldOverlays:
RadiationPatterns RadiationPatterns RadiationPatterns RadiationPatterns
Optimetrics
Parametricsweep Parametricsweep Parametricsweep Parametricsweep
GettingStarted
5.7
5.7-3
5.7
5.7-4
Creatingthe3DModel
2. SetModelUnits:
1. SelectUnits:in in in in
1. Usingthe3DModelerMaterialstoolbar,makesurethatvacuumis the
defaultmaterial
5.7
5.7-5
CreateWaveguide CreateWaveguide CreateWaveguide CreateWaveguide
Tocreatethewaveguide: Tocreatethewaveguide: Tocreatethewaveguide: Tocreatethewaveguide:
X:0 00 0,Y:0 00 0,Z:0 00 0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:waveguide waveguide waveguide waveguide
1. SelectthemenuitemView>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView orpresstheCTRL+D CTRL+D CTRL+D CTRL+D keys
5.7
5.7-6
Create Create Create CreateAirbox Airbox Airbox Airbox
Tocreatethe Tocreatethe Tocreatethe Tocreatetheairbox airbox airbox airbox: :: :
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:airbox airbox airbox airbox
5.7
5.7-7
CreatePMLload CreatePMLload CreatePMLload CreatePMLload
Toselecttheproperfaceofthe Toselecttheproperfaceofthe Toselecttheproperfaceofthe Toselecttheproperfaceoftheairbox airbox airbox airbox: :: :
2. Graphicallypickthetopfaceoftheairbox thatwasjustcreated.
ToassignthePMLboundary ToassignthePMLboundary ToassignthePMLboundary ToassignthePMLboundary
1. Selectthemenuitem HFSS>Boundaries>PMLSetupWizard HFSS>Boundaries>PMLSetupWizard HFSS>Boundaries>PMLSetupWizard HFSS>Boundaries>PMLSetupWizard
2. PMLSetupWizard:CoverObjects
1. Select:CreatePMLCoverObjectsonSelectedFaces CreatePMLCoverObjectsonSelectedFaces CreatePMLCoverObjectsonSelectedFaces CreatePMLCoverObjectsonSelectedFaces
2. UniformLayerThickness:0.2in 0.2in 0.2in 0.2in
3. PMLSetupWizard:MaterialParameters
1. Select:PML PML PML PML Objectsaccept Objectsaccept Objectsaccept Objectsaccept FreeRadiation FreeRadiation FreeRadiation FreeRadiation
1. MinFrequency:9GHz :9GHz :9GHz :9GHz
2. MinimumRadiatingDistance:1in :1in :1in :1in
2. ReviewsettingsonthePMLSetupWizard:Summarypage PMLSetupWizard:Summarypage PMLSetupWizard:Summarypage PMLSetupWizard:Summarypage
Topfaceselected
PMLadded
5.7
5.7-8
MakethePMLobjectvisible MakethePMLobjectvisible MakethePMLobjectvisible MakethePMLobjectvisible
Bydefault,thePMLwizardwillturnoffvisibilityofthePMLobjectonceitis
created.Wewanttoturnitbackonagain.
1. SelectthemenuitemView>ActiveView View>ActiveView View>ActiveView View>ActiveViewVisiblility Visiblility Visiblility Visiblility
2. ChecktheboxnexttoPML_airbox1 PML_airbox1 PML_airbox1 PML_airbox1
3. Click Done Done Done Done
CreatetheMaster/Slaveboundaryobjects
DrawtheMaster/Slaveobjects DrawtheMaster/Slaveobjects DrawtheMaster/Slaveobjects DrawtheMaster/Slaveobjects
TodrawthefirstMaster/Slaverectangle: TodrawthefirstMaster/Slaverectangle: TodrawthefirstMaster/Slaverectangle: TodrawthefirstMaster/Slaverectangle:
3. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheoppositecorneroftherectangle
dX:0 00 0,dY:1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0,dZ:1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:master1 master1 master1 master1
1. Selectthemenuitem3DModeler>GridPlane>XZ 3DModeler>GridPlane>XZ 3DModeler>GridPlane>XZ 3DModeler>GridPlane>XZ
TodrawthesecondMaster/Slaverectangle: TodrawthesecondMaster/Slaverectangle: TodrawthesecondMaster/Slaverectangle: TodrawthesecondMaster/Slaverectangle:
2. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheoppositecorneroftherectangle
dX:0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5,dY:0 00 0,dZ:1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
5.7
5.7-9
CreatetheMaster/Slaveboundaryobjects(continued)
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:master2 master2 master2 master2
Toduplicatetheobjectstocreatetheslaves Toduplicatetheobjectstocreatetheslaves Toduplicatetheobjectstocreatetheslaves Toduplicatetheobjectstocreatetheslaves
1. SelectthemenuitemEdit>Select>Objects Edit>Select>Objects Edit>Select>Objects Edit>Select>Objects
3. Selecttheobject,master1 master1 master1 master1
4. SelectthemenuitemEdit>Duplicate>AlongLine Edit>Duplicate>AlongLine Edit>Duplicate>AlongLine Edit>Duplicate>AlongLine
5. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthestartpositionoftheduplicate
vector
X:0 00 0,Y:0 00 0,Z:0 00 0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
6. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheendpointoftheduplicatevector
dX:- -- -0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5,dY:0 00 0,dZ:0 00 0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
7. Whenthedialogboxpopsuprequestingthetotalnumberofcopies,
changethevalueto2 22 2,PresstheOK OK OK OK button.
8. Repeatthisprocessfortheobjectmaster2 master2 master2 master2 usingaduplicatevectorof
<0,1,0> <0,1,0> <0,1,0> <0,1,0>
ChangeSlaveboundarynames
Tochangetheduplicatedmasterboundarytoslaveboundary Tochangetheduplicatedmasterboundarytoslaveboundary Tochangetheduplicatedmasterboundarytoslaveboundary Tochangetheduplicatedmasterboundarytoslaveboundary
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:master1_1 master1_1 master1_1 master1_1
3. SelectthemenuItem:Edit>Properties Edit>Properties Edit>Properties Edit>Properties
4. Changethenameto:slave1 slave1 slave1 slave1
5. Repeattheprocessformaster2_1 master2_1 master2_1 master2_1 slave2 slave2 slave2 slave2
5.7
5.7-10
AssignMaster/SlaveBoundaries
TocreateaMasterboundary TocreateaMasterboundary TocreateaMasterboundary TocreateaMasterboundary
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:master1 master1 master1 master1
3. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Master HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Master HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Master HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Master
4. MasterBoundarywindow
1. Name:master1 master1 master1 master1
2. CoordinateSystem:UVector:clickUndefined Undefined Undefined Undefined pulldown
3. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthestartposition
X:0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45,Y:- -- -0.05, 0.05, 0.05, 0.05, Z:1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
4. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthestoppositionofthe
vector
dX:0 00 0,dY:1 11 1,dZ:0 00 0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
5. FortheVvector,checktheReverseDirection ReverseDirection ReverseDirection ReverseDirection box
Repeattheprocessformaster2usingthefollowingpoints: Repeattheprocessformaster2usingthefollowingpoints: Repeattheprocessformaster2usingthefollowingpoints: Repeattheprocessformaster2usingthefollowingpoints:
X:0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45,Y:- -- -0.05, 0.05, 0.05, 0.05, Z:1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthestoppositionofthevector
dX: :: :- -- -0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5,dY:0 00 0,dZ:0 00 0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
TocreateaSlaveboundary TocreateaSlaveboundary TocreateaSlaveboundary TocreateaSlaveboundary
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:slave1 slave1 slave1 slave1
3. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Slave HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Slave HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Slave HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Slave
4. SlaveBoundarywindow
1. Name:slave1 slave1 slave1 slave1
2. MasterBoundary:clickonUndefined Undefined Undefined Undefined pulldownandselectMaster1 Master1 Master1 Master1
X:-0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05,Y:- -- -0.05, 0.05, 0.05, 0.05, Z:1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
5.7
5.7-11
AssignMaster/SlaveBoundaries(continued)
TocreateaSlaveboundary(continued) TocreateaSlaveboundary(continued) TocreateaSlaveboundary(continued) TocreateaSlaveboundary(continued)
vector
dX:0 00 0,dY:1 11 1,dZ:0 00 0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
3. MakesurethatUseScanAnglesToCalculatePhaseDelay UseScanAnglesToCalculatePhaseDelay UseScanAnglesToCalculatePhaseDelay UseScanAnglesToCalculatePhaseDelay is
checked
1. ForPhi Phi Phi Phi,enter0deg
2. ForTheta Theta Theta Theta,enteravariablename theta_scan theta_scan theta_scan theta_scan,andhitEnter Enter Enter Enter
3. FortheAddVariable AddVariable AddVariable AddVariable dialog,enter30deg 30deg 30deg 30deg fortheta_scan theta_scan theta_scan theta_scan
Repeattheprocessforslave2: Repeattheprocessforslave2: Repeattheprocessforslave2: Repeattheprocessforslave2:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:slave2 slave2 slave2 slave2
3. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Slave HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Slave HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Slave HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Slave
4. SlaveBoundarywindow
1. Name:slave2 slave2 slave2 slave2
2. MasterBoundary:clickonUndefined Undefined Undefined Undefined pulldownandselectMaster2 Master2 Master2 Master2
X:0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45,Y:0.95, 0.95, 0.95, 0.95, Z:1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
vector
dX: :: :- -- -0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5,dY:0 00 0,dZ:0 00 0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
5.7
5.7-12
AssignImpedanceBoundary
TocreatetheimpedanceboundaryonthePMLobject: TocreatetheimpedanceboundaryonthePMLobject: TocreatetheimpedanceboundaryonthePMLobject: TocreatetheimpedanceboundaryonthePMLobject:
2. GraphicallypickthetopfaceofthePMLobject
3. Selectthemenuitem:HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Impedance HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Impedance HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Impedance HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Impedance
4. Name:TopLoad TopLoad TopLoad TopLoad
5. Resistance:377* 377* 377* 377*cos(theta_scan cos(theta_scan cos(theta_scan cos(theta_scan)
6. Reactance:0 00 0
CreateWavePort
Toassignwaveporttowaveguideobject: Toassignwaveporttowaveguideobject: Toassignwaveporttowaveguideobject: Toassignwaveporttowaveguideobject:
2. SelectFacedialog:Selecttheobjectwaveguide waveguide waveguide waveguide fromtheleftcolumn
3. SelectdifferentFaceIDs untilthebottomfaceofthewaveguideis
highlighted.
4. ClickOK OK OK OK
5.7
5.7-13
CreateWavePort (continued)
Toassignwaveporttowaveguideobject(continued): Toassignwaveporttowaveguideobject(continued): Toassignwaveporttowaveguideobject(continued): Toassignwaveporttowaveguideobject(continued):
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Excitation>Assign> HFSS>Excitation>Assign> HFSS>Excitation>Assign> HFSS>Excitation>Assign>WavePort WavePort WavePort WavePort
2. Name:p1 p1 p1 p1
3. ClickNext Next Next Next
4. WavePort:Modes
5. WavePort:Post-Processing
1. ClickFinish Finish Finish Finish
CreateFacelist forPost-Processing
FarfieldcalculationscannotbemadeontheimpedancesurfacenoronthePML
object.Weneedtocreateafacelist onwhichtocalculatetheradiationpatterns.
Tocreatethe Tocreatethe Tocreatethe Tocreatethefacelist facelist facelist facelist: :: :
3. SelectFacedialog:Selecttheobjectairbox airbox airbox airbox fromtheleftcolumn
4. SelectdifferentFaceIDs untilthetopfaceofthewaveguideishighlighted.
5. ClickOK OK OK OK
5.7
5.7-14
AnalysisSetup
MaximumDeltaS:0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001
1. Name:ff_all ff_all ff_all ff_all
2. Phi:(Start:0, 0, 0, 0,Stop:0, 0, 0, 0,
StepSize:10) 10) 10) 10)
3. Theta:(Start:0, 0, 0, 0,Stop:360, 360, 360, 360,
StepSize:2) 2) 2) 2)
2. SwitchtotheRadiationSurface RadiationSurface RadiationSurface RadiationSurface tab
3. MakesurethatUseCustomRadiationSurface UseCustomRadiationSurface UseCustomRadiationSurface UseCustomRadiationSurface isenabledand
Facelist1 Facelist1 Facelist1 Facelist1 hasbeenselected
5.7
5.7-15
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_pmlarray hfss_pmlarray hfss_pmlarray hfss_pmlarray
Analyze
Manager.
5.7
5.7-16
theconvergencedata.
SimulationtoSetup1,LastAdaptive Setup1,LastAdaptive Setup1,LastAdaptive Setup1,LastAdaptiveduringsolution.
2. ClicktheClose Close Close Close buttonwhendoneviewingorsimulationcomplete.
5.7
5.7-17
FarFieldPlots
CreateFarFieldPlot CreateFarFieldPlot CreateFarFieldPlot CreateFarFieldPlot
1. SelectPhi Phi Phi Phi undertheName Name Name Name column,andonthedroplist,
selectTheta Theta Theta Theta.ThischangestheprimarysweeptoTheta.
1. Category:Directivity Directivity Directivity Directivity
2. Quantity:DirTotal DirTotal DirTotal DirTotal
5.7
5.7-18
AddArrayFactortoPlot AddArrayFactortoPlot AddArrayFactortoPlot AddArrayFactortoPlot
Tosetuparrayfactor: Tosetuparrayfactor: Tosetuparrayfactor: Tosetuparrayfactor:
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Radiation>AntennaArraySetup HFSS>Radiation>AntennaArraySetup HFSS>Radiation>AntennaArraySetup HFSS>Radiation>AntennaArraySetup
2. SelecttheradiobuttonforRegularArraySetup RegularArraySetup RegularArraySetup RegularArraySetup
3. SwitchtotheRegularArray RegularArray RegularArray RegularArray tab
4. FirstCellPosition:
X:0in 0in 0in 0in,Y:0in, 0in, 0in, 0in, Z:0in 0in 0in 0in
5. Directions:Uvector
X:1 11 1,Y:0, 0, 0, 0, Z:0 00 0
6. Directions:VVector
X:0 00 0,Y:1, 1, 1, 1, Z:0 00 0
7. DistanceBetweenCells
UDirection:0.5in 0.5in 0.5in 0.5in
VDirection1in 1in 1in 1in
8. NumberofCells
UDirection:25 25 25 25
VDirection25 25 25 25
9. ScanDefinition:UseScanAngles
Theta:theta_scan theta_scan theta_scan theta_scan
Phi: 0deg 0deg 0deg 0deg
5.7
5.7-19
AddArrayFactortoPlot(continued) AddArrayFactortoPlot(continued) AddArrayFactortoPlot(continued) AddArrayFactortoPlot(continued)
5.7
5.7-20
OptimetricsSetup ParametricSweep
Forthisarraydesign,wewanttoseetheeffectofscanangleontheinputmatch
oftheantenna.Todothis,wemustsweepthescananglewithaparametric
sweep.
AddaParametricSweep AddaParametricSweep AddaParametricSweep AddaParametricSweep
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>OptimetricsAnalysis>AddParametric HFSS>OptimetricsAnalysis>AddParametric HFSS>OptimetricsAnalysis>AddParametric HFSS>OptimetricsAnalysis>AddParametric
2. SetupSweepAnalysis SweepAnalysis SweepAnalysis SweepAnalysis Window:
1. ClicktheSweepDefinitions SweepDefinitions SweepDefinitions SweepDefinitions tab: :: :
1. ClicktheAdd Add Add Add button
2. Add/EditSweepDialog
1. SelectVariable:theta_scan theta_scan theta_scan theta_scan (thisistheonlyvariabledefined,
soitisgreyed out)
2. SelectLinearStep LinearStep LinearStep LinearStep
3. Start:0deg 0deg 0deg 0deg
4. Stop:60deg 60deg 60deg 60deg
5. Step:10deg 10deg 10deg 10deg
AnalyzeParametricSweep AnalyzeParametricSweep AnalyzeParametricSweep AnalyzeParametricSweep
1. ExpandtheProjectTreetodisplaytheitemslistedunderOptimetrics Optimetrics Optimetrics Optimetrics
2. Right-clickthemouseonParametricSetup1 ParametricSetup1 ParametricSetup1 ParametricSetup1andchooseAnalyze Analyze Analyze Analyze
OptimetricsResults OptimetricsResults OptimetricsResults OptimetricsResults
ToviewtheOptimetricsResults: ToviewtheOptimetricsResults: ToviewtheOptimetricsResults: ToviewtheOptimetricsResults:
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>OptimetricsAnalysis>OptimetricsResults HFSS>OptimetricsAnalysis>OptimetricsResults HFSS>OptimetricsAnalysis>OptimetricsResults HFSS>OptimetricsAnalysis>OptimetricsResults
2. SelecttheProfile Profile Profile Profile Tabtoviewthesolutionprogressforeachsetup.
3. ClicktheClose Close Close Close buttonwhenyouarefinishedviewingtheresults
5.7
5.7-21
CreateS CreateS CreateS CreateS- -- -ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot S11ateach S11ateach S11ateach S11ateach
2. DisplayType:RectangularPlot RectangularPlot RectangularPlot RectangularPlot
2. ClicktheSweeps Sweeps Sweeps Sweeps tab
1. SelectSweepDesignandProjectvariablevalues SweepDesignandProjectvariablevalues SweepDesignandProjectvariablevalues SweepDesignandProjectvariablevalues
1. SelectFreq Freq Freq FrequndertheName Name Name Name column,andonthedroplist,
selecttheta_scan theta_scan theta_scan theta_scan.Thischangestheprimarysweepto
theta_scan.
1. Category: SParameter SParameter SParameter SParameter
2. Quantity:S(p1,p1) S(p1,p1) S(p1,p1) S(p1,p1)
Chapter6.0
Chapter6.0 MicrowaveExamples
6.1 MagicT
6.2 CoaxBend
6.3 RingHybrid
6.4 CoaxStub
IncludesOptimetricsExample
6.5 Microstrip - WavePorts
6.6 DielectricResonator
6.1
6.1-1
TheMagicT
Thisexampleisintendedtoshowyouhowtocreate,simulate,andanalyzeaMagic
T,whichisacommonlyusedmicrowavedevice,usingtheAnsoftHFSSDesign
Environment.
Waveguide: Waveguide: Waveguide: Waveguide:
Width=50.0mm Width=50.0mm Width=50.0mm Width=50.0mm
Height=20.0mm Height=20.0mm Height=20.0mm Height=20.0mm
Length= Length= Length= Length= 50.0mm 50.0mm 50.0mm 50.0mm
Port1
Port2
Port3 Port4
Width
Length
Height
6.1
6.1-2
ThefollowingfeaturesoftheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment areusedtocreate
3DSolidModeling
Primitives:Box Box Box Box
BooleanOperations: Unite,Duplicate Unite,Duplicate Unite,Duplicate Unite,Duplicate
Excitations
Ports:WavePorts WavePorts WavePorts WavePorts
Analysis
Results
Fields
3DFieldPlots,Animations 3DFieldPlots,Animations 3DFieldPlots,Animations 3DFieldPlots,Animations
6.1
6.1-3
GettingStarted
6.1
6.1-4
6.1
6.1-5
Creatingthe3DModel
2. SetModelUnits:
CreateTopArm CreateTopArm CreateTopArm CreateTopArm
rectangle:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Arm Arm Arm Arm
6.1
6.1-6
CreateWavePortExcitation1 CreateWavePortExcitation1 CreateWavePortExcitation1 CreateWavePortExcitation1
Pickingtheportface: Pickingtheportface: Pickingtheportface: Pickingtheportface:
2. GraphicallyselectthetopfaceofthearmatZ=75mm
2. WavePort:General
1. Name:p1 p1 p1 p1
3. WavePort:Modes
Topface
WavePortFace
6.1
6.1-7
SetObjectSelection SetObjectSelection SetObjectSelection SetObjectSelection
Setselecttoobjects Setselecttoobjects Setselecttoobjects Setselecttoobjects
CreateArm2 CreateArm2 CreateArm2 CreateArm2
2. Selectthemenuitem,Edit>Duplicate>AroundAxis Edit>Duplicate>AroundAxis Edit>Duplicate>AroundAxis Edit>Duplicate>AroundAxis.
1. Axis:X XX X
2. Angle:90 90 90 90
3. TotalNumber:2 22 2
CreateArm3&4 CreateArm3&4 CreateArm3&4 CreateArm3&4
ToselecttheobjectArm_1: ToselecttheobjectArm_1: ToselecttheobjectArm_1: ToselecttheobjectArm_1:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Arm_1 Arm_1 Arm_1 Arm_1
Tocreatearm3&4: Tocreatearm3&4: Tocreatearm3&4: Tocreatearm3&4:
1. Axis:Z ZZ Z
2. Angle:90 90 90 90
6.1
6.1-8
GrouptheArms GrouptheArms GrouptheArms GrouptheArms
Togroupthearms: Togroupthearms: Togroupthearms: Togroupthearms:
BoundaryDisplay BoundaryDisplay BoundaryDisplay BoundaryDisplay
Toverifytheboundarysetup: Toverifytheboundarysetup: Toverifytheboundarysetup: Toverifytheboundarysetup:
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>BoundaryDisplay HFSS>BoundaryDisplay HFSS>BoundaryDisplay HFSS>BoundaryDisplay (SolverView) (SolverView) (SolverView) (SolverView)
2. FromtheSolverViewofBoundaries,toggletheVisibilitycheckboxforthe
boundariesyouwishtodisplay.
Note: Note: Note: Note: Thebackground(PerfectConductor)isdisplayedastheouter outer outer outer
boundary.
Note: Note: Note: Note: ThePerfectConductorsaredisplayedasthesmetal smetal smetal smetal boundary.
Note: Note: Note: Note: Selectthemenuitem,View>Visibility View>Visibility View>Visibility View>Visibility tohideallofthe
geometryobjects.Thismakesiteasiertoseetheboundary
6.1
6.1-9
AnalysisSetup
2. EditSweepWindow:
Count:1001 :1001 :1001 :1001
6.1
6.1-10
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_magic_t hfss_magic_t hfss_magic_t hfss_magic_t
Analyze
Manager.
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Analyze HFSS>Analyze HFSS>Analyze HFSS>Analyze
6.1
6.1-11
theconvergencedata.
6.1
6.1-12
CreateReports
CreateS CreateS CreateS CreateS- -- -ParameterPlotvs.AdaptivePass ParameterPlotvs.AdaptivePass ParameterPlotvs.AdaptivePass ParameterPlotvs.AdaptivePass
2. ClicktheX X X Xtab
1. UsePrimarySweep: : : : Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked
2. Category:Variables Variables Variables Variables
3. Quantity:Pass :Pass :Pass :Pass
1. Category:SParameter SParameter SParameter SParameter
2. Quantity:S(p1,p1),S(p1,p2),S(p1,p3),S(p1,p4) S(p1,p1),S(p1,p2),S(p1,p3),S(p1,p4) S(p1,p1),S(p1,p2),S(p1,p3),S(p1,p4) S(p1,p1),S(p1,p2),S(p1,p3),S(p1,p4)
6.1
6.1-13
CreateS CreateS CreateS CreateS- -- -ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot
1. Category:SParameter SParameter SParameter SParameter
2. Quantity:S(p1,p1),S(p1,p2),S(p1,p3),S(p1,p4) S(p1,p1),S(p1,p2),S(p1,p3),S(p1,p4) S(p1,p1),S(p1,p2),S(p1,p3),S(p1,p4) S(p1,p1),S(p1,p2),S(p1,p3),S(p1,p4)
6.1
6.1-14
Toselectanobject: Toselectanobject: Toselectanobject: Toselectanobject:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Arm Arm Arm Arm
3. InVolume:All All All All
3. E-FieldWindow:
1. ClickthePlot Plot Plot Plot tab
1. IsoValType:IsoValSurface IsoValSurface IsoValSurface IsoValSurface
2. ClicktheApply Apply Apply Apply button.
FieldAnimations FieldAnimations FieldAnimations FieldAnimations
ToAnimateaMagnitudefieldplot: ToAnimateaMagnitudefieldplot: ToAnimateaMagnitudefieldplot: ToAnimateaMagnitudefieldplot:
1. SelectthemenuitemView>Animate View>Animate View>Animate View>Animate
2. IntheSweptVariable SweptVariable SweptVariable SweptVariable tab,acceptthedefaultssettings:
1. Sweptvariable:Phase Phase Phase Phase
4. Steps:9 99 9
3. ClickOK OK OK OK
6.2
Example CoaxialConnector
6.2-1
TheCoaxialConnector
coaxialconnector,usingtheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment.
6.2
6.2-2
3DSolidModeling
Primitives:Cylinders,Polylines,Circles Cylinders,Polylines,Circles Cylinders,Polylines,Circles Cylinders,Polylines,Circles
BooleanOperations:Unite,Subtract,andSweep Unite,Subtract,andSweep Unite,Subtract,andSweep Unite,Subtract,andSweep
Ports: WavePortsandTerminalLines WavePortsandTerminalLines WavePortsandTerminalLines WavePortsandTerminalLines
Analysis
Results
FieldOverlays:
3DFieldPlots,Animations,Cut 3DFieldPlots,Animations,Cut 3DFieldPlots,Animations,Cut 3DFieldPlots,Animations,Cut- -- -Planes Planes Planes Planes
6.2
6.2-3
GettingStarted
6.2
6.2-4
6.2
6.2-5
Creatingthe3DModel
2. SetModelUnits:
6.2
6.2-6
CreatetheConductor1 CreatetheConductor1 CreatetheConductor1 CreatetheConductor1
Tocreatetheconductor Tocreatetheconductor Tocreatetheconductor Tocreatetheconductor
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Conductor1 Conductor1 Conductor1 Conductor1
CreateaSection CreateaSection CreateaSection CreateaSection
Tosectiontheconductor Tosectiontheconductor Tosectiontheconductor Tosectiontheconductor
2. Selectthemenuitem3DModeler>Surface>Section 3DModeler>Surface>Section 3DModeler>Surface>Section 3DModeler>Surface>Section
3. SectionWindow
SectionPlane: XY XY XY XY
ClicktheOK OK OK OKbutton
6.2
6.2-7
RenametheSection RenametheSection RenametheSection RenametheSection
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>List HFSS>List HFSS>List HFSS>List
2. FromtheModel Model Model Model tab,selecttheobjectnamedSection1 Section1 Section1 Section1
1. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Bend Bend Bend Bend
CreateConductorBend CreateConductorBend CreateConductorBend CreateConductorBend
Tocreatethebend: Tocreatethebend: Tocreatethebend: Tocreatethebend:
1. SelectthemenuitemDraw>Arc>CenterPoint Draw>Arc>CenterPoint Draw>Arc>CenterPoint Draw>Arc>CenterPoint
3. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheradialpoint:
4. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthesweeparclength:
X:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y:0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4,Z:0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4, PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
5. Usingthemouse,right-clickandselectDone Done Done Done
6. ClicktheOK OK OK OK buttonwhenthePropertiesdialogappears
SweepBend: SweepBend: SweepBend: SweepBend:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Bend,Polyline1 Bend,Polyline1 Bend,Polyline1 Bend,Polyline1
3. SelectthemenuitemDraw>Sweep>AlongPath Draw>Sweep>AlongPath Draw>Sweep>AlongPath Draw>Sweep>AlongPath
4. SweepalongpathWindow
Angleoftwist: 0 00 0
DraftAngle:0 00 0
DraftType:Round Round Round Round
ClicktheOK OK OK OKbutton
6.2
6.2-8
6.2
6.2-9
GrouptheConductors GrouptheConductors GrouptheConductors GrouptheConductors
6.2
6.2-10
CreatetheFemaleEnd CreatetheFemaleEnd CreatetheFemaleEnd CreatetheFemaleEnd
Tocreatethefemaleend: Tocreatethefemaleend: Tocreatethefemaleend: Tocreatethefemaleend:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Female Female Female Female
CreatetheFemaleBend CreatetheFemaleBend CreatetheFemaleBend CreatetheFemaleBend
Tocreatethebend: Tocreatethebend: Tocreatethebend: Tocreatethebend:
X:0.0,Y:0.0,Z:0.0, X:0.0,Y:0.0,Z:0.0, X:0.0,Y:0.0,Z:0.0, X:0.0,Y:0.0,Z:0.0,PresstheEnterkey
dX dX dX dX:0.351, :0.351, :0.351, :0.351,dY dY dY dY:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,dZ dZ dZ dZ:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,PresstheEnterkey
dX dX dX dX:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,dY dY dY dY: : : :- -- -1.236, 1.236, 1.236, 1.236,dZ dZ dZ dZ:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,PresstheEnterkey
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:FemaleBend FemaleBend FemaleBend FemaleBend
6.2
6.2-11
CreatetheMaleEnd CreatetheMaleEnd CreatetheMaleEnd CreatetheMaleEnd
Tocreatethemaleend: Tocreatethemaleend: Tocreatethemaleend: Tocreatethemaleend:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Male Male Male Male
6.2
6.2-12
GrouptheVacuumObjects GrouptheVacuumObjects GrouptheVacuumObjects GrouptheVacuumObjects
TounitetheobjectsFemale, TounitetheobjectsFemale, TounitetheobjectsFemale, TounitetheobjectsFemale,FemaleBend FemaleBend FemaleBend FemaleBend andMale: andMale: andMale: andMale:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Female, Female, Female, Female,FemaleBend FemaleBend FemaleBend FemaleBend,Male ,Male ,Male ,Male
1. FortheMaterialName MaterialName MaterialName MaterialName type:My_Ring My_Ring My_Ring My_Ring
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofRelativePermittivity RelativePermittivity RelativePermittivity RelativePermittivity type:3 33 3
6.2
6.2-13
CreatetheRing CreatetheRing CreatetheRing CreatetheRing
Tocreatethering: Tocreatethering: Tocreatethering: Tocreatethering:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Ring Ring Ring Ring
CompletetheRing CompletetheRing CompletetheRing CompletetheRing
ToselecttheobjectsRingandMale: ToselecttheobjectsRingandMale: ToselecttheobjectsRingandMale: ToselecttheobjectsRingandMale:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Ring,Female Ring,Female Ring,Female Ring,Female
2. SubtractWindow
BlankParts:Ring Ring Ring Ring
ToolParts:Female Female Female Female
Clonetoolobjectsbeforesubtract: Checked Checked Checked Checked
6.2
6.2-14
1. FortheMaterialName MaterialName MaterialName MaterialName type:My_Teflon My_Teflon My_Teflon My_Teflon
CreatetheMaleTeflon CreatetheMaleTeflon CreatetheMaleTeflon CreatetheMaleTeflon
Tocreatethe Tocreatethe Tocreatethe Tocreatetheteflon teflon teflon teflon: :: :
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:MaleTeflon MaleTeflon MaleTeflon MaleTeflon
6.2
6.2-15
Note: Note: Note: Note:Tosimplifytheinstructions,a2Dobjectwillbecreatedtorepresentthe
port.Thisisnotarequirementfordefiningports.Graphicalfaceselectioncan
beusedasanalternative.
6.2
6.2-16
2. WavePort:General
1. FullPortImpedance:50 50 50 50
6.2
6.2-17
6.2
6.2-18
2. WavePort:General
6.2
6.2-19
CreatetheFemaleTeflon CreatetheFemaleTeflon CreatetheFemaleTeflon CreatetheFemaleTeflon
TocreatetheTeflon: TocreatetheTeflon: TocreatetheTeflon: TocreatetheTeflon:
dX dX dX dX:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,dY dY dY dY: : : :- -- -0.236, 0.236, 0.236, 0.236,dZ dZ dZ dZ:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,PresstheEnterkey
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:FemaleTeflon FemaleTeflon FemaleTeflon FemaleTeflon
CompletetheVacuumObject CompletetheVacuumObject CompletetheVacuumObject CompletetheVacuumObject
ToselecttheobjectsFemale, ToselecttheobjectsFemale, ToselecttheobjectsFemale, ToselecttheobjectsFemale,MaleTeflon MaleTeflon MaleTeflon MaleTeflon, , , ,FemaleTeflon FemaleTeflon FemaleTeflon FemaleTeflon
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Female, Female, Female, Female,MaleTeflon MaleTeflon MaleTeflon MaleTeflon, , , ,FemaleTeflon FemaleTeflon FemaleTeflon FemaleTeflon
Tocompletethe Tocompletethe Tocompletethe Tocompletethevacumm vacumm vacumm vacumm objects: objects: objects: objects:
2. SubtractWindow
BlankParts:Female Female Female Female
ToolParts:MaleTeflon MaleTeflon MaleTeflon MaleTeflon, , , ,FemaleTeflon FemaleTeflon FemaleTeflon FemaleTeflon
6.2
6.2-20
CompletetheModel CompletetheModel CompletetheModel CompletetheModel
Tocompletethemodel: Tocompletethemodel: Tocompletethemodel: Tocompletethemodel:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Conductor1,Female, Conductor1,Female, Conductor1,Female, Conductor1,Female,MaleTeflon MaleTeflon MaleTeflon MaleTeflon, , , ,
FemaleTeflon FemaleTeflon FemaleTeflon FemaleTeflon
4. SubtractWindow
BlankParts:Female, Female, Female, Female,FemaleTeflon FemaleTeflon FemaleTeflon FemaleTeflon, , , ,MaleTeflon MaleTeflon MaleTeflon MaleTeflon
ToolParts:Conductor1 Conductor1 Conductor1 Conductor1
boundary.
6.2
6.2-21
AnalysisSetup
MaximumDeltaS:0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
3. ClicktheOptions Options Options Options tab: :: :
MinimumConvergedPasses:2 22 2
2. EditSweepWindow:
Count:801 :801 :801 :801
6.2
6.2-22
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_coax hfss_coax hfss_coax hfss_coax
Analyze
Manager.
6.2
6.2-23
theconvergencedata.
6.2
6.2-24
CreateReports
CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS- -- -ParameterPlotvs.AdaptivePass ParameterPlotvs.AdaptivePass ParameterPlotvs.AdaptivePass ParameterPlotvs.AdaptivePass
Note: Note: Note: Note:Ifthisreportiscreatedpriortoorduringthesolutionprocess,a
real-timeupdateoftheresultsaredisplayed
1. Category:TerminalSParameter TerminalSParameter TerminalSParameter TerminalSParameter
2. Quantity:St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2), St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2), St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2), St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2),
6.2
6.2-25
6.2
6.2-26
CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS- -- -ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot- -- - Phase Phase Phase Phase
3. Function:ang_deg ang_deg ang_deg ang_deg
6.2
6.2-27
FieldOverlays
Tocreateafieldplot: Tocreateafieldplot: Tocreateafieldplot: Tocreateafieldplot:
1. SelecttheGlobalYZPlane
2. SelectGlobal:YZ Global:YZ Global:YZ Global:YZ
TomodifyaMagnitudefieldplot: TomodifyaMagnitudefieldplot: TomodifyaMagnitudefieldplot: TomodifyaMagnitudefieldplot:
3. E-FieldWindow:
2. Min: 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
3. Max: 1000.0 1000.0 1000.0 1000.0
6.2
6.2-28
ToModifyaTerminalexcitation: ToModifyaTerminalexcitation: ToModifyaTerminalexcitation: ToModifyaTerminalexcitation:
2. Selectp2:T1 p2:T1 p2:T1 p2:T1 fromtheEditSourceswindow
ChecktheTerminated Terminated Terminated Terminated box
ToSelecttheElectricFieldplot: ToSelecttheElectricFieldplot: ToSelecttheElectricFieldplot: ToSelecttheElectricFieldplot:
1. ExpandtheProjecttree
2. ExpandtheFieldOverlays FieldOverlays FieldOverlays FieldOverlays
3. ClickontheEField EField EField EField orMag_E1 Mag_E1 Mag_E1 Mag_E1 to
displaythefieldplot
FieldAnimations FieldAnimations FieldAnimations FieldAnimations
ToAnimateaMagnitudefieldplot: ToAnimateaMagnitudefieldplot: ToAnimateaMagnitudefieldplot: ToAnimateaMagnitudefieldplot:
1. SelectthemenuitemView>Animate View>Animate View>Animate View>Animate
2. IntheSweptVariable SweptVariable SweptVariable SweptVariable tab,acceptdefaultssettings:
1. Sweptvariable:Phase Phase Phase Phase
4. Steps:9 99 9
6.3
Example 180RingHybrid
6.3-1
The180RingHybrid
Thisexampleisintendedtoshowyouhowtocreate,simulate,andanalyzearing
hybrid,usingAnsoftHFSS.
6.3
6.3-2
GettingStarted
1. ToaccessAnsoftHFSS,clicktheMicrosoftStart Start Start Start button,selectPrograms Programs Programs Programs,and
selecttheAnsoft,HFSS10 Ansoft,HFSS10 Ansoft,HFSS10 Ansoft,HFSS10 programgroup.ClickHFSS10 HFSS10 HFSS10 HFSS10.
6.3
6.3-3
6.3
6.3-4
Creatingthe3DModel
2. SetModelUnits:
1. ClicktheAddMaterial AddMaterial AddMaterial AddMaterial button
1. FortheMaterialName MaterialName MaterialName MaterialName type:My_Sub My_Sub My_Sub My_Sub
3. FortheValue Value Value Value ofDielectricLossTangent DielectricLossTangent DielectricLossTangent DielectricLossTangent type:4.29e 4.29e 4.29e 4.29e- -- -4 4 4 4
6.3
6.3-5
1. SelectthemenuitemDraw>RegularPolyhedron Draw>RegularPolyhedron Draw>RegularPolyhedron Draw>RegularPolyhedron
X:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:- -- -1.143 1.143 1.143 1.143,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
dX:22.345mm/cos(30*pi/180), 22.345mm/cos(30*pi/180), 22.345mm/cos(30*pi/180), 22.345mm/cos(30*pi/180), dY:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
SegmentNumberWindow
NumberofSegments:6 66 6
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Substrate Substrate Substrate Substrate
6.3
6.3-6
CreateTrace CreateTrace CreateTrace CreateTrace
Tocreatethetrace: Tocreatethetrace: Tocreatethetrace: Tocreatethetrace:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Trace Trace Trace Trace
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Trace Trace Trace Trace
1. Name:PerfE_Trace PerfE_Trace PerfE_Trace PerfE_Trace
6.3
6.3-7
Note: Note: Note: Note:Thisstructurerequires4portswith1terminallinesperport. Wecoulduse
faceselectiontoselecttheendsofthesubstratethatrepresenttheport,define
terminallines,assignexcitation,andrepeatforport2-4.Sincewecanduplicate
portdefinitions,itismoreefficienttodefinearectanglewiththeappropriateport
definitionandcopyittothelocationofports2-4.Thesecondmethodis
describedhere:
1. Selectthemenuitem 3DModeler>GridPlane>XZ 3DModeler>GridPlane>XZ 3DModeler>GridPlane>XZ 3DModeler>GridPlane>XZ
Tosittheview Tosittheview Tosittheview Tosittheview
SelectthemenuitemView>ModifyAttributes>Orientation View>ModifyAttributes>Orientation View>ModifyAttributes>Orientation View>ModifyAttributes>Orientation
SelectViewingDirectionformtheListWindow
1. Fromthelistselecttheviewname:Right Right Right Right
2. ClicktheApply Apply Apply Apply button
Tocreatetherectanglegraphically: Tocreatetherectanglegraphically: Tocreatetherectanglegraphically: Tocreatetherectanglegraphically:
2. Usingthemouse,positiontheactivepositionindicatorsuchthatitsnapsto
thevertexofthelowerleftcornerofthesubstrateface.Theshapeofthe
activepositionindicatorwillchangetoasquarewhenitsnapstothevertex
3. Clicktheleftmousebuttontoselectthispointasthestartposition.
4. Continuedonnextpage
6.3
6.3-8
4. Usingthemouse,positiontheactivepositionindicatorsuchthatitsnapsto
thevertexoftheupperrightcornerofthesubstrateface.The shapeofthe
activepositionindicatorwillchangetoasquarewhenitsnapstothevertex
5. Clicktheleftmousebuttontosettheoppositecorneroftherectangle.
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Port Port Port Port
6.3
6.3-9
2. WavePort:General
1. Name:p1 p1 p1 p1
1. NumberofTerminals:1 11 1,ClicktheUpdate Update Update Update button
TerminalLine
WavePortFace
6.3
6.3-10
CreatetheremainingTracesandWavePorts CreatetheremainingTracesandWavePorts CreatetheremainingTracesandWavePorts CreatetheremainingTracesandWavePorts
Toselectobjects: Toselectobjects: Toselectobjects: Toselectobjects:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Trace,Port Trace,Port Trace,Port Trace,Port
Toduplicatetheobjects: Toduplicatetheobjects: Toduplicatetheobjects: Toduplicatetheobjects:
1. Selectthemenuitem,Edit>Duplicate>AroundAxis Edit>Duplicate>AroundAxis Edit>Duplicate>AroundAxis Edit>Duplicate>AroundAxis
2. DuplicateAroundAxisWindow
1. Axis:Z ZZ Z
2. Angle:60deg 60deg 60deg 60deg
CreateOuterRing CreateOuterRing CreateOuterRing CreateOuterRing
1. Selectthemenuitem 3DModeler>GridPlane>XY 3DModeler>GridPlane>XY 3DModeler>GridPlane>XY 3DModeler>GridPlane>XY
2. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheposition
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Outer Outer Outer Outer
1. SelectthemenuitemView>FitDrawing View>FitDrawing View>FitDrawing View>FitDrawing. .. .
6.3
6.3-11
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Trace,Trace_1,Trace_2,Trace_3,Outer Trace,Trace_1,Trace_2,Trace_3,Outer Trace,Trace_1,Trace_2,Trace_3,Outer Trace,Trace_1,Trace_2,Trace_3,Outer
1. SelectthemenuitemView>FitDrawing View>FitDrawing View>FitDrawing View>FitDrawing. .. .
CreateInnerRing CreateInnerRing CreateInnerRing CreateInnerRing
2. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheposition
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Inner Inner Inner Inner
Selectobjects: Selectobjects: Selectobjects: Selectobjects:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Trace,Inner Trace,Inner Trace,Inner Trace,Inner
3. Selectthemenuitem,3DModeler>Boolean>Subtract 3DModeler>Boolean>Subtract 3DModeler>Boolean>Subtract 3DModeler>Boolean>Subtract
4. SubtractWindow
1. BlankParts:Trace Trace Trace Trace
2. ToolParts:Inner Inner Inner Inner
3. Clonetoolobjectsbeforesubtracting: : : : Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked
1. SelectthemenuitemView>FitDrawing View>FitDrawing View>FitDrawing View>FitDrawing. .. . OrpresstheCTRL+D CTRL+D CTRL+D CTRL+D key
6.3
6.3-12
AnalysisSetup
MaximumDeltaS:0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
2. EditSweepWindow:
Step:0.05GHz :0.05GHz :0.05GHz :0.05GHz
6.3
6.3-13
CreateReports
2. Quantity:St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2),St(p1,p3),St(p1,p4) St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2),St(p1,p3),St(p1,p4) St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2),St(p1,p3),St(p1,p4) St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2),St(p1,p3),St(p1,p4)
6.3
6.3-14
2. Quantity:St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2),St(p1,p3),St(p1,p4) St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2),St(p1,p3),St(p1,p4) St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2),St(p1,p3),St(p1,p4) St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2),St(p1,p3),St(p1,p4)
6.3
6.3-15
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_ringhybrid hfss_ringhybrid hfss_ringhybrid hfss_ringhybrid
Analyze
Manager.
6.3
6.3-16
theconvergencedata.
6.3
6.3-17
TerminalS TerminalS TerminalS TerminalS- -- -ParameterPlotvs.AdaptivePass ParameterPlotvs.AdaptivePass ParameterPlotvs.AdaptivePass ParameterPlotvs.AdaptivePass
TerminalS TerminalS TerminalS TerminalS- -- -ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot- -- - Magnitude Magnitude Magnitude Magnitude
6.4
Example CoaxialStubResonator
6.4-1
TheCoaxialStubResonator
Thisexampleisintendedtoshowyouhowtocreate,simulate,andoptimizea
coaxialstubresonator,usingtheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment.
6.4
6.4-2
3DSolidModeling
Primitives: Cylinders Cylinders Cylinders Cylinders
Boolean:Union Union Union Union
Duplicate:AroundAxis AroundAxis AroundAxis AroundAxis
Excitations:WavePorts WavePorts WavePorts WavePorts
Analysis
Sweep: FastFrequency FastFrequency FastFrequency FastFrequency
Optimization
Parametrics Parametrics Parametrics Parametrics Setup Setup Setup Setup
OptimetricsSetup OptimetricsSetup OptimetricsSetup OptimetricsSetup
Results
Data:Tabular Tabular Tabular Tabular
Plotting: Cartesian Cartesian Cartesian Cartesian
6.4
6.4-3
GettingStarted
6.4
6.4-4
6.4
6.4-5
Creatingthe3DModel
2. SetModelUnits:
6.4
6.4-6
dX:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dY:- -- -6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0,dZ:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
1. SelecttheAttribute Attribute Attribute Attribute tabfromtheProperties Properties Properties Properties window
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Conductor Conductor Conductor Conductor
6.4
6.4-7
CreatetheStub CreatetheStub CreatetheStub CreatetheStub
Tocreatethestub Tocreatethestub Tocreatethestub Tocreatethestub
Toparameterizetheobject: Toparameterizetheobject: Toparameterizetheobject: Toparameterizetheobject:
1. SelecttheCommand Command Command Command tabfromtheProperties Properties Properties Properties window
2. ForHeight Height Height Height,type:L LL L,ClicktheTab Tab Tab Tab keytoaccept
AddVariableL LL L:4.75mm 4.75mm 4.75mm 4.75mm,ClicktheOK OK OK OK button
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Stub Stub Stub Stub
6.4
6.4-8
CreatetheBody CreatetheBody CreatetheBody CreatetheBody
Tocreatethebody Tocreatethebody Tocreatethebody Tocreatethebody
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Body Body Body Body
6.4
6.4-9
2. WavePort:General
6.4
6.4-10
CreatePort2Arm CreatePort2Arm CreatePort2Arm CreatePort2Arm
ToselecttheobjectsConductor,Body,&p1: ToselecttheobjectsConductor,Body,&p1: ToselecttheobjectsConductor,Body,&p1: ToselecttheobjectsConductor,Body,&p1:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Body,Conductor,p1 Body,Conductor,p1 Body,Conductor,p1 Body,Conductor,p1
Note: Note: Note: Note: UsetheCtrl+Leftmousebuttontoselectmultipleobjects
Tocreatetheport2arm: Tocreatetheport2arm: Tocreatetheport2arm: Tocreatetheport2arm:
1. Axis:X XX X
2. Angle:-90 90 90 90
CreateStubBody CreateStubBody CreateStubBody CreateStubBody
ToselecttheobjectsBody: ToselecttheobjectsBody: ToselecttheobjectsBody: ToselecttheobjectsBody:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Body Body Body Body
Tocreatethestubbody: Tocreatethestubbody: Tocreatethestubbody: Tocreatethestubbody:
1. SelectthemenuSelectthemenuitem,Edit>Duplicate>AroundAxis Edit>Duplicate>AroundAxis Edit>Duplicate>AroundAxis Edit>Duplicate>AroundAxis.
1. Axis:X XX X
2. Angle:180 180 180 180
6.4
6.4-11
GrouptheBodyObjects GrouptheBodyObjects GrouptheBodyObjects GrouptheBodyObjects
ToselecttheobjectsBody,Body_1,Body_2: ToselecttheobjectsBody,Body_1,Body_2: ToselecttheobjectsBody,Body_1,Body_2: ToselecttheobjectsBody,Body_1,Body_2:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Body,Body_1,Body_2 Body,Body_1,Body_2 Body,Body_1,Body_2 Body,Body_1,Body_2
GrouptheConductor&StubObjects GrouptheConductor&StubObjects GrouptheConductor&StubObjects GrouptheConductor&StubObjects
ToselecttheobjectsConductor,Conductor_1,Stub: ToselecttheobjectsConductor,Conductor_1,Stub: ToselecttheobjectsConductor,Conductor_1,Stub: ToselecttheobjectsConductor,Conductor_1,Stub:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Conductor,Conductor_1,Stub Conductor,Conductor_1,Stub Conductor,Conductor_1,Stub Conductor,Conductor_1,Stub
6.4
6.4-12
boundary.
MeshOperations MeshOperations MeshOperations MeshOperations
ToselecttheobjectBody ToselecttheobjectBody ToselecttheobjectBody ToselecttheobjectBody
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Body Body Body Body
Tocreateameshoperation: Tocreateameshoperation: Tocreateameshoperation: Tocreateameshoperation:
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>MeshOperations>Assign>Inside HFSS>MeshOperations>Assign>Inside HFSS>MeshOperations>Assign>Inside HFSS>MeshOperations>Assign>Inside
Selection>Lengthbased Selection>Lengthbased Selection>Lengthbased Selection>Lengthbased
2. ElementLengthBasedRefinementWindow:
1. Name: : : :Body_Mesh Body_Mesh Body_Mesh Body_Mesh
2. RestrictLengthofElements: : : : Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked
3. RestricttheNumberofElements: Checked Checked Checked Checked
1. MaximumNumberofElements:2000 2000 2000 2000
6.4
6.4-13
AnalysisSetup
MaximumDeltaS:0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
2. EditSweepWindow:
6.4
6.4-14
6.4
6.4-15
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_stub_resonator hfss_stub_resonator hfss_stub_resonator hfss_stub_resonator
Analyze
Manager.
6.4
6.4-16
theconvergencedata.
6.4
6.4-17
DataMarkers DataMarkers DataMarkers DataMarkers
Theplotwecreatedpriortothesimulationwillautomaticallybeupdatedwhenthe
analysiscompletes.Thexy plotshouldcurrentlybedisplayed.Ifitisnot,select
themenuitemWindow>XYPlot1 Window>XYPlot1 Window>XYPlot1 Window>XYPlot1 toswitchtotheplotdisplay
MarkAllTraces MarkAllTraces MarkAllTraces MarkAllTraces
1. SelectthemenuitemReport2D>MarkAllTraces Report2D>MarkAllTraces Report2D>MarkAllTraces Report2D>MarkAllTraces
2. ClicktheMin Min Min Minbutton
3. Whenyouarefinished,selectthemenuitemReport2D>MarkAllTraces Report2D>MarkAllTraces Report2D>MarkAllTraces Report2D>MarkAllTraces
toremovethemarker.
6.4
6.4-18
Duringthedesignofamicrowavedevice,itiscommonpracticetodevelop
designtrendsbasedonsweptparameters.AnsoftHFSSwithOptimetrics
ParametricSweepcanautomaticallycreatethesedesigncurves.
1. SelectVariable:L LL L
2. SelectLinearCount LinearCount LinearCount LinearCount
3. Start:4.0mm 4.0mm 4.0mm 4.0mm
4. Stop:5.5mm 5.5mm 5.5mm 5.5mm
5. Count:5 55 5
1. SaveFieldsandMesh: Checked Checked Checked Checked
AnalyzeParametricSweep AnalyzeParametricSweep AnalyzeParametricSweep AnalyzeParametricSweep
2. SelecttheProfile Profile Profile Profile Tabtoviewthesolutionprogressforeachsetup.
6.4
6.4-19
CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS- -- -ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot S12ateachL S12ateachL S12ateachL S12ateachL
3. ClicktheSweeps Sweeps Sweeps Sweeps tab
1. SelectSweepDesignandProjectvariablevalues SweepDesignandProjectvariablevalues SweepDesignandProjectvariablevalues SweepDesignandProjectvariablevalues
2. Quantity:St(p1,p2) St(p1,p2) St(p1,p2) St(p1,p2)
6.4
6.4-20
OptimetricsSetup Optimization
TheParametricSweepwasusefulforgeneratingdesigncurves.Forthissimple
designwithonlyasinglevariablewecouldusethedesigncurvestomake
educatedguessesatperformancetargetsthatarenotcontainedinthe
ParametricSweep.AnsoftHFSSandOptimetricswithOptimization takesthe
guessworkoutofachievingperformancetargets.Todemonstrate thiswewill
targetaminimumS12at13GHz.SincethisdevicehasaveryhighQ,wewill
consideranything<=-40dBat13GHztobeaminimum.FromtheParametric
Sweep,wecanseethatthesearchrangecanbelimitedtotherange4.7-5.1mm.
Sinceweareonlyinterestedinobtaininganoptimumsolutionfor13GHz,wewill
addanadditionalSolutionSetupthatdoesnotincludethefrequencysweep.
Thiswillreducetheamountofsimulationtimerequiredtoachievethe
performancegoal.
AddanAnalysisSetup AddanAnalysisSetup AddanAnalysisSetup AddanAnalysisSetup
DefineOptimizationDesignVariables DefineOptimizationDesignVariables DefineOptimizationDesignVariables DefineOptimizationDesignVariables
ToDefineOptimizationDesignVariable ToDefineOptimizationDesignVariable ToDefineOptimizationDesignVariable ToDefineOptimizationDesignVariable
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>DesignProperties HFSS>DesignProperties HFSS>DesignProperties HFSS>DesignProperties
2. ClicktheOptimization Optimization Optimization Optimizationradiobutton: :: :
1. Name: L LL L
2. Include: Checked Checked Checked Checked
3. Min:4.0mm 4.0mm 4.0mm 4.0mm
4. Max:5.5mm 5.5mm 5.5mm 5.5mm
6.4
6.4-21
AddOptimizationSetup AddOptimizationSetup AddOptimizationSetup AddOptimizationSetup
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>OptimetricsAnalysis>AddOptimization HFSS>OptimetricsAnalysis>AddOptimization HFSS>OptimetricsAnalysis>AddOptimization HFSS>OptimetricsAnalysis>AddOptimization
2. SetupOptimizationWindow:
1. ClicktheGoals Goals Goals Goals tab:
1. Optimizer:Quasi Quasi Quasi Quasi- -- -Newton Newton Newton Newton
2. Max.No.ofIterations:10 10 10 10
4. FromtheSolutionColumn,clickontheSetup1:LastAdaptive Setup1:LastAdaptive Setup1:LastAdaptive Setup1:LastAdaptiveand
selectSetup2:LastAdaptive Setup2:LastAdaptive Setup2:LastAdaptive Setup2:LastAdaptive fromthelistofsolutions
5. ClicktheEditCalculation EditCalculation EditCalculation EditCalculation button
6. SetupOutputVariablesdialog:
3. Function:mag mag mag mag
4. ClicktheInsertQuantityIntoExpression InsertQuantityIntoExpression InsertQuantityIntoExpression InsertQuantityIntoExpression button
5. Name:s21_mag s21_mag s21_mag s21_mag
6. ClicktheAdd Add Add Addbutton
7. Condition:<= <= <= <=
8. Goal:0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
9. Weight:1 11 1
10. AcceptableCost: 0 00 0
11. ClicktheVariables Variables Variables Variables tab:
1. Min:4.7mm 4.7mm 4.7mm 4.7mm
2. Max:5.1mm 5.1mm 5.1mm 5.1mm
6.4
6.4-22
AnalyzeOptimization AnalyzeOptimization AnalyzeOptimization AnalyzeOptimization
2. Right-clickthemouseonOptimizationSetup1 OptimizationSetup1 OptimizationSetup1 OptimizationSetup1andchooseAnalyze Analyze Analyze Analyze
6.4
6.4-23
CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS- -- -ParameterPlotofOptimumResult ParameterPlotofOptimumResult ParameterPlotofOptimumResult ParameterPlotofOptimumResult
OncetheOptimizationcompletes,thedesignwillautomaticallybeupdated
withtheOptimumvalue.Toviewtheperformanceofthedeviceversus
frequencywillrequireyoutoanalyzetheHFSSprojectwiththeoptimum
designvalue.
Toanalyzetheoptimumdesign Toanalyzetheoptimumdesign Toanalyzetheoptimumdesign Toanalyzetheoptimumdesign
Toviewtheplot Toviewtheplot Toviewtheplot Toviewtheplot
TheexistingXYPlot1 XYPlot1 XYPlot1 XYPlot1 willautomaticallybeupdatedwhenthesolution
completes.
TochangetotheXYPlot1window,selectthemenuitemWindow>XY Window>XY Window>XY Window>XY
Plot1. Plot1. Plot1. Plot1.
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-1
MicrostripWavePort
Thisexampleisintendedtoshowyouhowwaveportsizecaninfluencethe
resultsofanysimulationusingtheAnsoftHFSSVersion10DesignEnvironment.
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-2
AnsoftDesignEnvironment
3DSolidModeling
Primitives:Boxes,Rectangle Boxes,Rectangle Boxes,Rectangle Boxes,Rectangle
BooleanOperations:DuplicateAlongLine DuplicateAlongLine DuplicateAlongLine DuplicateAlongLine
Boundary/Excitation
Ports:WavePortsandIntegrationLines WavePortsandIntegrationLines WavePortsandIntegrationLines WavePortsandIntegrationLines
Analysis
Solution:PortsOnly PortsOnly PortsOnly PortsOnly
Sweep:Interpolating Interpolating Interpolating Interpolating
Results
FieldsOverlays
PortFieldDisplay PortFieldDisplay PortFieldDisplay PortFieldDisplay
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-3
GettingStarted
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-4
DesignReview
Generallyspeakingwhenweassignawaveporttoamicrostripline,orany
quasi-TEMline,weneedtoincludesomeareaaroundtheactualtransmission
line.Thebigquestionis,howmucharea?
Belowyouwillseethecrosssectionofasimplemicrostripline withnaming
conventionsshown.
Asaruleofthumb,wetypicallycreatea2Drectangletorepresentthewaveport
stimulusforthistypeofstructure.Thedimensionsoftherectangleareroughly
fivetimesthewidthofthetransmissionlinebyfourtimestheheightofthe
substrate.
REMEMBER:Theseareonlyguidelines!!!
Theheightoftheportwillbeaffectedbythepermittivityofthesubstrate.The
higherthepermittivity,thelessthefieldswillpropagateintheair,andtheshorter
theportcanbemade.
~5w
w
h
>4h
Thewidthoftheportwillaffecttheportimpedanceand
propagatingmodes.Thenarrowerthewidth(imageon
right),themorethefieldswillcoupletothesidewallsof
theport.Thiseffectmaynotbephysical.Thewiderthe
port,thegreaterchancethatahigherfrequency
waveguidemodecanpropagate.
Thisexamplewillexplorethislastphenomenon.
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-5
InanAnsoftHFSSwindow,clickthe OntheStandardtoolbar,orselect
FromtheProject Project Project Project menu,selectInsertHFSSDesign InsertHFSSDesign InsertHFSSDesign InsertHFSSDesign. .. .
SelectthemenuitemHFSS>SolutionType HFSS>SolutionType HFSS>SolutionType HFSS>SolutionType
SolutionTypeWindow:
ChooseDrivenModal DrivenModal DrivenModal DrivenModal
Selectthemenuitem3DModeler>Units 3DModeler>Units 3DModeler>Units 3DModeler>Units
SetModelUnits:
SelectUnits:mil mil mil mil
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-6
1. MaterialName:My_Rogers My_Rogers My_Rogers My_Rogers
2. RelativePermittivity:3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-7
3. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheoppositecornerofthebox:
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-8
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-9
TocreatetheAir: TocreatetheAir: TocreatetheAir: TocreatetheAir:
X:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y:- -- -400.0 400.0 400.0 400.0,Z:- -- -1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-10
CreatetheWavePort CreatetheWavePort CreatetheWavePort CreatetheWavePort
Tocreatearectanglethatrepresentstheport: Tocreatearectanglethatrepresentstheport: Tocreatearectanglethatrepresentstheport: Tocreatearectanglethatrepresentstheport:
X:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,Y: : : :- -- -200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0,Z:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0, PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
dX:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,dY:400.0 :400.0 :400.0 :400.0,dZ:50 :50 :50 :50.0 00 0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. ForPosition Position Position Position,type:0mil, 0mil, 0mil, 0mil,- -- -Port_Width/2,0mil Port_Width/2,0mil Port_Width/2,0mil Port_Width/2,0mil,ClicktheTab Tab Tab Tab keytoaccept
AddVariablePort_Width Port_Width Port_Width Port_Width:400mil 400mil 400mil 400mil,ClicktheOK OK OK OK button
3. ForYSize YSize YSize YSize,type:Port_Width Port_Width Port_Width Port_Width,ClicktheTab Tab Tab Tab keytoaccept
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-11
AssigntheExcitation1 AssigntheExcitation1 AssigntheExcitation1 AssigntheExcitation1
2. WavePort:General
3. WavePort:Modes
1. NumberofModes:5 55 5
2. ForMode1 11 1,clicktheNone None None None columnandselectNewLine NewLine NewLine NewLine
X: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
dX:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,dY dY dY dY:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,dZ: 8.0, 8.0, 8.0, 8.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
ForMode1 11 1,clicktheZpi Zpi Zpi Zpi columnandselectZpv Zpv Zpv Zpv
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-12
Toduplicatetheport: Toduplicatetheport: Toduplicatetheport: Toduplicatetheport:
1. Selectthemenuitem,Edit>Duplicate>AlongLine Edit>Duplicate>AlongLine Edit>Duplicate>AlongLine Edit>Duplicate>AlongLine
2. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthefirstpointoftheduplicatevector
3. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthesecondpointofthe duplicate
vector
dX:200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0,dY:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ:0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
4. DuplicateAlongLineWindows
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-13
boundary.
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-14
AnalysisSetup
SolutionFrequency:20GHz :20GHz :20GHz :20GHz
2. CheckSolvePortsOnly SolvePortsOnly SolvePortsOnly SolvePortsOnly
2. EditSweepWindow:
Count:81 :81 :81 :81
3. EditSetupInterpolationBasisWindow:
1. ClickthebuttonforSetupInterpolationBasis
SweepType:Interpolating Interpolating Interpolating Interpolating
ErrorTolerance:0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5%
MaxSolutions:20 20 20 20
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-15
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_waveports hfss_waveports hfss_waveports hfss_waveports
Analyze
Manager.
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-16
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-17
CreateReports
CreatePropagationConstantvs.Frequency CreatePropagationConstantvs.Frequency CreatePropagationConstantvs.Frequency CreatePropagationConstantvs.Frequency
ToCreateareport: ToCreateareport: ToCreateareport: ToCreateareport:
2. Category:Gamma Gamma Gamma Gamma
3. Quantity:Gamma(p1:1),Gamma(p1:2),Gamma(p1:3), Gamma(p1:1),Gamma(p1:2),Gamma(p1:3), Gamma(p1:1),Gamma(p1:2),Gamma(p1:3), Gamma(p1:1),Gamma(p1:2),Gamma(p1:3),
Gamma(p1:4),Gamma(p1:5) Gamma(p1:4),Gamma(p1:5) Gamma(p1:4),Gamma(p1:5) Gamma(p1:4),Gamma(p1:5)
4. Seenextpageforplotanddiscussionofresults
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-18
CreateReports
Discussion Discussion Discussion Discussion
Whatdoesthisplottellus?
Giventhephysicalsizeofthewaveportobjectthatwecreated, thefundamental
mode(p2:1)isaquasi-TEMmodethatpropagatesfromDConup.
Thisalsoshowsthathigherordermodescanpropagate(b>0)ata highenough
frequency.Thesecondmodesstartspropagatingat~14GHz.
Therefore,ifweonlyneededtosimulateupto10GHz,wewouldntneedtosize
ourportanydifferent,however,ifweneedtosimulateupto50 GHz,thenwe
needtoresizeourporttoeliminatethehigherorderpropagatingmodes.
Thelastpartoftheexercisewillexplorethis.
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-19
FieldPatternPlots
Itmightbeilluminatingtolookatthefieldpatternsattheporttodiscoverwhich
modesareexcited.
TodisplaytheModefieldpatternsinthemodeler: TodisplaytheModefieldpatternsinthemodeler: TodisplaytheModefieldpatternsinthemodeler: TodisplaytheModefieldpatternsinthemodeler:
1. Fromwithintheprojectmanager,expandthesectionPortFieldDisplay PortFieldDisplay PortFieldDisplay PortFieldDisplay
2. Expandp1 p1 p1 p1,andselectMode2 Mode2 Mode2 Mode2
1. Thefieldpatternwillbeoverlaidonthe3Dmodel.Fromtheplot
below,Mode2isclearlynotamicrostripmode,butaTE
10
-like
waveguidemode.
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-20
1. Variable:Port_Width Port_Width Port_Width Port_Width
3. Start:200mil 200mil 200mil 200mil
4. Stop:600mil 600mil 600mil 600mil
5. Step:100mil 100mil 100mil 100mil
6. ClicktheAdd Add Add Add >> >> >> >> button
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-21
1. InanAnsoftHFSSwindow,selectthemenuitemFile>Save File>Save File>Save File>Save.
Analyze
Manager.
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-22
CreateReports
CreatePropagationConstantvs.Frequencyvs. CreatePropagationConstantvs.Frequencyvs. CreatePropagationConstantvs.Frequencyvs. CreatePropagationConstantvs.Frequencyvs.Port_Width Port_Width Port_Width Port_Width
2. ClicktheSweepstab
1. SelecttheSweepDesignandProjectVariableValues SweepDesignandProjectVariableValues SweepDesignandProjectVariableValues SweepDesignandProjectVariableValues button
2. Category:Gamma Gamma Gamma Gamma
3. Quantity:Gamma(p1:2), Gamma(p1:2), Gamma(p1:2), Gamma(p1:2),
5. Seenextpageforplotanddiscussionofresults
6.5
Example WavePorts
6.5-23
CreateReports
Discussion Discussion Discussion Discussion
Whatdoesthisplottellus?
Thisshowsthataswedecreasethewidthoftheport,thefrequencyatwhichthe
higherordermodestartstopropagateincreases.
Therefore,byproperlysizingthewaveport,youcaneliminateanyhigherorder
propagatingmodesifyoubelievethattheydonotexist.
Youneedtousecautionifyouaresimulatingveryhighfrequencies,i.e.,
millimeterwavelengths,asyoumaynotbeabletomaketheports smallenough
toeliminatethesemodes.Youprobablyshouldnteventryasthe higherorder
modesmightrepresentrealworldeffects.
6.6
Example DielectricResonator
6.6-1
DielectricResonator
shieldedcylindricaldielectricresonatorusingtheAnsoftHFSSDesign
Environments eigen modesolver.
Adielectricresonatorisintendedtooperatewithinagivenfrequencyrangeand
theelectromagneticfieldinthevicinityoftheresonatorisexpecttoexhibit
behaviorspecifictothedesiredmodesofoperation.However,whenemploying
resonantcircuits,frequenciesofundesiredmodesmayinterferewiththedesired
modes.
Itisthereforeofgreatpracticalimportancetobeabletodeterminetheresonant
frequencies,modepatterns,energyanddissipatedpowerofthemodesexisting
inagivenstructure,suchthatoperationofandcouplingtothe resonatorcanbe
determined.
Dielectric
resonator
Substratewithgroundplane
Cavity
6.6
6.6-2
3DSolidModeling
Primitives:Cylinders Cylinders Cylinders Cylinders
Variables:Projectandmodelvariables Projectandmodelvariables Projectandmodelvariables Projectandmodelvariables
Materials/Boundaries/Excitations
Materials:Definingcustommaterials Definingcustommaterials Definingcustommaterials Definingcustommaterials
Boundaries:PerfectE PerfectE PerfectE PerfectE
SolutionSetup
Parametricsweep Parametricsweep Parametricsweep Parametricsweep
Results
EigenmodeData EigenmodeData EigenmodeData EigenmodeData convergenceoftheindividualmodes
Formattingplots
Fields:E EE E- -- - &H &H &H &H- -- -Field Field Field Field
Fields:Plottingoncustomcut Plottingoncustomcut Plottingoncustomcut Plottingoncustomcut- -- -planes planes planes planes
6.6
6.6-3
DesignReview
Thisexampleistakenfromthebook"FiniteElementSoftwareforMicrowave
Engineering"byTatsuoItoh,GiuseppePelosiandPeterP.Silvester,1996,
JohnWiley&SonsISBN0-471-12636-5(page62onwards)
Thegoalofthissimulationistodeterminehowtheresonantmodessetupin
thedielectricresonatorchangesasthegeometryaroundtheresonator
changes.Inparticularavariationofthedistancefromthedielectricresonator
toptothecavitytopwillbeexamined.
Therearetwomethodswecouldusetoanalyzethisproblem:
Method1: Method1: Method1: Method1: Definee.g.amicrostrip transfering inandoutofthecavityand
defineexcitationofthemicrostrip.Themicrostrip willhavealoading
effectonthecavitydependingonlocation,terminationetc.Thereforean
investigationusingthisapproachwillbedependentonthefeedstructure
andmodesmaybemissed.
Method2 Method2 Method2 Method2:UsetheEigenmodesolvertodeterminethenatural
resonancesofthecylindricaldielectricresonatoralone.
Tofollowtheprocedureinthereference,wewillusethesecond method.As
theeigenmodesolverdoesnotuseportswewillonlyhavetodefinethe
geometryandtheboundaryconditions.Wewillsolveforthefirst6modes
appearinginthestructure.
6.6
6.6-4
Detailsofthemodel
ThecommonlyusedresonantmodesincylindricaldielectricsaredenotedTE
0,m,
,
TM
0,m,
,andHEM
n,m,
,respectively,fortransverseelectric,transversemagnetic,
andhybridmode.Thesubscriptsm,n,and aretheazimuthal,radialandaxial
wavenumbers,respectively.
Thedimensionsinthemodelareasfollowsandapictureshowing the
dimensionsgivenbelowaswell.
9.6 _s
15mm R
1mm h_s
Substrate
36 _r
10mm D
5mm h
Dielectric resonator
1 _0
15mm R
6-15mm Hwall
Cavity
H
wall
H
s
h
r
s
R
D
0
6.6
6.6-5
GettingStarted
6.6
6.6-6
1. ChooseEigenmode Eigenmode Eigenmode Eigenmode
6.6
6.6-7
Creatingthe3DModel
2. SetModelUnits:
Createthecavity Createthecavity Createthecavity Createthecavity
Createacylinder Createacylinder Createacylinder Createacylinder
1. Selectthecylindericonfromthe3Dmodelertoolbar
2. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthebasecenter
3. Usingthe3DModelertoolbarmakesurethatthebasecoordinateentry
planeissettoxy xy xy xy.Thensetthecavityradiusinthexentryfieldandthe
heightinthez-entryfield.Note:Itisnotyetpossibletouseparameters
directlyinthecoordinateentryfield.
dX:15 :15 :15 :15,dY:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,dZ:10, :10, :10, :10,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
Parameterizetheheightofthecavity Parameterizetheheightofthecavity Parameterizetheheightofthecavity Parameterizetheheightofthecavity
1. IntheHeightentryboxwriteaparameternamecalledHwall Hwall Hwall Hwall.
2. UponhittingtheEnter Enter Enter Enter keyHFSSwillaskyouforthevalueoftheparameter
3. Write10mm 10mm 10mm 10mm donotforgettheunits!
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Cavity Cavity Cavity Cavity
6.6
6.6-8
Tosetthe Tosetthe Tosetthe TosettheWireframe Wireframe Wireframe Wireframe view: view: view: view:
2. DisplayWireframe: Checked Checked Checked Checked
CreateNewMaterialsandSetDefaultMaterial CreateNewMaterialsandSetDefaultMaterial CreateNewMaterialsandSetDefaultMaterial CreateNewMaterialsandSetDefaultMaterial
Createnewmaterials: Createnewmaterials: Createnewmaterials: Createnewmaterials:
2. ClickAddMaterial AddMaterial AddMaterial AddMaterial-button.
3. SetMaterialNametosubs subs subs subs
4. Setthedielectricpermittivity,
r rr r
,to9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 andleavetherestwiththeirdefaults
5. ClickOK OK OK OK
6. AddnewmaterialcalledDielRes DielRes DielRes DielRes with
r rr r
=36 =36 =36 =36
1. Youcannowsetdefaultmaterialbyselectingsubs subs subs subs inthelistandclickingOK OK OK OK
Createthesubstrate Createthesubstrate Createthesubstrate Createthesubstrate
Createacylinder Createacylinder Createacylinder Createacylinder
3. Setbasecoordinateentryplanetoxy.Thensettheradiusinthexentryfield
andtheheightinthez-entryfield.
dX:15 15 15 15,dY:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ:- -- -1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0,PresstheEnterkey
1. SelecttheAttributetabfromthePropertieswindow.
2. FortheValueofNametype:Substrate Substrate Substrate Substrate
Youcannowsettransparencyandcolortoyourlikings Youcannowsettransparencyandcolortoyourlikings Youcannowsettransparencyandcolortoyourlikings Youcannowsettransparencyandcolortoyourlikings
6.6
6.6-9
Setthedefaultmaterial: Setthedefaultmaterial: Setthedefaultmaterial: Setthedefaultmaterial:
1. Usingthe3DModelerMaterialstoolbar selectthematerialcreatedpreviously
calledDielRes DielRes DielRes DielRes.
CreatetheDielectricResonator CreatetheDielectricResonator CreatetheDielectricResonator CreatetheDielectricResonator
CreateCylinderrepresentingresonator CreateCylinderrepresentingresonator CreateCylinderrepresentingresonator CreateCylinderrepresentingresonator
3. Setbasecoordinateentryplanetoxy.Thensettheradiusinthexentryfield
andtheheightinthez-entryfield.
dX:5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0,dY:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ: 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0,PresstheEnterkey
1. SelecttheAttributetabfromthePropertieswindow.
2. FortheValueofNametype:DielRes DielRes DielRes DielRes
Youcannowsettransparencyandcolortoyourlikings Youcannowsettransparencyandcolortoyourlikings Youcannowsettransparencyandcolortoyourlikings Youcannowsettransparencyandcolortoyourlikings
SettingBoundaryConditions SettingBoundaryConditions SettingBoundaryConditions SettingBoundaryConditions
Wehaveknowdefinedthecompletemodel,theonlythingmissingbeforerunningthe
analysisiswhatboundaryconditionshouldbeappliedtotheotherpartofthecavity
andthesubstrate.
HFSSassignsperdefaultPerfectElectricalConductor(PEC)to anyboundaryexposed
tothebackground.Thisdefaultassignmentcanbeoverriden ifyouwantedto
enclosetheresonatorine.g.aaluminumcavity.Thiswouldhaveaneffectonthe
qualityfactorandtheresonantmodes.Howmuchinfluencewecouldeasily
determineusingtheeigenmodesolver.
Howeverforthisexercisewewilljuststicktothedefaultbehaviour ofHFSS,and
thereforewewilleffectivelyenclosetheresonatorinperfectly conductingcavity.
6.6
6.6-10
AnalysisSetup
MinimumFrequency:3GHz :3GHz :3GHz :3GHz
NumberofModes:6 :6 :6 :6
MaximumDeltaFrequencyperPass:2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5%
2. UndertheOptions Options Options Options tab:
MinimumConvergedPasses:3 :3 :3 :3
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_diel_res hfss_diel_res hfss_diel_res hfss_diel_res
Analyze
Itispossibletocheckthevalidityofthemodelyouhavebuilt Itispossibletocheckthevalidityofthemodelyouhavebuilt Itispossibletocheckthevalidityofthemodelyouhavebuilt Itispossibletocheckthevalidityofthemodelyouhavebuilt beforesendingitoff beforesendingitoff beforesendingitoff beforesendingitoff
tobesolved.Thiscane.g.beextremelyusefulbeforestarting tobesolved.Thiscane.g.beextremelyusefulbeforestarting tobesolved.Thiscane.g.beextremelyusefulbeforestarting tobesolved.Thiscane.g.beextremelyusefulbeforestartingalargesimulation. alargesimulation. alargesimulation. alargesimulation.
Manager.
6.6
6.6-11
ToviewtheProfile(memoryuse,solutiontimeandno.of ToviewtheProfile(memoryuse,solutiontimeandno.of ToviewtheProfile(memoryuse,solutiontimeandno.of ToviewtheProfile(memoryuse,solutiontimeandno.of
tetrahedra tetrahedra tetrahedra tetrahedra): ): ): ):
theconvergencedata.
ToviewtheEigenmodeData: ToviewtheEigenmodeData: ToviewtheEigenmodeData: ToviewtheEigenmodeData:
1. ClicktheEignemode Eignemode Eignemode Eignemode Data Data Data Data Tab.Youwillnoticethatthe
followingmodeshasbeenfound:
6.6
6.6-12
SolutionData(continued) SolutionData(continued) SolutionData(continued) SolutionData(continued)
2. Youwillnoticethatsomeofthemodescomesinpairs they
aredegeneratemodes.Youwillalsoseethislaterinthe
exercisewhenweplotthefieldsinsidethestructure.
Note: Note: Note: Note:Toviewareal-timeupdateoftheEigenmodeData,set
theSimulationtoSetup1,LastAdaptive Setup1,LastAdaptive Setup1,LastAdaptive Setup1,LastAdaptive
Wewillnowviewtheconvergenceoftheindividualmodesrather Wewillnowviewtheconvergenceoftheindividualmodesrather Wewillnowviewtheconvergenceoftheindividualmodesrather Wewillnowviewtheconvergenceoftheindividualmodesratherthanlookingat thanlookingat thanlookingat thanlookingat
theconvergencethroughtheHFSSconvergencecriteria, theconvergencethroughtheHFSSconvergencecriteria, theconvergencethroughtheHFSSconvergencecriteria, theconvergencethroughtheHFSSconvergencecriteria, finpercent. finpercent. finpercent. finpercent.
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Results>CreateReport
2. CreateReportWindow:
1. ReportType:EigenmodeParameters
2. DisplayType:Rectangular
3. ClicktheOKbutton
3. TracesWindow:
1. Solution:Setup1:Adaptive_1
2. ClicktheYtab
3. Category:Eigen Modes
4. Quantity:Mode(1),Mode(2),....Mode(6).YoucanuseCTRLfor
multipleselect.
5. Function:Re
6. ClicktheAddTracebutton
7. ClicktheDonebutton
4. Theplotyounowseeweneedtoformatatbittomakeitmoreeasily
readable.
1. Doubleclickonthey-axisnumbers.Thiswillgetyouthefollowing
dialogue:
6.6
6.6-13
SolutionData(continued) SolutionData(continued) SolutionData(continued) SolutionData(continued)
2. ClicktheScaling Scaling Scaling Scaling-tab.
3. ClickthecheckboxScientificNotation ScientificNotation ScientificNotation ScientificNotation
4. Writee.g.ResonantFrequency[Hz] ResonantFrequency[Hz] ResonantFrequency[Hz] ResonantFrequency[Hz]intheLabeltextfield
Asyoucansee,themodesHFSShasfoundstaysfairlyconstantinfrequency
versusiterationnumberafterpassnumber7.Itisalsoeasilyidentifiedthatmode
pair5&6aswellasmodepair1&2areactuallyoneandthesame.Theglitchin
mode5betweenadaptivepass4and6iscausedbythefactthatmode5isnot
wellrepresentedbythemeshatpassno.4.However,asmode5isdegenerate
wecouldmostlikelyhaveplottedthefieldsatadaptivepass4bylookingatthe
fielddistributionofmode6instead,andusingourknowlegde thatthefieldsofthe
degeneratemodesareorthogonal.
6.6
6.6-14
FieldOverlays
Wewillnowtaketheopportunitytolookattheeigenmodes thatHFSShasfound.
HFSSincludesanumberofdifferentplottingtechniqueswhichwillbeexploredin
thissection.
1. SelecttheGlobal:XZ Global:XZ Global:XZ Global:XZ-planeinthemodeltreeunderthefolderPlanes. Planes. Planes. Planes.
4. YouwillnowseethedistributionoftheMagnitudeoftheE-fieldontheXZ-
crossplaneforthecompletemodel.
Note Note Note Note:HFSSwillbedefaultdisplaythefirstmodeinthestructure.
6. Tochangethemodeexcitationofthestructure
1. Setsource:EigenMode_1 EigenMode_1 EigenMode_1 EigenMode_1 tomagnitude:0 00 0 andphase:0 00 0
2. Source: EigenMode_2 EigenMode_2 EigenMode_2 EigenMode_2 tomagnitude:1 11 1 andphase:0 00 0
Mode1:MagnitudeofE Mode1:MagnitudeofE Mode1:MagnitudeofE Mode1:MagnitudeofE- -- -Field Field Field Field
6.6
6.6-15
MagnitudeofEplotsintheXZ-plane
Thefollowingisaplotofthedifferentmodefielddistribution intheXZ-plane,
whichhasbeencreatedbymodifyingthesourceexcitation.
Mode1:MagnitudeofE Mode1:MagnitudeofE Mode1:MagnitudeofE Mode1:MagnitudeofE- -- -Field Field Field Field Mode2:MagnitudeofE Mode2:MagnitudeofE Mode2:MagnitudeofE Mode2:MagnitudeofE- -- -Field Field Field Field
6.6
6.6-16
MagnitudeofHplotsintheXZ-plane
ThefollowingisaplotofthedifferentmodefielddistributionsintheXZ-planefor
theHfield.
Note Note Note Note:ThefielddistributionpattersfortheH-fieldwillatthedefaultexcitation
(phase=0)attimes(dependingonthesetup)seeminglynotprovideanyfield
i.e.the
Mode1:MagnitudeofH Mode1:MagnitudeofH Mode1:MagnitudeofH Mode1:MagnitudeofH- -- -Field Field Field Field Mode2:MagnitudeofH Mode2:MagnitudeofH Mode2:MagnitudeofH Mode2:MagnitudeofH- -- -Field Field Field Field
6.6
6.6-17
PlottingFieldDataonCustomCut-plane
Itispossibletoplotthefielddataonacustomdefinedcutplane.Wewilldothisinthe
following:
1. Createanewcoordinatesystemwhichcontainsthecrossplaneof interest.
1. Select3DModeler 3DModeler 3DModeler 3DModeler- -- ->CoordinateSystem >CoordinateSystem >CoordinateSystem >CoordinateSystem- -- ->Create >Create >Create >Create- -- ->RelativeCS >RelativeCS >RelativeCS >RelativeCS- -- ->Both >Both >Both >Both
2. Setorigintobeatthecenteroftheresonatorbyusingthecoordinate
entryfield:
X:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:5.00/2 5.00/2 5.00/2 5.00/2,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
3. SettheX-axislocation
dX:5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00,Y:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:-5.00/2 5.00/2 5.00/2 5.00/2,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
4. SettheXY-plane(remembertoselectAbsolute Absolute Absolute Absolute referencingonthe
coordinatetoolbar)
5. YouwillnowseeanewcoordinatesystemcalledRelativeCS1 RelativeCS1 RelativeCS1 RelativeCS1.Thecut-
planesofthiscoordinatesystemcanbeselectedintheModelTree
underthetabcalledPlanes. Planes. Planes. Planes.
6. SelectRelativeCS1:XY RelativeCS1:XY RelativeCS1:XY RelativeCS1:XY
7. SelectHFSS>Fields>Fields>H> HFSS>Fields>Fields>H> HFSS>Fields>Fields>H> HFSS>Fields>Fields>H>Mag_H Mag_H Mag_H Mag_H andacceptthedefaults
exceptsettingPhase Phase Phase Phase to180deg.DothesameforVector_H Vector_H Vector_H Vector_H.
6.6
6.6-18
Wewouldnowliketoexaminehowtheresonantfrequencieschangesaswe
changethethe heigh ofthecavity,H
Wall
.AnsoftHFSSwithOptimetrics
ParametricSweepcanautomaticallycreatethesedesigncurves.
SincethestructurealreadyisparameterizedwithrespecttoH
Wall
,wewillonly
needtocreateaparametricsweep.Afterwardswecanthengeneratedesigntrend
curvestoseehowthemodesshift.
Note Note Note Note:Thisexercise,willdependingonthespeedofyourcomputertakequite
sometime.Ittookapproximately3.5hourstosolveona2.2GHzmachineusingat
most130MbofRAM.Thereforeifyouwanttofollowthispartoftheexercise,you
maywanttoreserveyourselfmoretimethanwhatisalloted duringthestandard
AnsoftTrainingcourses.Nevertheless,theexercisewillgiveyousomeimportant
insightintohowtheparametricanalysisworkstogetherwiththe eigenmodesolver
inHFSS.Therefore,youmaywanttoconsiderto
1. ReducetheMaximumnumberofadaptivepassesusedto8
2. ReducethenumberofH
Wall
stepsto4(usingLinearCountintheanalysis
setup)
3. Reducethenumberofmodessolvedforto4(theTE
0,m,
,TM
0,m,
,andHEM
modes+1degenerate)..
1. Variable:HWall HWall HWall HWall
3. Start:6mm 6mm 6mm 6mm
4. Stop:15mm 15mm 15mm 15mm
5. Step:1mm 1mm 1mm 1mm
2. ClickontheGeneral General General General tab: :: :
1. SaveFields: : : : Checked Checked Checked Checked
6.6
6.6-19
Analyze
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS HFSS HFSS HFSS- -- ->Analyze >Analyze >Analyze >Analyze
Aspreviouslymentionedthiswilltakeacoupleofhourstosolvedepending
onyoursolutionsettings.
CreateReports
CreateModeplotvs. CreateModeplotvs. CreateModeplotvs. CreateModeplotvs.H HH H
Wall Wall Wall Wall
1. ReportType:Eigenmode Eigenmode Eigenmode EigenmodeParamters Paramters Paramters Paramters
1. SelecttheSweepDesignandProjectVariableValues SweepDesignandProjectVariableValues SweepDesignandProjectVariableValues SweepDesignandProjectVariableValues button,
tobeabletolookattheparametricsweepsandnotonlythe
nominaldesign
2. InthetablemakesureH HH H
Wall Wall Wall Wall
appearsinthetopoftheName
column
1. Category:Eigen Modes
2. Quantity:Mode(1),Mode(2),....Mode(6).
3. Function:Re
4. ClicktheAddTracebutton
4. Resultscanbeseenonthefollowingpage,togetherwithresults fromthe
referencestatedonpage3.
6.6
6.6-20
ModedependenceonH
wall
ModesfoundbyHFSS ModesfoundbyHFSS ModesfoundbyHFSS ModesfoundbyHFSS
Modesfoundby Modesfoundby Modesfoundby ModesfoundbyItoh Itoh Itoh Itoh etal. etal. etal. etal.
Mode1 Mode1 Mode1 Mode1
6.6
6.6-21
ParametricinvestigationofmodedependenceonH
wall
Fromthemodeinvestigationsonthepreviouspageitisapparent thattheresults
seemstoqualitativethesame.HoweverMode1whichonewouldimmediately
thinkrepresentstheTM
01
-modeseemstoflattenofftowards4.92GHzratherthan
risingto5.72GHzatH
wall
=15mm.Thisappearsasawrongresult,butreallyis
not.Ratherthisisduetothefactthat:
HFSSordersthemodessuchthatthelowestresonantfrequencyalways
willbeMode1,thesecondlowestresonantfrequencywillalwaysbeMode2
etc.Thatis
f ff f
<f <f <f <f
<f <f <f <f
<....<f <....<f <....<f <....<f
Mode[n] Mode[n] Mode[n] Mode[n]
Thereforetocorrelatetheresultsweneedtotakethisintoconsideration.Wethus
seethat
TheTE
01
-modeisrepresentedbyMode4uptoH
Wall
=12mmandthereafter
byMode3
TheTM
01
-modeisrepresentedbyMode1uptoH
Wall
=8mm.Upto12mmby
Mode3andthenfinallybyMode4upto16mm.
Thehybridmode,HEM,willberepresentedbyMode3uptoH
Wall
=8mm
andupwardsbyMode1/Mode2(whichagainwillbedegenerate.
IfweneededtodeterminetheabovewithoutusingareferencelikeItoh,we
wouldneedtolookatfieldplotstodeterminewhatthedifferentmodesfoundby
HFSSrepresents.Butasyouhaveseenthisisafairlyeasytask simplybut
plottingtheEand/orHfieldsinacrosssectionorwithineitherthecomplete
modelvolumeorwithinspecificpartsofthemodel.
Thisconcludestheexercise.
Chapter7.0
Chapter7.0 FilterExamples
7.1 Bandpass Filter
7.2 Bandstop Filter
7.1
Example Bandpass Filter
7.1-1
Bandpass Filter
bandpass filterusingtheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment.
F FF F
center center center center
=1.50GHz =1.50GHz =1.50GHz =1.50GHz
BW=1GHz BW=1GHz BW=1GHz BW=1GHz
7.1
7.1-2
AnsoftDesignEnvironment
3DSolidModeling
Primitives:Cylinders,Boxes Cylinders,Boxes Cylinders,Boxes Cylinders,Boxes
BooleanOperations:DuplicateAroundAxis DuplicateAroundAxis DuplicateAroundAxis DuplicateAroundAxis
Boundary/Excitation
Ports:WavePortsandTerminalLines WavePortsandTerminalLines WavePortsandTerminalLines WavePortsandTerminalLines
Analysis
Sweep:FastFrequency FastFrequency FastFrequency FastFrequency
Results
FieldsOverlays
2D&3DFieldPlots 2D&3DFieldPlots 2D&3DFieldPlots 2D&3DFieldPlots
7.1
7.1-3
GettingStarted
7.1
7.1-4
SolutionTypeWindow:
ChooseDrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal
7.1
7.1-5
Creatingthe3DModel
Selectthemenuitem3DModeler>Units 3DModeler>Units 3DModeler>Units 3DModeler>Units
SetModelUnits:
SelectUnits:in in in in
CreateBody CreateBody CreateBody CreateBody
Tocreatebody: Tocreatebody: Tocreatebody: Tocreatebody:
1. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheboxhieght
dX:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:0.625 0.625 0.625 0.625,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:air air air air
7.1
7.1-6
Createcoaxouterdiameter Createcoaxouterdiameter Createcoaxouterdiameter Createcoaxouterdiameter
Tocreatetheouterdiameter: Tocreatetheouterdiameter: Tocreatetheouterdiameter: Tocreatetheouterdiameter:
1. FromtheDrawingPlanetoolbar,changetheactiveplanetoYZ YZ YZ YZ.
4. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheradiusofthecylinder
5. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheheightofthecylinder
dX:0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75,dY:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,PresstheEnterkey
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:feed1 feed1 feed1 feed1
7.1
7.1-7
Createcoaxinnerdiameter Createcoaxinnerdiameter Createcoaxinnerdiameter Createcoaxinnerdiameter
Tocreatetheinnerdiameter: Tocreatetheinnerdiameter: Tocreatetheinnerdiameter: Tocreatetheinnerdiameter:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:feedin1 feedin1 feedin1 feedin1
Createthecoaxfeedprobe Createthecoaxfeedprobe Createthecoaxfeedprobe Createthecoaxfeedprobe
Tocreatethecoaxfeedprobe: Tocreatethecoaxfeedprobe: Tocreatethecoaxfeedprobe: Tocreatethecoaxfeedprobe:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:feedprobe1 feedprobe1 feedprobe1 feedprobe1
7.1
7.1-8
Createtheresonators Createtheresonators Createtheresonators Createtheresonators
Tocreatel1: Tocreatel1: Tocreatel1: Tocreatel1:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:l1 l1 l1 l1
dX:1.818 1.818 1.818 1.818,dY: 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125,dZ:0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
7.1
7.1-9
Createtheresonators(Continued) Createtheresonators(Continued) Createtheresonators(Continued) Createtheresonators(Continued)
Pickingtheportface: Pickingtheportface: Pickingtheportface: Pickingtheportface:
2. GraphicallyselecttheouterfaceofthecoaxlineatX=1.75in
Toassignthewaveportexcitation: Toassignthewaveportexcitation: Toassignthewaveportexcitation: Toassignthewaveportexcitation:
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Excitations>Assign>WavePort HFSS>Excitations>Assign>WavePort HFSS>Excitations>Assign>WavePort HFSS>Excitations>Assign>WavePort
2. WavePort:General
Name:p1 p1 p1 p1
ClicktheNext Next Next Next button
7.1
7.1-10
Setselecttoobjects
Createrestofmodelbyduplication Createrestofmodelbyduplication Createrestofmodelbyduplication Createrestofmodelbyduplication
Toselectobjectstobeduplicated: Toselectobjectstobeduplicated: Toselectobjectstobeduplicated: Toselectobjectstobeduplicated:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:feed1,feedpin1,feedprobe1,l1,l2,l3,l4 feed1,feedpin1,feedprobe1,l1,l2,l3,l4 feed1,feedpin1,feedprobe1,l1,l2,l3,l4 feed1,feedpin1,feedprobe1,l1,l2,l3,l4
Note: Note: Note: Note: UsetheCtrl+Leftmousebuttontoselectmultipleobjects
Tocreaterestofmodel: Tocreaterestofmodel: Tocreaterestofmodel: Tocreaterestofmodel:
1. SelectthemenuitemEdit>Duplicate>AroundAxis Edit>Duplicate>AroundAxis Edit>Duplicate>AroundAxis Edit>Duplicate>AroundAxis
Axis:Z ZZ Z
Angle:180 180 180 180
TotalNumber:2 22 2
7.1
7.1-11
boundary.
7.1
7.1-12
AnalysisSetup
2. EditSweepWindow:
Count:451 :451 :451 :451
7.1
7.1-13
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_bpf hfss_bpf hfss_bpf hfss_bpf
Analyze
Manager.
7.1
7.1-14
theconvergencedata.
7.1
7.1-15
CreateReports
CreateS CreateS CreateS CreateS- -- -parametervs.Frequency parametervs.Frequency parametervs.Frequency parametervs.Frequency
2. Category:TerminalS TerminalS TerminalS TerminalS- -- -Parameters Parameters Parameters Parameters
3. Quantity:S(p1,p1),S(p2,p1) S(p1,p1),S(p2,p1) S(p1,p1),S(p2,p1) S(p1,p1),S(p2,p1)
7.1
7.1-16
Addazoomedtracetotheexistingplot Addazoomedtracetotheexistingplot Addazoomedtracetotheexistingplot Addazoomedtracetotheexistingplot
Tomodifyanexistingplot: Tomodifyanexistingplot: Tomodifyanexistingplot: Tomodifyanexistingplot:
Rightmouseclickontheexistingplot
SelectModifyReport ModifyReport ModifyReport ModifyReport fromthecontextmenu
Toaddthetrace: Toaddthetrace: Toaddthetrace: Toaddthetrace:
3. Quantity:S(p2,p1) S(p2,p1) S(p2,p1) S(p2,p1)
3. FromthelistingatthetopoftheTraceswindow,selecttheaxis
pulldown forthesecondinstanceofS(p2,p1),andselectY2 Y2 Y2 Y2
7.1
7.1-17
ChangePlotScale ChangePlotScale ChangePlotScale ChangePlotScale
Plotwindow:
1. DoubleclickontheY-axisontheright right right rightsideoftheplot,
2. YAxisPropertiesDialog
1. ClicktheScaling Scaling Scaling Scalingtab
2. Autoscale: Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked
3. Min: - -- -1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
4. Max: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
7.1
7.1-18
FieldOverlays
SetSources:TerminatePort SetSources:TerminatePort SetSources:TerminatePort SetSources:TerminatePort
Tosettheporttermination: Tosettheporttermination: Tosettheporttermination: Tosettheporttermination:
2. EditSourcesWindow: :: :
1. Selectsource:p2:T1 :p2:T1 :p2:T1 :p2:T1
Terminated: : : : Checked Checked Checked Checked
Resistance:50 :50 :50 :50
Reactance:0 :0 :0 :0
7.1
7.1-19
FieldOverlays(Continued)
SelecttheGlobalXYPlane SelecttheGlobalXYPlane SelecttheGlobalXYPlane SelecttheGlobalXYPlane
1. SelectGlobal:XY Global:XY Global:XY Global:XY
2. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Fields>Fields>E> HFSS>Fields>Fields>E> HFSS>Fields>Fields>E> HFSS>Fields>Fields>E>Mag_E Mag_E Mag_E Mag_E
3. E-Field1Window:
2. Min: 5 55 5
3. Max: 1500 1500 1500 1500
7.2
Example Microstrip Bandstop Filter
7.2-1
TheMicrostripBandstop Filter
microstripfilterusingtheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment.
L1=91.2mil L1=91.2mil L1=91.2mil L1=91.2mil
L2=86.4mil L2=86.4mil L2=86.4mil L2=86.4mil
S= S= S= S= 4.8mil 4.8mil 4.8mil 4.8mil
L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2 L2
S SS S
7.2
7.2-2
GettingStarted
selecttheAnsoft>HFSS10 Ansoft>HFSS10 Ansoft>HFSS10 Ansoft>HFSS10 programgroup.ClickHFSS10 HFSS10 HFSS10 HFSS10.
7.2
7.2-3
SolutionTypeWindow:
7.2
7.2-4
Creatingthe3DModel
2. SetModelUnits:
1. SelectUnits:mil mil mil mil
7.2
7.2-5
CreateInput1 CreateInput1 CreateInput1 CreateInput1
Tocreatetheinput: Tocreatetheinput: Tocreatetheinput: Tocreatetheinput:
dX:- -- -4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8,dY:- -- -14.4 14.4 14.4 14.4,dZ:0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Input1 Input1 Input1 Input1
CreateL1 CreateL1 CreateL1 CreateL1
TocreateL1: TocreateL1: TocreateL1: TocreateL1:
2. ForYSize YSize YSize YSize,type:L1, L1, L1, L1,ClicktheTab Tab Tab Tab keytoaccept
1. AddVariableL1 L1 L1 L1:91.2mil 91.2mil 91.2mil 91.2mil,ClicktheOK OK OK OK button
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:L1 L1 L1 L1
7.2
7.2-6
CreateSforStub1 CreateSforStub1 CreateSforStub1 CreateSforStub1
TocreateS: TocreateS: TocreateS: TocreateS:
2. ForXSize XSize XSize XSize,type:S, S, S, S,ClicktheTab Tab Tab Tab keytoaccept
1. AddVariableS SS S:4.8mil 4.8mil 4.8mil 4.8mil,ClicktheOK OK OK OK button
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:S_Stub1 S_Stub1 S_Stub1 S_Stub1
7.2
7.2-7
CreateSource1 CreateSource1 CreateSource1 CreateSource1
X:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y:-14.4 14.4 14.4 14.4,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
rectangle:
dX:- -- -4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8,dY:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ:- -- -5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Source1 Source1 Source1 Source1
7.2
7.2-8
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Source1 Source1 Source1 Source1
3. Reactance:0 00 0
X:- -- -2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4,Y: - -- -14.4 14.4 14.4 14.4,Z:- -- -5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
7.2
7.2-9
X:4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8,Y: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0, Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
Note: Note: Note: Note: Afterselectingthecoordinatesystem,itspropertieswillbedisplayed
inthepropertywindow.Ifyoudonotseetheproperties,repeatthestepsto
settheworkingcoordinatesystem,orselecttheCSfromthemodeltree.
1. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:CS_Stub1 CS_Stub1 CS_Stub1 CS_Stub1
Toparameterizetheorigin: Toparameterizetheorigin: Toparameterizetheorigin: Toparameterizetheorigin:
settheworkingcoordinatesystem,orselecttheCSfromthemodeltree
1. FortheValue Value Value Value ofOrigin Origin Origin Origin type:S,0,0, S,0,0, S,0,0, S,0,0,ClicktheTab Tab Tab Tab keytoaccept
7.2
7.2-10
CreateL2forStub1 CreateL2forStub1 CreateL2forStub1 CreateL2forStub1
2. ForYSize YSize YSize YSize,type:L2, L2, L2, L2,ClicktheTab Tab Tab Tab keytoaccept
1. AddVariableL2 L2 L2 L2:86.4mil 86.4mil 86.4mil 86.4mil,ClicktheOK OK OK OK button
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:L2_Stub1 L2_Stub1 L2_Stub1 L2_Stub1
7.2
7.2-11
X:-4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8,Y: 91.2 91.2 91.2 91.2,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0, Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
1. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:CS_L1 CS_L1 CS_L1 CS_L1
1. FortheValue Value Value Value ofOrigin Origin Origin Origin type:- -- -4.8,L1,0, 4.8,L1,0, 4.8,L1,0, 4.8,L1,0,ClicktheTab Tab Tab Tab keytoaccept
7.2
7.2-12
CreateInput2 CreateInput2 CreateInput2 CreateInput2
Tocreatetheinput: Tocreatetheinput: Tocreatetheinput: Tocreatetheinput:
dX:4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8,dY:4.8+14.4 4.8+14.4 4.8+14.4 4.8+14.4,dZ:0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Input2 Input2 Input2 Input2
CreateSforStub2 CreateSforStub2 CreateSforStub2 CreateSforStub2
TocreateS: TocreateS: TocreateS: TocreateS:
2. ForXSize XSize XSize XSize,type:-S, S, S, S,ClicktheTab Tab Tab Tab keytoaccept
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:S_Stub2 S_Stub2 S_Stub2 S_Stub2
7.2
7.2-13
X:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y:4.8+14.4 4.8+14.4 4.8+14.4 4.8+14.4,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
rectangle:
7.2
7.2-14
3. Reactance:0 00 0
X:2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4,Y: 19.2 19.2 19.2 19.2,Z:- -- -5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
7.2
7.2-15
X:-4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8,Y: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0, Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
1. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:CS_Stub2 CS_Stub2 CS_Stub2 CS_Stub2
1. FortheValue Value Value Value ofOrigin Origin Origin Origin type:- -- -S,0,0, S,0,0, S,0,0, S,0,0,ClicktheTab Tab Tab Tab keytoaccept
7.2
7.2-16
CreateL2forStub2 CreateL2forStub2 CreateL2forStub2 CreateL2forStub2
2. ForYSize YSize YSize YSize,type:- -- -L2, L2, L2, L2,ClicktheTab Tab Tab Tab keytoaccept
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:L2_Stub2 L2_Stub2 L2_Stub2 L2_Stub2
7.2
7.2-17
2. ForPosition Position Position Position,type:- -- -S SS S- -- -29.6mil, 29.6mil, 29.6mil, 29.6mil,- -- -34.4mil, 34.4mil, 34.4mil, 34.4mil,- -- -5mil, 5mil, 5mil, 5mil,ClicktheTab Tab Tab Tab keytoaccept
3. ForXSize XSize XSize XSize,type:54.4mil+2*S, 54.4mil+2*S, 54.4mil+2*S, 54.4mil+2*S,ClicktheTab Tab Tab Tab keytoaccept
4. ForYSize YSize YSize YSize,type:73.6mil+L1, 73.6mil+L1, 73.6mil+L1, 73.6mil+L1,ClicktheTab Tab Tab Tab keytoaccept
7.2
7.2-18
1. MaterialName:My_Alumina My_Alumina My_Alumina My_Alumina
7.2
7.2-19
2. ForPosition Position Position Position,type:- -- -S SS S- -- -29.6mil, 29.6mil, 29.6mil, 29.6mil,- -- -34.4mil,0mil, 34.4mil,0mil, 34.4mil,0mil, 34.4mil,0mil,ClicktheTab Tab Tab Tab keytoaccept
7.2
7.2-20
2. ForPosition Position Position Position,type:- -- -S SS S- -- -29.6mil, 29.6mil, 29.6mil, 29.6mil,- -- -34.4mil, 34.4mil, 34.4mil, 34.4mil,- -- -5.1mil, 5.1mil, 5.1mil, 5.1mil,ClicktheTab Tab Tab Tab keytoaccept
7.2
7.2-21
boundary.
7.2
7.2-22
AnalysisSetup
2. EditSweepWindow:
7.2
7.2-23
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_msbsf hfss_msbsf hfss_msbsf hfss_msbsf
Analyze
Manager.
7.2
7.2-24
theconvergencedata.
7.2
7.2-25
CreateReports
3. Quantity:St(p1,p1),St(p2,p1) St(p1,p1),St(p2,p1) St(p1,p1),St(p2,p1) St(p1,p1),St(p2,p1)
Chapter8.0
Chapter8.0 SignalIntegrityExamples
8.1 LVDSDifferentialPair
8.1a LVDSDifferentialPairTransientSimulation(AnsoftDesigner)
8.2 SegmentedReturnPath
8.2a SegmentedReturnPathTDR(AnsoftDesigner)
8.3 Non-IdealPlanes
8.4 ReturnPath
Example LVDSDifferentialPair
8.1a-1
8.1a
LVDSDifferentialPair
Thisdifferentialpairexampleisintendedtoshowyouhowtocreate,simulate,
andanalyzeadifferentialpairusingtheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment.
LowVoltageDifferentialSignaling(LVDS)technologyisusedfor high-
performancebackplanes.TheLVDSisusedformulti-pointcommunicationsand
usesabussimilartosystemshowbelow.Thefollowingillustrationsdetailthe
passivedeviceyouwillbecreating.
LAYER1(TOPSIDE)
LAYER2(SIGNAL1)
LAYER3(BOTTOMSIDE)
26mil
Traces: Traces: Traces: Traces:
Width=6mil Width=6mil Width=6mil Width=6mil
Spacing=18mil Spacing=18mil Spacing=18mil Spacing=18mil
Thickness=0.7mil Thickness=0.7mil Thickness=0.7mil Thickness=0.7mil
Length:1000mil Length:1000mil Length:1000mil Length:1000mil
Substrate: Substrate: Substrate: Substrate:
Thickness=26mil Thickness=26mil Thickness=26mil Thickness=26mil

r rr r
=4.4 =4.4 =4.4 =4.4
8.1a-2
8.1a
createthispassivedevicemodel.
3DSolidModeling
Primitives:Box,Rectangles Box,Rectangles Box,Rectangles Box,Rectangles
BooleanOperations:DuplicateAlongLine,SweepAlongVector DuplicateAlongLine,SweepAlongVector DuplicateAlongLine,SweepAlongVector DuplicateAlongLine,SweepAlongVector
Ports:WavePorts,TerminalLines WavePorts,TerminalLines WavePorts,TerminalLines WavePorts,TerminalLines
Analysis
Sweep: Interpolating Interpolating Interpolating Interpolating
Results
CartesianandSmithChartplotting CartesianandSmithChartplotting CartesianandSmithChartplotting CartesianandSmithChartplotting
FieldOverlays
3DFieldPlots 3DFieldPlots 3DFieldPlots 3DFieldPlots
8.1a-3
8.1a
DesignReview
Beforewejumpintosettingupthisdeviceletsreviewthedesign.
TraceWidth=6mils
TraceLength=1000mils
DielectricHeight=13milsx2
1/2ozcopperTraces/Grounds=0.7mils
PortSize=???
PortWidth
FromtheUsingPortssection,theportwidthshouldbeatleast3-5times
thestackup(78-130mils).Sincethetracesarenotcentered,letsuse5x
andaddthepairspacing(18mils)foratotalport/modelwidthof 220mils.
TraceLength
Sincewearemodelingauniformtransmissionline,wedonotneedto
simulatethe1000milslength.Letsreducethemodelto100mils anduse
de-embeddingtoaddtheextralength.
MaterialProperties
Tostartwith,letsmakeanengineeringassumptionthatthematerial
propertiesareconstantoverfrequency.Inaddition,wewillassumethat
themodelingthetracesasperfectconductorswillnothaveanimpacton
theperformanceofthedevice.Thiswillspeedupthesimulation.Asan
additionalexercise,themodelcanbemodifiedtoincludefrequency
dependentmaterialsandlossyconductors.
GroundPlanes
Sinceweareignoringthemetalconductivity,wedonotneedtocreate
objectsforthegroundplanes.Instead,wewillutilizethebackground
(PerfectConductor)boundary.Ifweneedtoinvestigatetheeffectsof
copper,afiniteconductivityboundaryconditioncanbeusedtosimulatethe
coppergroundplanes.
8.1a-4
8.1a
SolutionSetup
SincewearegoingtousethemodelforSPICEsimulation,thefrequencyrange
ofinterestisgoingtobedeterminedbytherise-time(tr)oftheinputsignal.The
maximumfrequencyiscalculatedbytaking0.5/tr,orthekneefrequency,and
multiplyingitbythenumberofsamplespertr.Theminimumfrequencyshould
beselectedasclosetoDCaspossible.
ThefollowingvalueswillbeusedfortheSolutionSetup
Rise-Time(tr):330ps
NumberofSamples:5
UpperFrequency:(0.5/330ps)*5~7.58GHzor8.0GHz
LowerFrequency:0.01GHz
FrequencySpacing:0.01GHz
Single(Adaptive)Frequency:8.0GHz
AdaptivePasses:10
DeltaS:0.02
SweepType:Interpolating
8.1a-5
8.1a
GettingStarted
8.1a-6
8.1a
8.1a-7
8.1a
Creatingthe3DModel
2. SetModelUnits:
1. SelectUnits:mil mil mil mil
8.1a-8
8.1a
CreateTrace1 CreateTrace1 CreateTrace1 CreateTrace1
Tocreatetrace1: Tocreatetrace1: Tocreatetrace1: Tocreatetrace1:
X: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y: 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0, Z: - -- -0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
rectangle:
dX: 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0,dY: 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0, dZ: 0.7, 0.7, 0.7, 0.7,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
2. ForPosition Position Position Position,type:0.0mil,S/2, 0.0mil,S/2, 0.0mil,S/2, 0.0mil,S/2,- -- -0.35mil 0.35mil 0.35mil 0.35mil,ClicktheTab Tab Tab Tab keytoaccept
AddVariableS SS S:18mil 18mil 18mil 18mil,ClicktheOK OK OK OK button
3. ForYSize YSize YSize YSize,type:W WW W,ClicktheTab Tab Tab Tab keytoaccept
AddVariableW WW W:6mil 6mil 6mil 6mil,ClicktheOK OK OK OK button
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:trace1 trace1 trace1 trace1
8.1a-9
8.1a
CreateTrace2 CreateTrace2 CreateTrace2 CreateTrace2
Tocreatetrace2: Tocreatetrace2: Tocreatetrace2: Tocreatetrace2:
X: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
dX: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dY: - -- -1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0,dZ: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
2. FromtheModel Model Model Model tab,selecttheobjectnamedtrace1_1 trace1_1 trace1_1 trace1_1
1. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:trace2 trace2 trace2 trace2
8.1a-10
8.1a
1. MaterialName:My_FR4 My_FR4 My_FR4 My_FR4
8.1a-11
8.1a
Tocreatesubstrate: Tocreatesubstrate: Tocreatesubstrate: Tocreatesubstrate:
X: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y: - -- -100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0,Z: - -- -13.0, 13.0, 13.0, 13.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
rectangle:
dX: 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0,dY: 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0,dZ: 26.0, 26.0, 26.0, 26.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:substrate substrate substrate substrate
Tosetthetransparency: Tosetthetransparency: Tosetthetransparency: Tosetthetransparency:
2. ClickthebuttonforTransparency
1. Movetheslidebarto0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8(Opaque=0,Transparency=1)
8.1a-12
8.1a
Note: Note: Note: Note:Thisstructurerequires2portswith2terminallinesperport. Wecoulduse
faceselectiontoselecttheendsofthesubstratethatrepresenttheport,define
terminallines,assignexcitation,andrepeatforport2.Butsincewecanduplicate
portdefinitions,itismoreefficienttodefinearectanglewiththeappropriateport
definitionandcopyittothelocationofthe2
nd
port.Thesecondmethodis
describedhere:
Selectthemenuitem 3DModeler>GridPlane>YZ 3DModeler>GridPlane>YZ 3DModeler>GridPlane>YZ 3DModeler>GridPlane>YZ
Tocreatearectanglethatrepresentstheport: Tocreatearectanglethatrepresentstheport: Tocreatearectanglethatrepresentstheport: Tocreatearectanglethatrepresentstheport:
X: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y: - -- -100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0,Z: - -- -13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
dX: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dY: 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0,dZ: 26.0 26.0 26.0 26.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
Note Note Note Note:Youcanalsoselecttheobjectfromthe
ModelTree
8.1a-13
8.1a
2. WavePort:General
1. Name:p1 p1 p1 p1
1. NumberofTerminals:2 22 2,ClicktheUpdate Update Update Update button
X: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z: - -- -13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
X: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z: - -- -13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
dX: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dY: - -- -12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0,dZ: 12.65 12.65 12.65 12.65,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
1. ClicktheNewPair NewPair NewPair NewPair button
TerminalLines
WavePortFace
8.1a-14
8.1a
Toduplicatetheport: Toduplicatetheport: Toduplicatetheport: Toduplicatetheport:
1. Selectthemenuitem,Edit>Duplicate>AlongLine Edit>Duplicate>AlongLine Edit>Duplicate>AlongLine Edit>Duplicate>AlongLine
2. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthefirstpointoftheduplicatevector
3. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,enterthesecondpointofthe duplicate
vector
dX:100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0,dY:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ:0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
4. DuplicateAlongLineWindows
Toset Toset Toset Tosetdeembedding deembedding deembedding deembedding: :: :
2. FromtheExcitations Excitations Excitations Excitations tab,selecttheexcitationnamedp2 p2 p2 p2
1. Deembed: Checked Checked Checked Checked
2. Deembed Distance:- -- -900mil 900mil 900mil 900mil(PositiveValuesareintothePort)
8.1a-15
8.1a
boundary.
3. ClicktheClose Close Close Close buttonwhenyouarefinished.
8.1a-16
8.1a
AnalysisSetup
MaximumDeltaS:0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
DoLambdaRefinement: Checked Checked Checked Checked
Target:0.05 :0.05 :0.05 :0.05
UseLow-OrderSolutionBasis: Checked Checked Checked Checked
2. EditSweepWindow:
1. SweepType:Interpolating :Interpolating :Interpolating :Interpolating
2. Clickthe SetupInterpolationBasis SetupInterpolationBasis SetupInterpolationBasis SetupInterpolationBasisbutton
MaxSolutions:20 :20 :20 :20
ErrorTolerance:0.5% :0.5% :0.5% :0.5%
UserAllEntries: UserAllEntries: UserAllEntries: UserAllEntries:Selected
ClickOK OK OK OK
3. ExtrapolatetoDC: : : : Checked Checked Checked Checked
MinimumSolveFrequency:0.01GHz :0.01GHz :0.01GHz :0.01GHz
4. SnapMagnitudeto0or1atDC: Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked
8.1a-17
8.1a
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_lvds_diffpair hfss_lvds_diffpair hfss_lvds_diffpair hfss_lvds_diffpair
Analyze
Note: Note: Note: Note: Toviewanyerrorsorwarningmessages,seetheMessage
Manager.
8.1a-18
8.1a
theconvergencedata.
8.1a-19
8.1a
CreateReports
CreateDifferentialPairS CreateDifferentialPairS CreateDifferentialPairS CreateDifferentialPairS- -- -ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot
1. Category:TerminalSParameters TerminalSParameters TerminalSParameters TerminalSParameters
2. Quantity:St(p1:Diff1,p1:Diff1),St(p1:Diff1,p1:Comm1), St(p1:Diff1,p1:Diff1),St(p1:Diff1,p1:Comm1), St(p1:Diff1,p1:Diff1),St(p1:Diff1,p1:Comm1), St(p1:Diff1,p1:Diff1),St(p1:Diff1,p1:Comm1),
St(p1:Diff1,p2:Diff1) St(p1:Diff1,p2:Diff1) St(p1:Diff1,p2:Diff1) St(p1:Diff1,p2:Diff1)
8.1a-20
8.1a
CreateDifferentialandCommonPairImpedancesDataTable CreateDifferentialandCommonPairImpedancesDataTable CreateDifferentialandCommonPairImpedancesDataTable CreateDifferentialandCommonPairImpedancesDataTable
2. DisplayType:DataTable DataTable DataTable DataTable
1. Category:TerminalPort TerminalPort TerminalPort TerminalPortZo Zo Zo Zo
2. Quantity:Zot(p1:Diff1,p1:Diff1),Zot(p1:Comm1,p1:Comm1) Zot(p1:Diff1,p1:Diff1),Zot(p1:Comm1,p1:Comm1) Zot(p1:Diff1,p1:Diff1),Zot(p1:Comm1,p1:Comm1) Zot(p1:Diff1,p1:Diff1),Zot(p1:Comm1,p1:Comm1)
8.1a-21
8.1a
MatrixData MatrixData MatrixData MatrixData- -- - ExportS ExportS ExportS ExportS- -- -parameterstoafile parameterstoafile parameterstoafile parameterstoafile
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Results>SolutionData, HFSS>Results>SolutionData, HFSS>Results>SolutionData, HFSS>Results>SolutionData,
2. SolutionDatadialog
2. Simulation:Setup1,Sweep1 Setup1,Sweep1 Setup1,Sweep1 Setup1,Sweep1
3. ClicktheExport Export Export Export button.
1. Filename:hfss_lvds_diffpair hfss_lvds_diffpair hfss_lvds_diffpair hfss_lvds_diffpair
2. SaveasType:Touchstone Touchstone Touchstone Touchstone
4. ClicktheOK OK OK OK buttontoaccept50ohmreferenceimpedance
8.1a-22
8.1a
FieldOverlays
SetSources:Common SetSources:Common SetSources:Common SetSources:Common
Tosetthefieldexcitation: Tosetthefieldexcitation: Tosetthefieldexcitation: Tosetthefieldexcitation:
Magnitude:1 :1 :1 :1
Phase:0 :0 :0 :0
Phase:0 :0 :0 :0
8.1a-23
8.1a
3. E-FieldWindow:
2. Min: 5 55 5
3. Max: 10000 10000 10000 10000
1. IsoValType:Fringe Fringe Fringe Fringe
2. Ifrealtimemode realtimemode realtimemode realtimemode isnotchecked,clicktheApply Apply Apply Apply button.
8.1a-24
8.1a
3. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Fields> HFSS>Fields> HFSS>Fields> HFSS>Fields>Fields Fields Fields Fields >E> >E> >E> >E>Vector_E Vector_E Vector_E Vector_E
2. Quantity:Vector_E Vector_E Vector_E Vector_E
3. E-FieldWindow:
1. ClicktheMarker/Arrow Marker/Arrow Marker/Arrow Marker/Arrow tab
1. Type:Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder
2. MapSize: Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked
3. ArrowTale: Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked
8.1a-25
8.1a
SetDifferentialModeFieldExcitation SetDifferentialModeFieldExcitation SetDifferentialModeFieldExcitation SetDifferentialModeFieldExcitation
Tosetthefieldexcitation: Tosetthefieldexcitation: Tosetthefieldexcitation: Tosetthefieldexcitation:
Phase:0 :0 :0 :0
Phase:180 :180 :180 :180
Thefieldplotswillautomaticallybeupdatedtoreflectthechanges.
8.1a-26
8.1a
Duringthedesignofadevice,itiscommonpracticetodevelopdesigntrendsbasedon
sweptparameters.AnsoftHFSSwithOptimetricsParametricSweep canautomatically
createthesedesigncurves.
Wewillparameterizethisdesignusingtwovariables:
1. VariableWwillvarythewidthoftraces:6 W 12mils
2. VariableSwillvarythespacingbetweentraces:15 S 21mils
InthepostprocessoryouwillabletodisplayresultsandseehowDifferentialimpedance
changeswiththerespecttotracewidthandspacingbetweentraces.
6 6 6 6 W W W W 12mils 12mils 12mils 12mils
15 15 15 15 S S S S 21mils 21mils 21mils 21mils
W WW W
S SS S
8.1a-27
8.1a
1. Variable:W W W W
5. Count:3 33 3
7. Variable:S SS S
11. Count:3 33 3
12. ClicktheAdd>> Add>> Add>> Add>> button
2. ClickontheOptions Options Options Options tab: :: :
1. SaveFieldsAndMesh: : : : Checked Checked Checked Checked
8.1a-28
8.1a
Analyze
Manager.
8.1a-29
8.1a
CreateReports
CreateTerminalPort CreateTerminalPort CreateTerminalPort CreateTerminalPortZo Zo Zo Zo vs vs vs vs S SS S
1. SelecttheSweepDesignandProjectVariableValues SweepDesignandProjectVariableValues SweepDesignandProjectVariableValues SweepDesignandProjectVariableValues button
2. Fromthetable,selectFreq Freq Freq Freq fromtheNamecolumnandtoggle
thePrimarySweeptoS SS S
1. Category:TerminalPort TerminalPort TerminalPort TerminalPortZo Zo Zo Zo
2. Quantity:Zot(p1:Diff1,p1:Diff1),Zot(p1:Comm1,p1:Comm1) Zot(p1:Diff1,p1:Diff1),Zot(p1:Comm1,p1:Comm1) Zot(p1:Diff1,p1:Diff1),Zot(p1:Comm1,p1:Comm1) Zot(p1:Diff1,p1:Diff1),Zot(p1:Comm1,p1:Comm1)
8.1a-30
8.1a
FieldOverlays
CreateFieldPlot CreateFieldPlot CreateFieldPlot CreateFieldPlotvs vs vs vs S SS S
Usingtheprojecttree,expandtheFieldOverlay FieldOverlay FieldOverlay FieldOverlay,EField EField EField EField.
DoubleClickonMag_E1 Mag_E1 Mag_E1 Mag_E1 tomakethefieldplotvisible
Right-ClickonMag_E1 Mag_E1 Mag_E1 Mag_E1 andselectAnimate Animate Animate Animate
SetupAnimation
SweptVariable:S SS S
TheAnimationdialogwillappear.
ExitingHFSS ExitingHFSS ExitingHFSS ExitingHFSS
ToExitHFSS: ToExitHFSS: ToExitHFSS: ToExitHFSS:
1. SelectthemenuitemFile>Exit File>Exit File>Exit File>Exit
1. IfpromptedSavethechanges
8.1b-1
8.1b
AnsoftDesigner TransientSimulation
LaunchingAnsoftDesigner LaunchingAnsoftDesigner LaunchingAnsoftDesigner LaunchingAnsoftDesigner
1. ToaccessAnsoftDesigner,clicktheMicrosoftStart Start Start Start button,selectPrograms Programs Programs Programs,and
selecttheDesigner Designer Designer Designer programgroup.ClickAnsoftDesigner AnsoftDesigner AnsoftDesigner AnsoftDesigner.
1. InanAnsoftDesignerwindow,clickthe OntheStandardtoolbar,orselect
2. FromtheProject Project Project Project menu,selectInsertCircuitDesign. InsertCircuitDesign. InsertCircuitDesign. InsertCircuitDesign.
3. ClickNone None None None buttonwhenpromptedforChooseLayoutTechnology. ChooseLayoutTechnology. ChooseLayoutTechnology. ChooseLayoutTechnology.
Note: Note: Note: Note: Inthisexamplewearenotcreatingalayoutorusing
componentssuchastransmissionlinesthatrequiresubstrateorstack
upinformation.Ifwedid,thenitisrecommendedtochooseastack
upfromthelistorcreateyourown.
8.1b-2
8.1b
CreatingtheCircuit
ComponentPlacement ComponentPlacement ComponentPlacement ComponentPlacement
ImportingS ImportingS ImportingS ImportingS- -- -parameters parameters parameters parameters
1. SelectthemenuitemDraw> Draw> Draw> Draw>N NN N- -- -Port Port Port Port orclickthetoolbarbutton.
2. IntheN-portdatawindow,
1. SelecttheLinktofile Linktofile Linktofile Linktofile radialbutton
2. ClickthebrowsebuttontolocateandselectyourTouchstonefile:
hfss_lvds_diffpair.s4p hfss_lvds_diffpair.s4p hfss_lvds_diffpair.s4p hfss_lvds_diffpair.s4p
3. ClicktheOpen Open Open Openbutton
3. ClicktheOk Ok Ok Okbutton
50
50
1
0
0
+
0V
Vpos
V
Vin1
V
Vin2
V
Vout1
V
Vout2
V
+
V
d
i
f
f
+
0V
Vneg
1
2
3
4
Browsebutton
8.1b-3
8.1b
ComponentPlacement ComponentPlacement ComponentPlacement ComponentPlacement continued continued continued continued
1. Toplacethenewcomponent,singleclickwiththeleftmousebuttoninthe
middleofthescreen.
PlacingResistors,VoltageSources,andVoltageProbes
1. ClicktheComponents Components Components Components tabintheProjectManager ProjectManager ProjectManager ProjectManager window.
Resistors Resistors Resistors Resistors :ExpandLumped Lumped Lumped Lumped- -- ->Resistors >Resistors >Resistors >Resistors
VoltageSources: VoltageSources: VoltageSources: VoltageSources: ExpandSources Sources Sources Sources- -- ->IndependentSources >IndependentSources >IndependentSources >IndependentSources
Voltageprobes Voltageprobes Voltageprobes Voltageprobes:ExpandProbes Probes Probes Probes
TabsforProject,Components,andSearch TabsforProject,Components,andSearch TabsforProject,Components,andSearch TabsforProject,Components,andSearch
1
2
3
4
8.1b-4
8.1b
Place3Resistorsintheschematic
1. IntheComponentsTab ComponentsTab ComponentsTab ComponentsTab,underLumped Lumped Lumped Lumped - -- ->Resistors >Resistors >Resistors >Resistors,doubleclick
Resistors Resistors Resistors Resistors
2. Clicktheleftmousebutton3timestoplace3resistorsinthe
schematic.
3. Toendtheplacement,clicktherightmousebuttonandselect
Finish Finish Finish Finish.(Youcanalsoendtheplacementbypressingthespacebar)
Note: Note: Note: Note:BeforeplacingacomponentontheschematicusetheR RR R keyto
rotate.Ifacomponentisalreadyplaced,usethe<ctrl>R <ctrl>R <ctrl>R <ctrl>R keytorotate.
Changethevalueoftheresistors
1. RightmouseclickthecomponentandthenselectPropertiesinthe
pulldownmenu
2. Changethevaluefrom100to50 50 50 50,thenhitEnter Enter Enter Enter
Note:alternatively,youcanleftmousebuttonclickontheresistorto
bringuptheProperties Properties Properties Properties window(shownbelow)andchangethevalue
from100to50 50 50 50,thenhitEnter Enter Enter Enter
50
50
1
0
0
1
2
3
4
8.1b-5
8.1b
PlacePiecewiseLinearSource
1. IntheComponentsTab,underSources Sources Sources Sources- -- ->IndependentSources >IndependentSources >IndependentSources >IndependentSources,
doubleclickonVoltageSource VoltageSource VoltageSource VoltageSource.
2. Leftmouseclicktoplacethesourceintheschematic
3. Pressthespacebar spacebar spacebar spacebar tofinishtheplacement
SourceSelectiondialog
1. InthePropertiesWindow,clickEdit Edit Edit Edit
2. ForName Name Name Name type Vpos Vpos Vpos Vpos
3. ForType Type Type Type,choosePiecewiseLinear PiecewiseLinear PiecewiseLinear PiecewiseLinear
4. ClickontheWaveformListBox WaveformListBox WaveformListBox WaveformListBox (whichistheunmarkedcolumnin
betweenUnitandDescriptionasshownbelow)
WaveformListBox
50
50
1
0
0
+
0V
1
2
3
4
8.1b-6
8.1b
Piece-wiseWaveformListdialog
1. ClickontheRadialbuttonnexttoEntertime/valuepoints. Entertime/valuepoints. Entertime/valuepoints. Entertime/valuepoints.
2. Entertwopoints:
TimeValue TimeValue TimeValue TimeValue
0 00 0 0 00 0
330ps1V 330ps1V 330ps1V 330ps1V
Note:makesureyouhit
Enter Enter Enter Enteraftertypingvalues
1. Click OK OK OK OKtofinish
2. Click OK OK OK OKtoexitout
of SourceSelection SourceSelection SourceSelection SourceSelection
AddingSecondSource
1. Repeatthesamestepsasaddingthefirstsourceexceptchange:
1. ForName,type Vneg Vneg Vneg Vneg
2. Thedatapointsto:
00 00 00 00
330ps 330ps 330ps 330ps- -- -1V 1V 1V 1V
50
50
1
0
0
+
0V
+
0V
1
2
3
4
8.1b-7
8.1b
AddingWiringtoconnectcomponents AddingWiringtoconnectcomponents AddingWiringtoconnectcomponents AddingWiringtoconnectcomponents
1. SelectthemenuitemDraw Draw Draw Draw- -- ->Wire >Wire >Wire >Wire
2. Placethecursor(whichisnowanX)overanodeandleftmouseclickonce
3. Dragthemousetotheconnectionnodeandleftmouseclickonce.
4. Repeatthisprocedureuntiltheconnectionsbelowaremade
AddingGroundConnections AddingGroundConnections AddingGroundConnections AddingGroundConnections
1. SelectthemenuitemDraw>Ground Draw>Ground Draw>Ground Draw>Ground (alternativelyyoucanselectthe
toolbaricon)
2. Place2groundconnectionsontheendsofthevoltagesources
AddingVoltageProbes AddingVoltageProbes AddingVoltageProbes AddingVoltageProbes
1. IntheComponents Components Components Components tab,expandtheProbes. Probes. Probes. Probes.
2. Place4VoltageProbes VoltageProbes VoltageProbes VoltageProbes andnamethemVin1,Vin2,Vout1,Vout2.
3. PlaceaVoltageProbew/Ref.Node VoltageProbew/Ref.Node VoltageProbew/Ref.Node VoltageProbew/Ref.Node acrossthe100Ohmresistorandname
itVdiff Vdiff Vdiff Vdiff
50
50
1
0
0
+
0V
Vpos
V
Vin1
V
Vin2
V
Vout1
V
Vout2
V
+
V
d
i
f
f
+
0V
Vneg
1
2
3
4
8.1b-8
8.1b
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:lvds_diffpair_transient lvds_diffpair_transient lvds_diffpair_transient lvds_diffpair_transient
AnalysisSetup
1. IntheProjectManager ProjectManager ProjectManager ProjectManager window,clicktheProject Project Project Project tab
2. SelectthemenuitemCircuit Circuit Circuit Circuit- -- ->AddSolutionSetup >AddSolutionSetup >AddSolutionSetup >AddSolutionSetup
3. AnalysisSetupWindow:
1. ForAnalysisType AnalysisType AnalysisType AnalysisType,chooseTransientAnalysis TransientAnalysis TransientAnalysis TransientAnalysis
3. AnalysisControl
1. LengthofAnalysis: 2ns 2ns 2ns 2ns
2. MaximumTimeStepAllowed:1ps 1ps 1ps 1ps
4. ConvolutionControl
1. MaximumSamplingFrequency:8GHz 8GHz 8GHz 8GHz
2. DeltaFrequency:0.01GHz 0.01GHz 0.01GHz 0.01GHz
4. SelectthemenuitemCircuit Circuit Circuit Circuit- -- ->Analyze >Analyze >Analyze >Analyze
8.1b-9
8.1b
CreateReports
PlotInput,OutputandDifferencewaveforms PlotInput,OutputandDifferencewaveforms PlotInput,OutputandDifferencewaveforms PlotInput,OutputandDifferencewaveforms
1. SelectthemenuitemCircuit Circuit Circuit Circuit- -- ->CreateReport >CreateReport >CreateReport >CreateReport
1. ReportType:Standard Standard Standard Standard
1. Category:Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage
2. Quantity:V(VPRB:Vin1),V(VPRB:Vin2),V(VPRB:Vout1), V(VPRB:Vin1),V(VPRB:Vin2),V(VPRB:Vout1), V(VPRB:Vin1),V(VPRB:Vin2),V(VPRB:Vout1), V(VPRB:Vin1),V(VPRB:Vin2),V(VPRB:Vout1),
V(VPRB:Vout2), V(VPRB:Vout2), V(VPRB:Vout2), V(VPRB:Vout2),V(VPRB:Diff V(VPRB:Diff V(VPRB:Diff V(VPRB:Diff) )) )
AnsoftHighFrequencyStructureSimulatorv10UsersGuide 8.2a-1
8.2a
SegmentedReturnPath
Thisexampleisintendedtoshowyouhowtocreate,simulate,andanalyzeatrace
overaslotinthegroundplantusingtheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment.
LAYER1(SIGNAL1)
LAYER2(BOTTOMSIDE)
1.3mm
Board: Board: Board: Board:
Thickness=1.3mm Thickness=1.3mm Thickness=1.3mm Thickness=1.3mm

r rr r
=4.5 =4.5 =4.5 =4.5
Trace: Trace: Trace: Trace:
Length=8.2cm Length=8.2cm Length=8.2cm Length=8.2cm
Termination:47 Termination:47 Termination:47 Termination:47
8mm
4cm
5cm 6mm 3.4cm 1cm
1cm
3mm
6cm
8.2a
ThefollowingfeaturesoftheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment areusedtocreate
3DSolidModeling
Primitives:Box,Rectangles Box,Rectangles Box,Rectangles Box,Rectangles
BooleanOperations: Subtract Subtract Subtract Subtract
Ports:LumpedPort,TerminalLines LumpedPort,TerminalLines LumpedPort,TerminalLines LumpedPort,TerminalLines
BoundaryConditions:LumpedRLC,PML LumpedRLC,PML LumpedRLC,PML LumpedRLC,PML
Analysis
Sweep: InterpolatingSweep InterpolatingSweep InterpolatingSweep InterpolatingSweep
Results
CartesianandSmithChartplotting CartesianandSmithChartplotting CartesianandSmithChartplotting CartesianandSmithChartplotting
FieldOverlays
MagnitudeandVectorFieldPlotting MagnitudeandVectorFieldPlotting MagnitudeandVectorFieldPlotting MagnitudeandVectorFieldPlotting
Animation Animation Animation Animation
8.2a
DesignReview
TraceWidth=3mm
TraceLength=8.2cm
DielectricHeight=1.3mm
PortSize/Type=???
FreeSpace=PMLorRadiationBoundary
PortSize/Type
Sincethetraceisinternaltothemodel,letsusealumpedgap sourceport
TraceThickness/MaterialProperties
Tostartletsmakeanengineeringassumptionthatthetracethicknessand
conductivitywillnothaveanimpactontheperformanceofthedevice.This
willspeedupthesimulation.
FreeSpace
Weshouldexpectsomeradiationtooccurbecauseoftheslotintheground,
however,itshouldnotbeverystrong.Becausethereislimited radiationthe
separationfromthedeviceandthefree-spaceboundarycanbekepttoa
minimum.Theincidenceangleoftheradiationisunknown,thereforewe
shoulduseaPML.Themaximumspacingwillbe~/20@1GHzorabout
1.5cm
8.2a
GettingStarted
8.2a
8.2a
Creatingthe3DModel
2. SetModelUnits:
1. FortheMaterialName MaterialName MaterialName MaterialName type:My_FR4 My_FR4 My_FR4 My_FR4
8.2a
CreateBoard CreateBoard CreateBoard CreateBoard
Tocreatetheboard: Tocreatetheboard: Tocreatetheboard: Tocreatetheboard:
rectangle:
dX:6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0,dY:10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0,dZ:- -- -1.3mm 1.3mm 1.3mm 1.3mm,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Board Board Board Board
1. SelectthemenuitemView>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView View>FitAll>ActiveView orpresstheCTRL+D CTRL+D CTRL+D CTRL+D key
Tocreateground: Tocreateground: Tocreateground: Tocreateground:
X:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:- -- -1.3mm 1.3mm 1.3mm 1.3mm,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
rectangle:
8.2a
X:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y:5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0,Z:- -- -1.3mm 1.3mm 1.3mm 1.3mm,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
CreateGroundCutOut CreateGroundCutOut CreateGroundCutOut CreateGroundCutOut
Tocreatecutout: Tocreatecutout: Tocreatecutout: Tocreatecutout:
rectangle:
dX:4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0,dY:6.0mm 6.0mm 6.0mm 6.0mm,dZ:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
SelectGround&Rectangle1: SelectGround&Rectangle1: SelectGround&Rectangle1: SelectGround&Rectangle1:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Ground,Rectangle1 Ground,Rectangle1 Ground,Rectangle1 Ground,Rectangle1
Tocompletethegroundobject: Tocompletethegroundobject: Tocompletethegroundobject: Tocompletethegroundobject:
2. SubtractWindow
ToolParts:Rectangle1 Rectangle1 Rectangle1 Rectangle1
8.2a
X:1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0,Y:8.0mm 8.0mm 8.0mm 8.0mm,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
8.2a
Tocreatetrace: Tocreatetrace: Tocreatetrace: Tocreatetrace:
rectangle:
dX:3.0mm 3.0mm 3.0mm 3.0mm,dY:8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2,dZ:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0, PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Trace Trace Trace Trace
1. Name:PerfE_Trace PerfE_Trace PerfE_Trace PerfE_Trace
8.2a
rectangle:
dX:3.0mm 3.0mm 3.0mm 3.0mm,dY:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ:- -- -1.3mm 1.3mm 1.3mm 1.3mm,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
8.2a
3. Reactance:0 00 0
X:1.5mm 1.5mm 1.5mm 1.5mm,Y:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:- -- -1.3mm 1.3mm 1.3mm 1.3mm,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
dX:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dY:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ:1.3mm 1.3mm 1.3mm 1.3mm,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
8.2a
CreateResistor CreateResistor CreateResistor CreateResistor
rectangle:
dX:3.0mm 3.0mm 3.0mm 3.0mm,dY:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ:- -- -1.3mm 1.3mm 1.3mm 1.3mm,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Resistor Resistor Resistor Resistor
8.2a
AssignLumpedRLC AssignLumpedRLC AssignLumpedRLC AssignLumpedRLC
ToselecttheobjectResistor: ToselecttheobjectResistor: ToselecttheobjectResistor: ToselecttheobjectResistor:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Resistor Resistor Resistor Resistor
ToassignlumpedRLCboundary ToassignlumpedRLCboundary ToassignlumpedRLCboundary ToassignlumpedRLCboundary
1. Selectthemenuitem HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>LumpedRLC HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>LumpedRLC HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>LumpedRLC HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>LumpedRLC
2. LumpedRLCBoundary
1. Name:R RR R,
2. Resistance: Checked Checked Checked Checked
3. Resistance:47Ohm 47Ohm 47Ohm 47Ohm
4. ForCurrentFlowLine CurrentFlowLine CurrentFlowLine CurrentFlowLine,clickUndefined Undefined Undefined Undefined andselectNewLine NewLine NewLine NewLine
X:1.5mm 1.5mm 1.5mm 1.5mm,Y:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:- -- -1.3mm 1.3mm 1.3mm 1.3mm,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
dX:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dY:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dZ:1.3mm 1.3mm 1.3mm 1.3mm, PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
8.2a
rectangle:
8.2a
AssignaPerfectlyMatchedLayer(PML) AssignaPerfectlyMatchedLayer(PML) AssignaPerfectlyMatchedLayer(PML) AssignaPerfectlyMatchedLayer(PML)
Toselecttheair: Toselecttheair: Toselecttheair: Toselecttheair:
2. SelectthemenuitemEdit>Selectbyname Edit>Selectbyname Edit>Selectbyname Edit>Selectbyname
3. ObjectName:Air Air Air Air
1. FaceID:<SelectAll> :<SelectAll> :<SelectAll> :<SelectAll>
ToassignthePMLboundary ToassignthePMLboundary ToassignthePMLboundary ToassignthePMLboundary
1. Selectthemenuitem HFSS>Boundaries>PMLSetupWizard HFSS>Boundaries>PMLSetupWizard HFSS>Boundaries>PMLSetupWizard HFSS>Boundaries>PMLSetupWizard
2. PMLSetupWizard:CoverObjects
1. Select:CreatePMLCoverObjectsonSelectedFaces CreatePMLCoverObjectsonSelectedFaces CreatePMLCoverObjectsonSelectedFaces CreatePMLCoverObjectsonSelectedFaces
2. UniformLayerThickness:1cm 1cm 1cm 1cm
3. Createjoiningcornerandedgeobjects: Checked Checked Checked Checked
3. PMLSetupWizard:MaterialParameters
1. Select:PML PML PML PML Objectsaccept Objectsaccept Objectsaccept Objectsaccept FreeRadiation FreeRadiation FreeRadiation FreeRadiation
1. MinFrequency:0.01GHz :0.01GHz :0.01GHz :0.01GHz
2. ReviewsettingsonthePMLSetupWizard:Summarypage.
8.2a
CreateaFaceList CreateaFaceList CreateaFaceList CreateaFaceList
SinceweareusingthePML,weneedtocreateafacelistthatwillbeusedforthe
radiationcalculation.
Tocreateafacelist Tocreateafacelist Tocreateafacelist Tocreateafacelist
2. FaceID:<SelectAll> :<SelectAll> :<SelectAll> :<SelectAll>
4. Selectthemenuitem3DModeler>List>Create>FaceList 3DModeler>List>Create>FaceList 3DModeler>List>Create>FaceList 3DModeler>List>Create>FaceList
InfiniteSphere InfiniteSphere InfiniteSphere InfiniteSphere Tab
1. Name:Radiation Radiation Radiation Radiation
8.2a
boundary.
8.2a
AnalysisSetup
MaximumDeltaS:0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
Target:0.1 :0.1 :0.1 :0.1
UserLow-OrderSolutionBasis: Checked Checked Checked Checked
2. EditSweepWindow:
ErrorTolerance:0.5% :0.5% :0.5% :0.5%
Clickthe OK OK OK OKbutton
3. ExtrapolatetoDC: : : : Checked Checked Checked Checked
MinimumSolveFrequency:0.01GHz :0.01GHz :0.01GHz :0.01GHz
4. SnapMagnitudeto0or1atDC: Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked
8.2a
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_seg_gplane hfss_seg_gplane hfss_seg_gplane hfss_seg_gplane
Analyze
Manager.
8.2a
theconvergencedata.
8.2a
CreateReports
Note: Note: Note: Note:Ifthisreportiscreatedpriororduringthesolutionprocess,areal-timeupdate
oftheresultsaredisplayed
8.2a
CreateTerminalZ CreateTerminalZ CreateTerminalZ CreateTerminalZ- -- -ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot Real/Imaginary Real/Imaginary Real/Imaginary Real/Imaginary
1. Category: TerminalZParameter TerminalZParameter TerminalZParameter TerminalZParameter
2. Quantity:Zt(p1,p1) Zt(p1,p1) Zt(p1,p1) Zt(p1,p1)
3. Function:Re Re Re Re
5. Category: TerminalZParameter TerminalZParameter TerminalZParameter TerminalZParameter
6. Quantity:Zt(p1,p1) Zt(p1,p1) Zt(p1,p1) Zt(p1,p1)
7. Function:Im Im Im Im
4. 4. 4. 4. ToaddanadditionalY ToaddanadditionalY ToaddanadditionalY ToaddanadditionalY- -- -Axisforim(Zt(p1,p1) Axisforim(Zt(p1,p1) Axisforim(Zt(p1,p1) Axisforim(Zt(p1,p1)
1. SelectY1forRow2inY-axiscolumnandtoggleittoY2 Y2 Y2 Y2
8.2a
CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS- -- -ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot SmithChart SmithChart SmithChart SmithChart
2. DisplayType:SmithChart SmithChart SmithChart SmithChart
2. ClickthePolar Polar Polar Polar tab
8.2a
MatrixData MatrixData MatrixData MatrixData- -- - ExportS ExportS ExportS ExportS- -- -parameterstoafile parameterstoafile parameterstoafile parameterstoafile
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Results>SolutionData, HFSS>Results>SolutionData, HFSS>Results>SolutionData, HFSS>Results>SolutionData,
2. SolutionDatadialog
2. Simulation:Setup1,Sweep1 Setup1,Sweep1 Setup1,Sweep1 Setup1,Sweep1
3. ClicktheExport Export Export Export button.
1. Filename:hfss_seg_gplane hfss_seg_gplane hfss_seg_gplane hfss_seg_gplane
2. SaveasType:Touchstone Touchstone Touchstone Touchstone
4. ClicktheOK OK OK OK buttontoaccept50ohmreferenceimpedance
8.2a
Create3DPolarFarFieldPlot Create3DPolarFarFieldPlot Create3DPolarFarFieldPlot Create3DPolarFarFieldPlot
Tocreatea3DFarFieldPlot Tocreatea3DFarFieldPlot Tocreatea3DFarFieldPlot Tocreatea3DFarFieldPlot
2. DisplayType:3DPolarPlot 3DPolarPlot 3DPolarPlot 3DPolarPlot
2. Domain:Radiation Radiation Radiation Radiation
3. ClicktheMag Mag Mag Mag tab
1. Category: rE rE rE rE
2. Quantity:rETotal rETotal rETotal rETotal
8.2a
FieldOverlays
1. ConfirmyouareinObjectSelect ObjectSelect ObjectSelect ObjectSelect modebyright-clickinginthegeometry
window,andselectingfromcontextmenuifnecessary.
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Board Board Board Board
4. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Fields>PlotFields> HFSS>Fields>PlotFields> HFSS>Fields>PlotFields> HFSS>Fields>PlotFields>Mag_E Mag_E Mag_E Mag_E
TomodifyaMagnitudefieldplot: TomodifyaMagnitudefieldplot: TomodifyaMagnitudefieldplot: TomodifyaMagnitudefieldplot:
3. E-FieldWindow:
2. Min: 1 11 1
3. Max: 4500 4500 4500 4500
2. ClickthePlots Plots Plots Plots Tab
1. ScalarPlot:IsoValSurface IsoValSurface IsoValSurface IsoValSurface
8.2a
3. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Fields>PlotFields> HFSS>Fields>PlotFields> HFSS>Fields>PlotFields> HFSS>Fields>PlotFields>Vector_RealPoynting Vector_RealPoynting Vector_RealPoynting Vector_RealPoynting
2. Quantity:Vector_RealPoynting Vector_RealPoynting Vector_RealPoynting Vector_RealPoynting
1. Select:Poynting Poynting Poynting Poynting
3. PoyntingWindow:
2. Min: 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
3. Max: 2500 2500 2500 2500
2. ClicktheMarker/Arrow Marker/Arrow Marker/Arrow Marker/Arrow tab
1. Type:Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder
2. MapSize: Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked
3. ArrowTale: Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked
8.2a
AnsoftHighFrequencyStructureSimulatorv10UsersGuide 8.2b-1
8.2b
AnsoftDesigner TransientSimulation
LaunchingAnsoftDesigner LaunchingAnsoftDesigner LaunchingAnsoftDesigner LaunchingAnsoftDesigner
1. ToaccessAnsoftDesigner,clicktheMicrosoftStart Start Start Start button,selectPrograms Programs Programs Programs,and
selecttheDesigner Designer Designer Designer programgroup.ClickAnsoftDesigner AnsoftDesigner AnsoftDesigner AnsoftDesigner.
1. InanAnsoftDesignerwindow,clickthe OntheStandardtoolbar,orselect
2. FromtheProject Project Project Project menu,selectInsertCircuitDesign. InsertCircuitDesign. InsertCircuitDesign. InsertCircuitDesign.
3. ClickNone None None None buttonwhenpromptedforChooseLayoutTechnology. ChooseLayoutTechnology. ChooseLayoutTechnology. ChooseLayoutTechnology.
Note: Note: Note: Note: Inthisexamplewearenotcreatingalayoutorusing
componentssuchastransmissionlinesthatrequiresubstrateorstack
upinformation.Ifwedid,thenitisrecommendedtochooseastack
upfromthelistorcreateyourown.
8.2b
1
50
Z=50
P=10000mil
+
0V
Source1
V
v1
V
v2
CreatingtheCircuit
ComponentPlacement ComponentPlacement ComponentPlacement ComponentPlacement
ImportingS ImportingS ImportingS ImportingS- -- -parameters parameters parameters parameters
1. SelectthemenuitemDraw> Draw> Draw> Draw>N NN N- -- -Port Port Port Port orclickthetoolbarbutton.
2. IntheN-portdatawindow,
1. SelecttheLinktofile Linktofile Linktofile Linktofile radialbutton
2. ClickthebrowsebuttontolocateandselectyourTouchstonefile:
hfss_seg_gplane.s1p hfss_seg_gplane.s1p hfss_seg_gplane.s1p hfss_seg_gplane.s1p
3. ClicktheOpen Open Open Openbutton
3. ClicktheOk Ok Ok Okbutton
Browse
8.2b
1. Toplacethenewcomponent,singleclickwiththeleftmousebuttoninthe
middleofthescreen.
PlacingResistors,VoltageSources,andVoltageProbes
1. ClicktheComponents Components Components Components tabintheProjectManager ProjectManager ProjectManager ProjectManager window.
Resistors Resistors Resistors Resistors :ExpandLumped Lumped Lumped Lumped- -- ->Resistors >Resistors >Resistors >Resistors
VoltageSources: VoltageSources: VoltageSources: VoltageSources: ExpandSources Sources Sources Sources- -- ->IndependentSources >IndependentSources >IndependentSources >IndependentSources
Voltageprobes Voltageprobes Voltageprobes Voltageprobes:ExpandProbes Probes Probes Probes
TabsforProject,Components,andSearch TabsforProject,Components,andSearch TabsforProject,Components,andSearch TabsforProject,Components,andSearch
1
8.2b
PlaceaResistorintheschematic
1. IntheComponentsTab ComponentsTab ComponentsTab ComponentsTab,underLumped Lumped Lumped Lumped - -- ->Resistors >Resistors >Resistors >Resistors,doubleclick
Resistor Resistor Resistor Resistor
2. Clicktheleftmousebuttononcetoplacearesistorintheschematic.
3. Toendtheplacement,clicktherightmousebuttonandselect
Finish Finish Finish Finish.(Youcanalsoendtheplacementbypressingthespacebar)
Changethevalueoftheresistor
pulldownmenu
2. Changethevaluefrom100to50 50 50 50,thenhitEnter Enter Enter Enter
Note:alternatively,youcanleftmousebuttonclickontheresistorto
bringuptheProperties Properties Properties Properties window(shownbelow)andchangethevalue
from100to50 50 50 50,thenhitEnter Enter Enter Enter
1
100
8.2b
PlaceaCoaxialCableintheschematic
1. IntheComponentsTab ComponentsTab ComponentsTab ComponentsTab,underCoaxialCable CoaxialCable CoaxialCable CoaxialCable,doubleclickCoaxial Coaxial Coaxial Coaxial
Cable,K Cable,K Cable,K Cable,K
2. Clicktheleftmousebuttononcetoplaceacoaxialcableinthe
schematic.
Changethephysicallengthofthecoaxialcable
pulldownmenu
2. ChangethevalueofP PP P to10000mil 10000mil 10000mil 10000mil,thenhitEnter Enter Enter Enter
1
50
Z=50
P=10000mil
8.2b
PlacePiecewiseLinearSource
1. IntheComponentsTab,underSources Sources Sources Sources- -- ->IndependentSources >IndependentSources >IndependentSources >IndependentSources,
doubleclickonVoltageSource VoltageSource VoltageSource VoltageSource.
2. Leftmouseclicktoplacethesourceintheschematic
SourceSelectiondialog
1. InthePropertiesWindow,clickEdit Edit Edit Edit
2. ForName Name Name Name type Vin Vin Vin Vin
3. ForType Type Type Type,choosePiecewiseLinear PiecewiseLinear PiecewiseLinear PiecewiseLinear
4. ClickontheWaveformListBox WaveformListBox WaveformListBox WaveformListBox (whichistheunmarkedcolumnin
betweenUnitandDescriptionasshownbelow)
WaveformListBox
1
50
Z=50
P=10000mil
+
0V
Source1
8.2b
Piece-wiseWaveformListdialog
1. ClickontheRadialbuttonnexttoEntertime/valuepoints. Entertime/valuepoints. Entertime/valuepoints. Entertime/valuepoints.
2. Entertwopoints:
0 00 0 0 00 0
1ns1V 1ns1V 1ns1V 1ns1V
Note: Note: Note: Note: makesureyouhitEnter Enter Enter Enteraftertypingvalues
1. Clickthe OK OK OK OKbutton
1. Clickthe OK OK OK OKbutton
8.2b
AddingWiringtoconnectcomponents AddingWiringtoconnectcomponents AddingWiringtoconnectcomponents AddingWiringtoconnectcomponents
1. SelectthemenuitemDraw Draw Draw Draw- -- ->Wire >Wire >Wire >Wire
2. Placethecursor(whichisnowanX)overanodeandleftmouseclickonce
3. Dragthemousetotheconnectionnodeandleftmouseclickonce.
4. Repeatthisprocedureuntiltheconnectionsbelowaremade
AddingGroundConnections AddingGroundConnections AddingGroundConnections AddingGroundConnections
1. SelectthemenuitemDraw>Ground Draw>Ground Draw>Ground Draw>Ground (alternativelyyoucanselectthe
toolbaricon)
2. Placeagroundconnectionontheendofthevoltagesource
AddingVoltageProbes AddingVoltageProbes AddingVoltageProbes AddingVoltageProbes
1. IntheComponents Components Components Components tab,expandtheProbes. Probes. Probes. Probes.
2. Place2VoltageProbes VoltageProbes VoltageProbes VoltageProbes andnamethemv1,v2.
1
50
Z=50
P=10000mil
+
0V
Source1
V
v1
V
v2
8.2b
CreatingtheCircuit
1. InanAnsoftDesignerwindow,selectthemenuitemFile>SaveAs File>SaveAs File>SaveAs File>SaveAs.
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_seg_gplane_tdr hfss_seg_gplane_tdr hfss_seg_gplane_tdr hfss_seg_gplane_tdr
AnalysisSetup
1. IntheProjectManager ProjectManager ProjectManager ProjectManager window,clicktheProject Project Project Project tab
2. SelectthemenuitemCircuit Circuit Circuit Circuit- -- ->AddSolutionSetup >AddSolutionSetup >AddSolutionSetup >AddSolutionSetup
3. AnalysisSetupWindow:
1. ForAnalysisType AnalysisType AnalysisType AnalysisType,chooseTransientAnalysis TransientAnalysis TransientAnalysis TransientAnalysis
3. AnalysisControl
1. LengthofAnalysis: 8ns 8ns 8ns 8ns
2. MaximumTimeStepAllowed:1ps 1ps 1ps 1ps
4. ConvolutionControl
1. MaximumSamplingFrequency:2.5GHz 2.5GHz 2.5GHz 2.5GHz
2. DeltaFrequency:0.01GHz 0.01GHz 0.01GHz 0.01GHz
4. SelectthemenuitemCircuit Circuit Circuit Circuit- -- ->Analyze >Analyze >Analyze >Analyze
8.2b
CreateReports
PlotInput,Outputwaveforms PlotInput,Outputwaveforms PlotInput,Outputwaveforms PlotInput,Outputwaveforms
2. Quantity:V(VPRB:V1),V(VPRB:V2) V(VPRB:V1),V(VPRB:V2) V(VPRB:V1),V(VPRB:V2) V(VPRB:V1),V(VPRB:V2)
8.2b
CreateReports
PlotTDR PlotTDR PlotTDR PlotTDR
3. ClickonOutputVariables OutputVariables OutputVariables OutputVariables buttontocreateTDRequation
1. Name:typeTDR TDR TDR TDR
2. Expression:V(VPRB:v2)/(V(VPRB:v1) V(VPRB:v2)/(V(VPRB:v1) V(VPRB:v2)/(V(VPRB:v1) V(VPRB:v2)/(V(VPRB:v1)- -- -V(VPRB:v2))*50 V(VPRB:v2))*50 V(VPRB:v2))*50 V(VPRB:v2))*50
Note: Note: Note: Note:Tocreatetheaboveexpression,followthesesteps:
2. Quantity:V(VPRB:v2) V(VPRB:v2) V(VPRB:v2) V(VPRB:v2)
3. ClickInsertQuantityintoExpression InsertQuantityintoExpression InsertQuantityintoExpression InsertQuantityintoExpression button
4. Type/ // / thentype( (( (
7. Type- -- -
10. Type) )) )
11. Type*50 *50 *50 *50
3. ClicktheAdd Add Add Addbutton
TracesWindow: :: :
Category:OutputVariables OutputVariables OutputVariables OutputVariables
Quantity:TDR TDR TDR TDR
Function:<none> <none> <none> <none>
ClicktheAddTrace AddTrace AddTrace AddTrace button
ClicktheDone Done Done Done button(seenextpageforTDRplot)
8.2b
Example Non-IdealPlanes
8.3-1
8.3
Non-IdealGroundPlane
Thisexampleisintendedtoshowyouhowtocreate,simulate,andanalyzenon-
idealgroundplanesusingtheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment.
Ground: Ground: Ground: Ground:
Board: Board: Board: Board:

r r r r
=1 =1 =1 =1
Trace: Trace: Trace: Trace:
Length=10mm Length=10mm Length=10mm Length=10mm
Width=1mm Width=1mm Width=1mm Width=1mm
Via: Via: Via: Via:
Diameter=1mm Diameter=1mm Diameter=1mm Diameter=1mm
Height=0.9mm Height=0.9mm Height=0.9mm Height=0.9mm
bot_gnd bot_gnd bot_gnd bot_gnd
top_gnd top_gnd top_gnd top_gnd
trace1 trace1 trace1 trace1
V
i
a
V
i
a
V
i
a
V
i
a
trace2 trace2 trace2 trace2
8.3-2
8.3
3DSolidModeling
Primitives:Box,Rectangles,Cylinders Box,Rectangles,Cylinders Box,Rectangles,Cylinders Box,Rectangles,Cylinders
BooleanOperations:Subtract,Unite,Duplicate Subtract,Unite,Duplicate Subtract,Unite,Duplicate Subtract,Unite,Duplicate
Boundary
BoundaryConditions:PerfectH/Natural PerfectH/Natural PerfectH/Natural PerfectH/Natural
Excitations
Ports:LumpedGapSourcePort,TerminalLines LumpedGapSourcePort,TerminalLines LumpedGapSourcePort,TerminalLines LumpedGapSourcePort,TerminalLines
Analysis
Results
Fields
FastFrequencySweep/FieldPlots FastFrequencySweep/FieldPlots FastFrequencySweep/FieldPlots FastFrequencySweep/FieldPlots
8.3-3
8.3
DesignReview
PortSize/Type=???
FreeSpace=???
PortSize/Type
Sincethetraceisinternaltothemodel,letsusealumpedgapsourceport
TraceThickness/MaterialProperties
Tostartwithperfectconductor,letsmakeanengineeringassumptionthatthe
traceconductivitywillnothaveanimpactontheperformanceof thedevice.
Thiswillspeedupthesimulation.
FreeSpace
Sinceweareonlyinterestedinthemodesthatoccurbetweenthe ground
planes,wecanuseaPerfectHoropenboundarycondition.Weshould
expecttogetthesameanswerusinganOpen(PerfectH)or
matched(Radiation)boundary.Theradiationboundarytakeslongertosolve
sinceitrequiresacomplexsolve.
YoudoneedtousesomecautionwhenusingPerfectHboundary
conditionsinplaceofradiationboundaries.ThePerfectHand
SymmetryPerfectHaremathematicallyequivalent.Thereforeifyou
aresimulatingasubsectionofalargergeometry,youhavethe
potentialtocreatemodesthataretheresultoftheboundarycondition
ornon-physical.Inourexample,thePerfectHisappliedtotheoutside
ofthemodelandnotalonganysymmetryplanes.
ItshouldbenotedthatthePerfectHboundaryconditioncanbeused
withtheDrivenandEigenmodesolver.TheRadiationboundaryis
onlysupportedbytheDrivenSolution.
8.3-4
8.3
GettingStarted
theAnsoftHFSS10 AnsoftHFSS10 AnsoftHFSS10 AnsoftHFSS10 programgroup.ClickHFSS10 HFSS10 HFSS10 HFSS10.
8.3-5
8.3
8.3-6
8.3
Creatingthe3DModel
2. SetModelUnits:
8.3-7
8.3
rectangle:
CreateViaPad CreateViaPad CreateViaPad CreateViaPad
Tocreatetheviapad: Tocreatetheviapad: Tocreatetheviapad: Tocreatetheviapad:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Via_pad Via_pad Via_pad Via_pad
8.3-8
8.3
GrouptheTrace&ViaPad GrouptheTrace&ViaPad GrouptheTrace&ViaPad GrouptheTrace&ViaPad
Togroupthedipolearms: Togroupthedipolearms: Togroupthedipolearms: Togroupthedipolearms:
CreateGround1 CreateGround1 CreateGround1 CreateGround1
rectangle:
8.3-9
8.3
CreateAnti CreateAnti CreateAnti CreateAnti- -- -Pad Pad Pad Pad
Tocreatetheanti Tocreatetheanti Tocreatetheanti Tocreatetheanti- -- -pad: pad: pad: pad:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Antipad Antipad Antipad Antipad
SelectGround&Antipad: SelectGround&Antipad: SelectGround&Antipad: SelectGround&Antipad:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Antipad,Ground Antipad,Ground Antipad,Ground Antipad,Ground
Tocompletethegroundobject: Tocompletethegroundobject: Tocompletethegroundobject: Tocompletethegroundobject:
2. SubtractWindow
ToolParts:Antipad Antipad Antipad Antipad
8.3-10
8.3
8.3-11
8.3
rectangle:
8.3-12
8.3
3. Reactance:0 00 0
8.3-13
8.3
DuplicateObjects DuplicateObjects DuplicateObjects DuplicateObjects
Toduplicatetheexistingobjects: Toduplicatetheexistingobjects: Toduplicatetheexistingobjects: Toduplicatetheexistingobjects:
1. Axis:X XX X
2. Angle:180 180 180 180
8.3-14
8.3
CreateVia CreateVia CreateVia CreateVia
Tocreatethevia: Tocreatethevia: Tocreatethevia: Tocreatethevia:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Via Via Via Via
8.3-15
8.3
CreateGroundVia CreateGroundVia CreateGroundVia CreateGroundVia
TocreatetheGroundVia: TocreatetheGroundVia: TocreatetheGroundVia: TocreatetheGroundVia:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Via_GND Via_GND Via_GND Via_GND
8.3-16
8.3
CreateBoard CreateBoard CreateBoard CreateBoard
Tocreatetheboard: Tocreatetheboard: Tocreatetheboard: Tocreatetheboard:
rectangle:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Board Board Board Board
rectangle:
2. 2. 2. 2.
8.3-17
8.3
AssignPerfectH/NaturalBoundaries AssignPerfectH/NaturalBoundaries AssignPerfectH/NaturalBoundaries AssignPerfectH/NaturalBoundaries
ToassignPerfectHBoundary ToassignPerfectHBoundary ToassignPerfectHBoundary ToassignPerfectHBoundary
1. Selectthemenuitem HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>PerfectH HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>PerfectH HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>PerfectH HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>PerfectH
8.3-18
8.3
AnalysisSetup
MaximumDeltaS:0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
Target:0.05 :0.05 :0.05 :0.05
UseLow-OrderSolutionBasis: Checked Checked Checked Checked
2. EditSweepWindow:
Count:991 :991 :991 :991
8.3-19
8.3
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_nonidealgnd hfss_nonidealgnd hfss_nonidealgnd hfss_nonidealgnd
Analyze
Manager.
8.3-20
8.3
theconvergencedata.
8.3-21
8.3
CreateReports
2. Quantity:St(p1,p1)andSt(p1,p2) St(p1,p1)andSt(p1,p2) St(p1,p1)andSt(p1,p2) St(p1,p1)andSt(p1,p2)
8.3-22
8.3
CreateTerminalS21Plot CreateTerminalS21Plot CreateTerminalS21Plot CreateTerminalS21Plotvs vs vs vs Frequency Frequency Frequency Frequency
ToadddatamarkertothePlots ToadddatamarkertothePlots ToadddatamarkertothePlots ToadddatamarkertothePlots
1. SelectthemenuitemReport2D>DataMarker Report2D>DataMarker Report2D>DataMarker Report2D>DataMarker
2. Movecursortotheresonantpointsontheplottingcurveandclicktheleft
mousebutton
3. Whenyouarefinishedplacingmarkersattheresonances,right-clickthe
mouseandselectExitMarkerMode ExitMarkerMode ExitMarkerMode ExitMarkerMode.
8.3-23
8.3
8.3-24
8.3
FieldOverlays
SelecttheRelativeCSXYPlane SelecttheRelativeCSXYPlane SelecttheRelativeCSXYPlane SelecttheRelativeCSXYPlane
1. SelectRelativeCS3XY RelativeCS3XY RelativeCS3XY RelativeCS3XY
Note: Note: Note: Note: RelativeCS3XY RelativeCS3XY RelativeCS3XY RelativeCS3XY planeistheplanebetweenthetwoGround
planes.
2. IntrinsicVariables:Freq:1.9GHz;Phase:0deg Freq:1.9GHz;Phase:0deg Freq:1.9GHz;Phase:0deg Freq:1.9GHz;Phase:0deg
4. InVolume:Board Board Board Board
3. E-FieldWindow:
2. Min: 5 55 5
3. Max: 3500 3500 3500 3500
2. ClickthePlots Plots Plots Plots Tab
1. ScalarPlot:Fringe Fringe Fringe Fringe
8.3-25
8.3
CreateFieldOverlay CreateFieldOverlay CreateFieldOverlay CreateFieldOverlay AdditionalFrequencyPoints AdditionalFrequencyPoints AdditionalFrequencyPoints AdditionalFrequencyPoints
TomodifytheFrequencyofafieldplot: TomodifytheFrequencyofafieldplot: TomodifytheFrequencyofafieldplot: TomodifytheFrequencyofafieldplot:
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Fields>ModifyPlot HFSS>Fields>ModifyPlot HFSS>Fields>ModifyPlot HFSS>Fields>ModifyPlot
2. Freq: 6.84GHz 6.84GHz 6.84GHz 6.84GHz
AnsoftHighFrequencyStructureSimulatorv10UsersGuide 8.4-1
8.4
Example ReturnPath
ReturnPath
Thisexampleisintendedtoshowyouhowtocreate,simulate,andanalyzethe
returnpathexamplesusedintheBoundary/ExcitationsOverviewfortheAnsoft
HFSSDesignEnvironment.
Port1 Port1 Port1 Port1
Port2 Port2 Port2 Port2 Port3 Port3 Port3 Port3
8.4
Example ReturnPath
GettingStarted
theAnsoft>HFSS10 Ansoft>HFSS10 Ansoft>HFSS10 Ansoft>HFSS10 programgroup.ClickHFSS10 HFSS10 HFSS10 HFSS10.
8.4
Example ReturnPath
8.4
Example ReturnPath
Creatingthe3DModel
2. SetModelUnits:
8.4
Example ReturnPath
CreateConductor CreateConductor CreateConductor CreateConductor
Tocreatetheconductor: Tocreatetheconductor: Tocreatetheconductor: Tocreatetheconductor:
X:- -- -1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0,Y:- -- -0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24,Z:1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1, PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
X:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y:- -- -0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24,Z:1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1, PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
Tocreateconductorprofile: Tocreateconductorprofile: Tocreateconductorprofile: Tocreateconductorprofile:
3. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheoppositecornerofthebaserectangle:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Cond Cond Cond Cond
ToSweeptheprofile: ToSweeptheprofile: ToSweeptheprofile: ToSweeptheprofile:
3. ClicktheOK OK OK OK buttonwhentheSweepalongpathdialogappears
8.4
Example ReturnPath
DuplicateConductor DuplicateConductor DuplicateConductor DuplicateConductor
Toselecttheobject: Toselecttheobject: Toselecttheobject: Toselecttheobject:
1. SelectthemenuitemEdit>SelectAllVisible Edit>SelectAllVisible Edit>SelectAllVisible Edit>SelectAllVisible. . . .
Toduplicatetheconductor: Toduplicatetheconductor: Toduplicatetheconductor: Toduplicatetheconductor:
1. Selectthemenuitem,Edit>Duplicate>AlongLine Edit>Duplicate>AlongLine Edit>Duplicate>AlongLine Edit>Duplicate>AlongLine.
1. FirstPoint:X:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,Y:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,Z:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. SecondPoint:dX:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,dY:0.24 :0.24 :0.24 :0.24,dZ:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
MirrorConductor MirrorConductor MirrorConductor MirrorConductor
1. SelectthemenuitemEdit>SelectAllVisible Edit>SelectAllVisible Edit>SelectAllVisible Edit>SelectAllVisible. . . .
8.4
Example ReturnPath
rectangle:
dX:4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0,dY:2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0,dZ:-0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:GND GND GND GND
MirrorGround MirrorGround MirrorGround MirrorGround
ToselecttheobjectGND: ToselecttheobjectGND: ToselecttheobjectGND: ToselecttheobjectGND:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:GND GND GND GND
Tomirrortheground: Tomirrortheground: Tomirrortheground: Tomirrortheground:
8.4
Example ReturnPath
X:5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0,Y:-0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06,Z:0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
rectangle:
8.4
Example ReturnPath
3. Reactance:0 00 0
X:5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0,Y: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
5. ClicktheNext Next Next Nextbutton
8.4
Example ReturnPath
ToselectSource: ToselectSource: ToselectSource: ToselectSource:
Tomirrorthesource: Tomirrorthesource: Tomirrorthesource: Tomirrorthesource:
ToselectSource: ToselectSource: ToselectSource: ToselectSource:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Source_1 Source_1 Source_1 Source_1
Tomirrorthesource: Tomirrorthesource: Tomirrorthesource: Tomirrorthesource:
8.4
Example ReturnPath
1. MaterialName:My_FR4 My_FR4 My_FR4 My_FR4
8.4
Example ReturnPath
X: - -- -5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0,Y: - -- -1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0,Z: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
3. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheoppositecornerofthebaserectangle:
dX: 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0,dY: 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0,dZ: 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
2. ClickthebuttonforTransparency
1. Movetheslidebarto0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8(Opaque=0,Transparency=1)
MirrorSubstrate MirrorSubstrate MirrorSubstrate MirrorSubstrate
Toselecttheobjectsubstrate: Toselecttheobjectsubstrate: Toselecttheobjectsubstrate: Toselecttheobjectsubstrate:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Substrate Substrate Substrate Substrate
Tomirrortheground: Tomirrortheground: Tomirrortheground: Tomirrortheground:
8.4
Example ReturnPath
rectangle:
AssignRadiation AssignRadiation AssignRadiation AssignRadiation
ToassignRadiationBoundary ToassignRadiationBoundary ToassignRadiationBoundary ToassignRadiationBoundary
1. Selectthemenuitem HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Radiation HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Radiation HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Radiation HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Radiation
8.4
Example ReturnPath
8.4
Example ReturnPath
AnalysisSetup
MaximumDeltaS:0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
Target:0.05 :0.05 :0.05 :0.05
2. EditSweepWindow:
Count:301 :301 :301 :301
8.4
Example ReturnPath
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_returnpath hfss_returnpath hfss_returnpath hfss_returnpath
Analyze
Manager.
8.4
Example ReturnPath
theconvergencedata.
8.4
Example ReturnPath
CreateReports
2. Quantity:St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2),St(p1,p3) St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2),St(p1,p3) St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2),St(p1,p3) St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2),St(p1,p3)
8.4
Example ReturnPath
CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS CreateTerminalS- -- -ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlot ParameterPlotvs vs vs vs Frequency Frequency Frequency Frequency
2. Quantity:St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2),St(p1,p3) St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2),St(p1,p3) St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2),St(p1,p3) St(p1,p1),St(p1,p2),St(p1,p3)
4. ClicktheDone Done Done Done button.
NoDC NoDC NoDC NoDC
ReturnPath ReturnPath ReturnPath ReturnPath
8.4
Example ReturnPath
ReturnPath AddaDCReturnPath
Wewillcontinueourinvestigationbyaddingaconnectionbetweenthetwo
groundplanes.TheDCreturnpathwillbethepathofleastresistance.
DC DC DC DC
8.4
Example ReturnPath
CopytheDesign CopytheDesign CopytheDesign CopytheDesign
Tocopytheentiredesign: Tocopytheentiredesign: Tocopytheentiredesign: Tocopytheentiredesign:
1. Usingtheprojectmanager,
1. Right-clickonHFSSModel1 HFSSModel1 HFSSModel1 HFSSModel1,andchooseCopy Copy Copy Copy
1. Right-clickon hfss_returnpath hfss_returnpath hfss_returnpath hfss_returnpath,andchoosePaste Paste Paste Paste
Openthe3DModelEditor Openthe3DModelEditor Openthe3DModelEditor Openthe3DModelEditor
Toopenthe3DModelEditor: Toopenthe3DModelEditor: Toopenthe3DModelEditor: Toopenthe3DModelEditor:
1. Right-clickonHFSSModel2 HFSSModel2 HFSSModel2 HFSSModel2 andchoose3DModelEditor 3DModelEditor 3DModelEditor 3DModelEditor
1. Usingthe3DModelerMaterialstoolbar,choosepec pec pec pec
8.4
Example ReturnPath
CreateDCPath CreateDCPath CreateDCPath CreateDCPath
TocreatetheDCpath: TocreatetheDCpath: TocreatetheDCpath: TocreatetheDCpath:
rectangle:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:DCPath DCPath DCPath DCPath
8.4
Example ReturnPath
1. InanAnsoftHFSSwindow,selectthemenuitemFile>Save File>Save File>Save File>Save
Analyze
ToOpenAllExistingReport ToOpenAllExistingReport ToOpenAllExistingReport ToOpenAllExistingReport
Toopenallreports: Toopenallreports: Toopenallreports: Toopenallreports:
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Results>OpenAllReports HFSS>Results>OpenAllReports HFSS>Results>OpenAllReports HFSS>Results>OpenAllReports
8.4
Example ReturnPath
ReturnPath AddaRFReturnPath
WewillcontinueourinvestigationbyaddinganRFreturnpathbetweenthetwo
groundplanes.TheRFreturnpathwillbethepathofleastinductance.
RFReturnPath RFReturnPath RFReturnPath RFReturnPath
8.4
Example ReturnPath
CopytheDesign CopytheDesign CopytheDesign CopytheDesign
Tocopytheentiredesign: Tocopytheentiredesign: Tocopytheentiredesign: Tocopytheentiredesign:
1. Right-clickonHFSSModel1 HFSSModel1 HFSSModel1 HFSSModel1,andchooseCopy Copy Copy Copy
1. Right-clickon hfss_returnpath hfss_returnpath hfss_returnpath hfss_returnpath,andchoosePaste Paste Paste Paste
Openthe3DModelEditor Openthe3DModelEditor Openthe3DModelEditor Openthe3DModelEditor
Toopenthe3DModelEditor: Toopenthe3DModelEditor: Toopenthe3DModelEditor: Toopenthe3DModelEditor:
1. Right-clickonHFSSModel3 HFSSModel3 HFSSModel3 HFSSModel3 andchoose3DModelEditor 3DModelEditor 3DModelEditor 3DModelEditor
1. Usingthe3DModelerMaterialstoolbar,choosepec pec pec pec
8.4
Example ReturnPath
CreateRFPath CreateRFPath CreateRFPath CreateRFPath
TocreatetheRFpath: TocreatetheRFpath: TocreatetheRFpath: TocreatetheRFpath:
3. Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheradialpoint:
X:- -- -0.972 0.972 0.972 0.972,Y:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:1.072 1.072 1.072 1.072, PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
Tocreatetheprofile: Tocreatetheprofile: Tocreatetheprofile: Tocreatetheprofile:
rectangle:
dX:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,dY:0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12,dZ:-0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:RFPath RFPath RFPath RFPath
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Polyline2, Polyline2, Polyline2, Polyline2,RFPath RFPath RFPath RFPath
8.4
Example ReturnPath
MirrorConductor MirrorConductor MirrorConductor MirrorConductor
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:RFPath RFPath RFPath RFPath
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:RFPath RFPath RFPath RFPath,RFPath_1 ,RFPath_1 ,RFPath_1 ,RFPath_1
8.4
Example ReturnPath
1. InanAnsoftHFSSwindow,selectthemenuitemFile>Save File>Save File>Save File>Save
Analyze
ToOpenAllExistingReport ToOpenAllExistingReport ToOpenAllExistingReport ToOpenAllExistingReport
Toopenallreports: Toopenallreports: Toopenallreports: Toopenallreports:
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Results>OpenAllReports HFSS>Results>OpenAllReports HFSS>Results>OpenAllReports HFSS>Results>OpenAllReports
8.4
Example ReturnPath
Chapter9.0
Chapter9.0 EMC/EMIExamples
9.1 HeatSink
9.2- Enclosure
9.1
Example HeatSink
HeatSink
heatsinkusingtheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment.
Withhigherpowerandmicrowaveclockspeed,containingemissionsfromheat
sinksformicroelectronicsisrapidlybecominganecessity.Wewillinvestigate
theperformanceofasinglegroundingconfiguration.Thefollowingillustrations
detailthepassivedeviceyouwillbecreating:
TopView TopView TopView TopView
1 11 1
2 22 2
HeatSink/Ground/GroundPins=PerfectConductor
HeatSink
GroundPlane
GroundPins
9.1
Example HeatSink
3DSolidModeling
Primitives:Box,Rectangle Box,Rectangle Box,Rectangle Box,Rectangle
Boundaries:PerfectH,PerfectE PerfectH,PerfectE PerfectH,PerfectE PerfectH,PerfectE
Results
EigenmodeData EigenmodeData EigenmodeData EigenmodeData
Fields:E EE E- -- - &H &H &H &H- -- -Field Field Field Field
9.1
Example HeatSink
DesignReview
PortSize/Type=???
FreeSpace=??
PortSize/Type PortSize/Type PortSize/Type PortSize/Type
Thegoalofthissimulationistodeterminetheeffectivenessof various
groundingconditionsatreducingtheradiatedemissionsfromaheatsink.
Therearetwomethodswecouldusetoanalyzethisproblem:
Method1: Method1: Method1: Method1: Defineaportwhichwillexcitethestructureand
measuretheradiatedemissionssomedistancefromthemodelto
determinetheresonantfrequencies.Fromtheradiated
emissions,thelowfrequencyperformancecanbedetermined.
Thiscanbeverycomputerintensiveanddependingonthe
locationoftheexcitation,modescanbemissed.
Method2 Method2 Method2 Method2:UsetheEigenmodesolvertodeterminethenatural
resonancesoftheheatsink.Thiswillnotgiveustheradiated
emissions,butitwillquicklytelluswhichconfigurationreduces
thelowfrequencyemissions.
LetstryCase2.TheEigenmodesolverdoesnotuseportssowe only
havetodefinethegeometryandtheboundaryconditions.
FreeSpace FreeSpace FreeSpace FreeSpace
TheEigenmodeSolverdoesnotsupportradiationboundaries.
Therefore,wewillapplyaperfectHboundarytotheoutsideofthemodel
tosimulatefreespace.
9.1
Example HeatSink
GettingStarted
9.1
Example HeatSink
1. ChooseEigenmode Eigenmode Eigenmode Eigenmode
9.1
Example HeatSink
Creatingthe3DModel
2. SetModelUnits:
CreateanAirbox CreateanAirbox CreateanAirbox CreateanAirbox
CreateAirbox CreateAirbox CreateAirbox CreateAirbox
X: - -- -80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0,Y: : : :- -- -60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0,Z:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
rectangle:
dX:160.0 :160.0 :160.0 :160.0,dY:120.0 :120.0 :120.0 :120.0,dZ:44.1, :44.1, :44.1, :44.1,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
Tosetthe Tosetthe Tosetthe TosettheWireframe Wireframe Wireframe Wireframe view: view: view: view:
orpresstheCTRL+D CTRL+D CTRL+D CTRL+D key
9.1
Example HeatSink
AssignaPerfectHboundarytoAir AssignaPerfectHboundarytoAir AssignaPerfectHboundarytoAir AssignaPerfectHboundarytoAir
ToselecttheAir: ToselecttheAir: ToselecttheAir: ToselecttheAir:
1. SelectthemenuitemEdit>SelectAll Edit>SelectAll Edit>SelectAll Edit>SelectAll
ToassignthePerfectHboundary ToassignthePerfectHboundary ToassignthePerfectHboundary ToassignthePerfectHboundary
1. Selectthemenuitem HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>PerfectH HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>PerfectH HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>PerfectH HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>PerfectH
2. PerfectHBoundarywindow
1. Name:Open Open Open Open
CreatetheHeatSink CreatetheHeatSink CreatetheHeatSink CreatetheHeatSink
CreateHeatSink CreateHeatSink CreateHeatSink CreateHeatSink
X: - -- -44.45 44.45 44.45 44.45,Y: : : :- -- -31.75 31.75 31.75 31.75,Z:6.0 :6.0 :6.0 :6.0PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
rectangle:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Sink Sink Sink Sink
9.1
Example HeatSink
CreateaGroundPin1 CreateaGroundPin1 CreateaGroundPin1 CreateaGroundPin1
CreateGroundPin1 CreateGroundPin1 CreateGroundPin1 CreateGroundPin1
X: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y: : : :- -- -3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0,Z:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
rectangle:
dX:6.0 :6.0 :6.0 :6.0,dY:6.0 :6.0 :6.0 :6.0,dZ: : : :- -- -6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Ground_Pin Ground_Pin Ground_Pin Ground_Pin
9.1
Example HeatSink
CreateGroundPin2 CreateGroundPin2 CreateGroundPin2 CreateGroundPin2
Toselecttheobject Toselecttheobject Toselecttheobject ToselecttheobjectGround_Pin Ground_Pin Ground_Pin Ground_Pin: :: :
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Ground_Pin Ground_Pin Ground_Pin Ground_Pin
TocreateGroundPin2: TocreateGroundPin2: TocreateGroundPin2: TocreateGroundPin2:
1. Selectthemenuitem,Edit>Duplicate>AlongLine Edit>Duplicate>AlongLine Edit>Duplicate>AlongLine Edit>Duplicate>AlongLine.
1. FirstPoint:X:6.0, :6.0, :6.0, :6.0,Y:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,Z:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. SecondPoint:dX:82.9 :82.9 :82.9 :82.9,dY:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,dZ:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
9.1
Example HeatSink
X: - -- -80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0,Y: : : :- -- -60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0,Z:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
rectangle:
9.1
Example HeatSink
MeshOperations MeshOperations MeshOperations MeshOperations
Toselectanobject: Toselectanobject: Toselectanobject: Toselectanobject:
Toassignameshoperation: Toassignameshoperation: Toassignameshoperation: Toassignameshoperation:
1. Selectthemenuitem,HFSS>MeshOperations>Assign>OnSelection> HFSS>MeshOperations>Assign>OnSelection> HFSS>MeshOperations>Assign>OnSelection> HFSS>MeshOperations>Assign>OnSelection>
LengthBased LengthBased LengthBased LengthBased
2. ElementLengthBasedRefinementDialog.
1. Name:Ground Ground Ground Ground
2. RestrictLengthofElements: Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked
3. RestrictNumberofElements: Checked Checked Checked Checked
4. MaximumNumberofElements:1000 1000 1000 1000
9.1
Example HeatSink
AnalysisSetup
MinimumFrequency:0.1GHz :0.1GHz :0.1GHz :0.1GHz
NumberofModes:2 :2 :2 :2
MaximumDeltaFrequencyperPass:1 11 1%
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_heat_sink hfss_heat_sink hfss_heat_sink hfss_heat_sink
Analyze
Manager.
9.1
Example HeatSink
theconvergencedata.
ToviewtheEigenmodeData: ToviewtheEigenmodeData: ToviewtheEigenmodeData: ToviewtheEigenmodeData:
1. ClicktheEigenmodeData EigenmodeData EigenmodeData EigenmodeData Tab
9.1
Example HeatSink
FieldOverlays
Mode1:E Mode1:E Mode1:E Mode1:E- -- -Field Field Field Field
9.1
Example HeatSink
ToExciteMode2: ToExciteMode2: ToExciteMode2: ToExciteMode2:
1. Source:EigenMode_1 EigenMode_1 EigenMode_1 EigenMode_1
2. OffsetPhase: 0 00 0
2. Source: EigenMode_2 EigenMode_2 EigenMode_2 EigenMode_2
2. OffsetPhase: 0 00 0
Mode2:E Mode2:E Mode2:E Mode2:E- -- -Field Field Field Field
9.1
Example HeatSink
3. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Fields> HFSS>Fields> HFSS>Fields> HFSS>Fields>Fields Fields Fields Fields >H> >H> >H> >H>Mag_H Mag_H Mag_H Mag_H
2. Quantity:Mag_H Mag_H Mag_H Mag_H
2. OffsetPhase:90 :90 :90 :90
2. OffsetPhase:0 00 0
Mode1:H Mode1:H Mode1:H Mode1:H- -- -Field Field Field Field
9.1
Example HeatSink
2. OffsetPhase:0 :0 :0 :0
2. OffsetPhase:90 90 90 90
Mode2:H Mode2:H Mode2:H Mode2:H- -- -Field Field Field Field
Example Enclosure
9.2
ShieldedEnclosure
shieldedenclosureusingtheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment.
Shieldingenclosuresforhigh-speeddigitaldesignscanbecompromisedby
slotsandapertures.Thereforeanunderstandingoftheenergycoupling
mechanismsisessential.
Example Enclosure
9.2
3DSolidModeling
Primitives:Box,Rectangle,Cylinder Box,Rectangle,Cylinder Box,Rectangle,Cylinder Box,Rectangle,Cylinder
Boolean:Unite,Subtract Unite,Subtract Unite,Subtract Unite,Subtract
Boundaries:LumpedRLC,Radiation LumpedRLC,Radiation LumpedRLC,Radiation LumpedRLC,Radiation
Results
Reports: S SS S- -- -Parameters Parameters Parameters Parameters
Fields:E EE E- -- -Field Field Field Field
Example Enclosure
9.2
References
1. EMIfromShieldingEnclosuresFDTDModelingandMeasurements,MinLi,
ElectromagneticCompatibilityLaboratory,UniversityofMissouri-RollaMarch
1999
Example Enclosure
9.2
GettingStarted
Example Enclosure
9.2
Example Enclosure
9.2
Creatingthe3DModel
2. SetModelUnits:
CreatetheAirInsidecase CreatetheAirInsidecase CreatetheAirInsidecase CreatetheAirInsidecase
CreateAirInsideCase CreateAirInsideCase CreateAirInsideCase CreateAirInsideCase
X: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,Z:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
rectangle:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Air_Inside Air_Inside Air_Inside Air_Inside
Example Enclosure
9.2
CreatetheSlot CreatetheSlot CreatetheSlot CreatetheSlot
CreateSlot CreateSlot CreateSlot CreateSlot
X: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y:0.2 :0.2 :0.2 :0.2,Z:9.0 :9.0 :9.0 :9.0PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
rectangle:
dX: : : :- -- -0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05,dY:0.1 :0.1 :0.1 :0.1,dZ:12.0 :12.0 :12.0 :12.0PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Slot Slot Slot Slot
X: - -- -4.05 4.05 4.05 4.05,Y: : : :- -- -4.05 4.05 4.05 4.05,Z: : : :- -- -4.05, 4.05, 4.05, 4.05,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
rectangle:
1. Selectthemenuitem3DModeler>CoordinateSystem>Create>Relative 3DModeler>CoordinateSystem>Create>Relative 3DModeler>CoordinateSystem>Create>Relative 3DModeler>CoordinateSystem>Create>Relative
CS>Offset CS>Offset CS>Offset CS>Offset
Example Enclosure
9.2
CreateCoaxDielectric CreateCoaxDielectric CreateCoaxDielectric CreateCoaxDielectric
Tocreatethecoaxdielectric: Tocreatethecoaxdielectric: Tocreatethecoaxdielectric: Tocreatethecoaxdielectric:
1. FromtheDrawingPlanetoolbar,changetheactiveplanetoXZ XZ XZ XZ.
X:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,Y:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,Z:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0, PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
dX:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,dY:2.05 :2.05 :2.05 :2.05,dZ:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Coax_Diel Coax_Diel Coax_Diel Coax_Diel
GroupObjects GroupObjects GroupObjects GroupObjects
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Air_Inside Air_Inside Air_Inside Air_Inside, , , ,Coax_Diel Coax_Diel Coax_Diel Coax_Diel,Slot ,Slot ,Slot ,Slot
2. ClicktheOK OK OK OKbutton.
Example Enclosure
9.2
CreateCoaxShield CreateCoaxShield CreateCoaxShield CreateCoaxShield
Tocreatethecoaxshield: Tocreatethecoaxshield: Tocreatethecoaxshield: Tocreatethecoaxshield:
dX:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,dY:2.05 :2.05 :2.05 :2.05,dZ:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Coax_Shield Coax_Shield Coax_Shield Coax_Shield
CreateCoaxPin CreateCoaxPin CreateCoaxPin CreateCoaxPin
dX:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,dY: : : :- -- -15.89 15.89 15.89 15.89,dZ:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
Example Enclosure
9.2
2. WavePort:General
X: 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16,Y: 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05,Z: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
dX: : : :- -- -0.08, 0.08, 0.08, 0.08,dY dY dY dY:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,dZ: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
Example Enclosure
9.2
X: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y: - -- -13.84 13.84 13.84 13.84,Z: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
CreateResistor CreateResistor CreateResistor CreateResistor
TocreatetheResistor: TocreatetheResistor: TocreatetheResistor: TocreatetheResistor:
1. FromtheDrawingPlanetoolbar,changetheactiveplanetoXY XY XY XY.
X: - -- -0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08,Y:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,Z:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
rectangle:
dX:0.16 :0.16 :0.16 :0.16,dY: : : :- -- -0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16,dZ:0.0, :0.0, :0.0, :0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Resistor Resistor Resistor Resistor
Example Enclosure
9.2
AssignaLumpedRLCboundarytotheResistor AssignaLumpedRLCboundarytotheResistor AssignaLumpedRLCboundarytotheResistor AssignaLumpedRLCboundarytotheResistor
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Resistor Resistor Resistor Resistor
1. Selectthemenuitem HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>LumpedRLC HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>LumpedRLC HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>LumpedRLC HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>LumpedRLC
2. LumpedRLCBoundarywindow
1. Name:Resistor Resistor Resistor Resistor
2. 2. 2. 2. Resistance Resistance Resistance Resistance: : : :47ohm 47ohm 47ohm 47ohm
3. CurrentFlowLine:NewLine :NewLine :NewLine :NewLine
1. Point1: X:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,Y: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0, PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter Key
2. Point2:dX:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,dY: : : :- -- -0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16,dZ: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter Key
Example Enclosure
9.2
CreatetheCase CreatetheCase CreatetheCase CreatetheCase
CreateCase CreateCase CreateCase CreateCase
X: - -- -0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05,Y: : : :- -- -0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05,Z: : : :- -- -0.05, 0.05, 0.05, 0.05,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
rectangle:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Case Case Case Case
GroupObjects GroupObjects GroupObjects GroupObjects
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Case, Case, Case, Case,Coax_Shield Coax_Shield Coax_Shield Coax_Shield
Example Enclosure
9.2
CompletetheCase CompletetheCase CompletetheCase CompletetheCase
Toselecttheobjects: Toselecttheobjects: Toselecttheobjects: Toselecttheobjects:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Case, Case, Case, Case,Air_Inside Air_Inside Air_Inside Air_Inside
Tocompletethecase: Tocompletethecase: Tocompletethecase: Tocompletethecase:
2. SubtractWindow
BlankParts:Case Case Case Case
ToolParts:Air_Inside Air_Inside Air_Inside Air_Inside
Example Enclosure
9.2
AnalysisSetup
MaximumDeltaS:0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
2. EditSweepWindow:
Count:201 :201 :201 :201
Example Enclosure
9.2
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_enclosure hfss_enclosure hfss_enclosure hfss_enclosure
Analyze
Manager.
Example Enclosure
9.2
theconvergencedata.
Example Enclosure
9.2
CreateReports
Example Enclosure
9.2
CreateReports(Continued)
CustomEquations CustomEquations CustomEquations CustomEquations OutputVariables OutputVariables OutputVariables OutputVariables
1. ClicktheOutputVariables OutputVariables OutputVariables OutputVariables button
2. OutputVariablesdialog:
1. Name:Pdelivered_nW Pdelivered_nW Pdelivered_nW Pdelivered_nW
2. Expression:
Type:2.5*(1 2.5*(1 2.5*(1 2.5*(1- -- -
Category:TerminalSParameters TerminalSParameters TerminalSParameters TerminalSParameters
Quantity:St(p1,p1) St(p1,p1) St(p1,p1) St(p1,p1)
Function:mag mag mag mag
ClicktheInsertQuantityintoExpression InsertQuantityintoExpression InsertQuantityintoExpression InsertQuantityintoExpression button
Type:^2) ^2) ^2) ^2)
1. Category: OutputVariables OutputVariables OutputVariables OutputVariables
2. Quantity:Pdelivered_nW Pdelivered_nW Pdelivered_nW Pdelivered_nW
( )
2
11
2
1
8
S
Z
V
P
o
s
=
PowerDelivered
Vs SourceVoltage(1mV)
Zo - 50
(1mv)^2/8*50 = 2.5e-9
Example Enclosure
9.2
Example Enclosure
9.2
FieldOverlays FieldOverlays FieldOverlays FieldOverlays
1. Selectanobjecttooverlayfields
3. E-FieldWindow:
2. Min: 5 55 5
3. Max: 600 600 600 600
Example Enclosure
9.2
TomodifytheFrequencyofafieldplot: TomodifytheFrequencyofafieldplot: TomodifytheFrequencyofafieldplot: TomodifytheFrequencyofafieldplot:
1. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Fields>ModifyPlot HFSS>Fields>ModifyPlot HFSS>Fields>ModifyPlot HFSS>Fields>ModifyPlot
1.08GHz 1.08GHz 1.08GHz 1.08GHz
1.51GHz 1.51GHz 1.51GHz 1.51GHz
Chapter10.0
Chapter10.0 On-ChipPassivesExamples
10.1 SpiralInductor
Example SiliconSpiralInductor
10.1
10.1-1
TheSiliconSpiralInductor
Thisexampleisintendedtoshowyouhowtocreate,simulate,andanalyzea2.5
turnspiralinductorusingtheAnsoftHFSSDesignEnvironment.
Substrate Substrate Substrate Substrate
Oxide Oxide Oxide Oxide
Passivation Passivation Passivation Passivation
M6 M6 M6 M6
M5 M5 M5 M5
Spiral: Spiral: Spiral: Spiral:2.5T, W=15um,S=1.5um,Rad=60um
M6,2um,=2.8e7S/m
Underpass: Underpass: Underpass: Underpass: M5,0.5um,=2.8e7S/m
Stackup: Stackup: Stackup: Stackup:
Passivation Passivation Passivation Passivation: : : :0.7um
r=7.9
Oxide: Oxide: Oxide: Oxide:9.8um
r=4.0
Substrate: Substrate: Substrate: Substrate:300um
r=11.9,=10S/m
10.1
10.1-2
GettingStarted
selecttheAnsoft>HFSS10 Ansoft>HFSS10 Ansoft>HFSS10 Ansoft>HFSS10 programgroup.ClickHFSS10 HFSS10 HFSS10 HFSS10.
10.1
10.1-3
SolutionTypeWindow:
10.1
10.1-4
Creatingthe3DModel
2. SetModelUnits:
1. SelectUnits:um um um um
1. FortheMaterialName MaterialName MaterialName MaterialName type:My_Sub My_Sub My_Sub My_Sub
3. FortheValue Value Value Value ofBulkConductivity BulkConductivity BulkConductivity BulkConductivity type:10 10 10 10
10.1
10.1-5
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Sub Sub Sub Sub
1. FortheMaterialName MaterialName MaterialName MaterialName type:My_Oxide My_Oxide My_Oxide My_Oxide
10.1
10.1-6
CreateOxide CreateOxide CreateOxide CreateOxide
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Oxide Oxide Oxide Oxide
1. FortheMaterialName MaterialName MaterialName MaterialName type:My_Pass My_Pass My_Pass My_Pass
10.1
10.1-7
Create Create Create CreatePassivation Passivation Passivation Passivation
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Pass Pass Pass Pass
Tocreateair: Tocreateair: Tocreateair: Tocreateair:
10.1
10.1-8
CreateRadiationBoundary
ToselecttheobjectAir ToselecttheobjectAir ToselecttheobjectAir ToselecttheobjectAir:
SelectthemenuitemEdit>Select>ByName Edit>Select>ByName Edit>Select>ByName Edit>Select>ByName
SelectObjectDialog,
Selecttheobjectsnamed:Air Air Air Air
SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Radiation HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Radiation HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Radiation HFSS>Boundaries>Assign>Radiation
RadiationBoundaryWindow
CreateGround
SelectthemenuitemDraw>Rectangle Draw>Rectangle Draw>Rectangle Draw>Rectangle
Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheboxposition
X:- -- -270.0 270.0 270.0 270.0,Y:- -- -270.0 270.0 270.0 270.0,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,PresstheEnterkey
Usingthecoordinateentryfields,entertheoppositecornerofthebase
rectangle:
dX:540.0 540.0 540.0 540.0,dY:540.0 540.0 540.0 540.0,dZ:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,PresstheEnterkey
Tosetthename:
SelecttheAttribute Attribute Attribute Attribute tabfromtheProperties Properties Properties Properties window.
FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Ground Ground Ground Ground
SelectthemenuitemView>FitAll>ActiveView. View>FitAll>ActiveView. View>FitAll>ActiveView. View>FitAll>ActiveView.
10.1
10.1-9
HideDielectrics HideDielectrics HideDielectrics HideDielectrics
Tohidethedielectrics: Tohidethedielectrics: Tohidethedielectrics: Tohidethedielectrics:
2. SelectthemenuitemView>HideSelection>AllViews View>HideSelection>AllViews View>HideSelection>AllViews View>HideSelection>AllViews
1. FortheMaterialName MaterialName MaterialName MaterialName type:My_Met My_Met My_Met My_Met
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofBulkConductivity BulkConductivity BulkConductivity BulkConductivity type:2.8e7 2.8e7 2.8e7 2.8e7
X:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Y: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:304.8 304.8 304.8 304.8, Pressthe Enter Enter Enter Enterkey
10.1
10.1-10
CreateSpiralPath CreateSpiralPath CreateSpiralPath CreateSpiralPath
Tocreatethepath: Tocreatethepath: Tocreatethepath: Tocreatethepath:
X:76.5 76.5 76.5 76.5,Y:- -- -60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0, PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
X:-76.5 76.5 76.5 76.5,Y:76.5 76.5 76.5 76.5,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0, PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
X:-76.5 76.5 76.5 76.5,Y:-76.5 76.5 76.5 76.5,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0, PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
X:93.0 93.0 93.0 93.0,Y:-76.5 76.5 76.5 76.5,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0, PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
X:-93.0 93.0 93.0 93.0,Y:93.0 93.0 93.0 93.0,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0, PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
X:-93.0 93.0 93.0 93.0,Y:-93.0 93.0 93.0 93.0,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0, PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
X:109.5 109.5 109.5 109.5,Y:-93.0 93.0 93.0 93.0,Z:0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0, PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
10.1
10.1-11
CreatetheSpiral CreatetheSpiral CreatetheSpiral CreatetheSpiral
Tocreateconductorprofile: Tocreateconductorprofile: Tocreateconductorprofile: Tocreateconductorprofile:
rectangle:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Spiral Spiral Spiral Spiral
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Polyline1,Spiral Polyline1,Spiral Polyline1,Spiral Polyline1,Spiral
10.1
10.1-12
CreateUnderpass CreateUnderpass CreateUnderpass CreateUnderpass
Tocreateunderpass: Tocreateunderpass: Tocreateunderpass: Tocreateunderpass:
X:- -- -60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0,Y:7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5,Z:- -- -0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
dX:- -- -75.0 75.0 75.0 75.0,dY:- -- -15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0,dZ:- -- -0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Underpass Underpass Underpass Underpass
10.1
10.1-13
CreateVia1 CreateVia1 CreateVia1 CreateVia1
Tocreatevia: Tocreatevia: Tocreatevia: Tocreatevia:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Via1 Via1 Via1 Via1
CreateVia2 CreateVia2 CreateVia2 CreateVia2
Tocreatevia: Tocreatevia: Tocreatevia: Tocreatevia:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Via2 Via2 Via2 Via2
10.1
10.1-14
CreateFeed CreateFeed CreateFeed CreateFeed
Tocreatefeed: Tocreatefeed: Tocreatefeed: Tocreatefeed:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Feed Feed Feed Feed
SolveInsideConductors SolveInsideConductors SolveInsideConductors SolveInsideConductors
Tosolveinside: Tosolveinside: Tosolveinside: Tosolveinside:
2. SelectthemenuitemEdit>Properties Edit>Properties Edit>Properties Edit>Properties
3. PropertiesDialogAttributeTab
1. SolveInside: Checked Checked Checked Checked
ClicktheOK OK OK OK buttonforallwarningmessages(Solvinginsideasolidwithhigh
conductivitymayrequirealargemesh)
SeedMeshConductorssetforSolveInside SeedMeshConductorssetforSolveInside SeedMeshConductorssetforSolveInside SeedMeshConductorssetforSolveInside
Tosolveinside: Tosolveinside: Tosolveinside: Tosolveinside:
2. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>MeshOperations>Assign>Inside HFSS>MeshOperations>Assign>Inside HFSS>MeshOperations>Assign>Inside HFSS>MeshOperations>Assign>Inside
Selection>LengthBased Selection>LengthBased Selection>LengthBased Selection>LengthBased
3. ElementLengthBasedRefinementDialog
1. RestrictLengthofElements: Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked Unchecked
2. RestrictNumberofElements: Checked Checked Checked Checked
3. MaximumNumberofElements:5000 :5000 :5000 :5000
10.1
10.1-15
CreateGroundRing CreateGroundRing CreateGroundRing CreateGroundRing
Tocreateouterring: Tocreateouterring: Tocreateouterring: Tocreateouterring:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Ring Ring Ring Ring
CreateInnerRing CreateInnerRing CreateInnerRing CreateInnerRing
Tocreateinnerring: Tocreateinnerring: Tocreateinnerring: Tocreateinnerring:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Inner Inner Inner Inner
10.1
10.1-16
CompletetheRing CompletetheRing CompletetheRing CompletetheRing
ToselecttheobjectsRingandInner: ToselecttheobjectsRingandInner: ToselecttheobjectsRingandInner: ToselecttheobjectsRingandInner:
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Ring,Inner Ring,Inner Ring,Inner Ring,Inner
2. SubtractWindow
BlankParts:Ring Ring Ring Ring
ToolParts:Inner Inner Inner Inner
CreateExtension1 CreateExtension1 CreateExtension1 CreateExtension1
Tocreateextension: Tocreateextension: Tocreateextension: Tocreateextension:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Ring_Ext1 Ring_Ext1 Ring_Ext1 Ring_Ext1
10.1
10.1-17
CreateExtension2 CreateExtension2 CreateExtension2 CreateExtension2
Tocreateextension: Tocreateextension: Tocreateextension: Tocreateextension:
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Ring_Ext2 Ring_Ext2 Ring_Ext2 Ring_Ext2
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Ring,Ring_Ext1,Ring_Ext2 Ring,Ring_Ext1,Ring_Ext2 Ring,Ring_Ext1,Ring_Ext2 Ring,Ring_Ext1,Ring_Ext2
10.1
10.1-18
rectangle:
3. Reactance:0 00 0
X:- -- -157.0 157.0 157.0 157.0,Y: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
10.1
10.1-19
rectangle:
3. Reactance:0 00 0
X:146.0 146.0 146.0 146.0,Y: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0,Z:1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
10.1
10.1-20
ShowAll ShowAll ShowAll ShowAll
Toshowallobject Toshowallobject Toshowallobject Toshowallobject
1. SelectthemenuitemView>ShowAll>AllViews View>ShowAll>AllViews View>ShowAll>AllViews View>ShowAll>AllViews
boundary.
10.1
10.1-21
AnalysisSetup
MaximumDeltaS:0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
Target:0.05 :0.05 :0.05 :0.05
2. EditSweepWindow:
ErrorTolerance:0.5% :0.5% :0.5% :0.5%
Clickthe OK OK OK OKbutton
10.1
10.1-22
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_spiral_inductor hfss_spiral_inductor hfss_spiral_inductor hfss_spiral_inductor
Analyze
Manager.
10.1
10.1-23
theconvergencedata.
10.1
10.1-24
CreateReports
3. Quantity:St(p1,p1),St(p2,p1) St(p1,p1),St(p2,p1) St(p1,p1),St(p2,p1) St(p1,p1),St(p2,p1)
10.1
10.1-25
1. Name:Q11 Q11 Q11 Q11
2. Expression:
Category:TerminalYParameters TerminalYParameters TerminalYParameters TerminalYParameters
Quantity:Yt(p1,p1) Yt(p1,p1) Yt(p1,p1) Yt(p1,p1)
Function:im im im im
Type:/ // /
Function:re re re re
4. RepeatforQ22 Q22 Q22 Q22,byreplacingYt(p1,p1) Yt(p1,p1) Yt(p1,p1) Yt(p1,p1) withYt(p2,p2) Yt(p2,p2) Yt(p2,p2) Yt(p2,p2)
2. Quantity:Q11,Q22 Q11,Q22 Q11,Q22 Q11,Q22
3. Function:abs abs abs abs
) Re(
) Im(
nn
nn
nn
Y
Y
Q =
10.1
10.1-26
1. Name:L11 L11 L11 L11
2. Expression:
Type:- -- -1/(2*pi*freq* 1/(2*pi*freq* 1/(2*pi*freq* 1/(2*pi*freq*
Category:TerminalYParameters TerminalYParameters TerminalYParameters TerminalYParameters
Function:im im im im
Type:) )) )
2. Quantity:Y11 Y11 Y11 Y11
3. Function:none none none none
) ( 2
1
nn
nn
Y im f
L

10.1
10.1-27
Appendix AlternativeLumpedPorts
G S G
Port
PECBridge PECBridge PECBridge PECBridge
10.1
10.1-28
G S G
Port
S SS S
G GG G
G GG G
Lumped Lumped Lumped Lumped
Port Port Port Port
gap gap gap gap
gap gap gap gap
10.1
10.1-29
G S G
Port
S SS S G GG G G GG G
Via Via Via Via Via Via Via Via
LumpedPort LumpedPort LumpedPort LumpedPort
GroundBridge GroundBridge GroundBridge GroundBridge
AnsoftHighFrequencyStructureSimulatorv10 TrainingSeminar P1-1
Overview
Presentation
1
Overview
Presentation
1
QuickExample CoaxTee HFSS HighFrequencyStructureSimulator
Full-Wave3Dfieldsolver
Solvesforthefieldsinanarbitraryvolume
CoaxDielectric
CoaxCenterPin
OuterBoundary
CoaxShield
Overview
Presentation
1
StartingHFSS
ClicktheMicrosoftStart Start Start Startbutton,selectPrograms Programs Programs Programs,andselecttheAnsoft>HFSS10>HFSS10 Ansoft>HFSS10>HFSS10 Ansoft>HFSS10>HFSS10 Ansoft>HFSS10>HFSS10
Or Or Or OrDoubleclickontheHFSS10iconontheWindowsDesktop
AddingaDesign
WhenyoufirststartHFSSanewprojectwithanewdesignwillbeautomaticallyaddedtotheProjectTree.
Toolbar: Toolbar: Toolbar: Toolbar: InsertHFSSDesign
Toincludeadditionaldesignsintoanexistingproject,select themenuitemProject>InsertHFSSDesign Project>InsertHFSSDesign Project>InsertHFSSDesign Project>InsertHFSSDesign
Alternativelytoopenanewprojectwithanewdesignmanually,selectthemenuitemFile>New File>New File>New File>New.
Overview
Presentation
1
AnsoftDesktop
Menu
bar
Progress
Window
PropertyWindow
Message
Manager
Project
Manager
withproject
tree
Status
bar
3DModeler
Window
Toolbars
Overview
Presentation
1
AnsoftDesktop ProjectManager
MultipleDesignsperProject
MultipleProjectsperDesktop
IntegratedOptimetricsSetup
RequiresLicenseforAnalysis
Project
Design
DesignResults
DesignSetup
DesignAutomation
Parametric
Optimization
Sensitivity
Statistical
Overview
Presentation
1
AnsoftDesktop 3DModeler
Edge
Vertex
Plane
CoordinateSystem(CS)
Origin
Face
Model
3DModelerWindow
Graphics
area
Model
3DModeler
designtree
Contextmenu
Overview
Presentation
1
HFSS HFSS HFSS HFSS- -- - SolutionTypes SolutionTypes SolutionTypes SolutionTypes
DrivenModal DrivenModal DrivenModal DrivenModal - calculatesthemodal-basedS-parameters.TheS-matrixsolutionswillbeexpressedintermsofthe
incidentandreflectedpowersofwaveguidemodes.
GeneralizedS-parameters
DrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal - calculatestheterminal-basedS-parametersofmulti-conductortransmissionlineports.TheS-
matrixsolutionswillbeexpressedintermsofterminalvoltages andcurrents.
Eigenmode Eigenmode Eigenmode Eigenmode calculatetheeigenmodes,orresonances,ofastructure.TheEigenmodesolverfindstheresonant
frequenciesofthestructureandthefieldsatthoseresonantfrequencies.
Convergence
DrivenModal DrivenModal DrivenModal DrivenModal DeltaSformodalS-Parameters.
DrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal DrivenTerminal DeltaSforthesingle-endedordifferentialnodalS-Parameters.
Eigenmode Eigenmode Eigenmode Eigenmode - DeltaF
Overview
Presentation
1
2. SetModelUnits:
Overview
Presentation
1
3DModeler CreateaPrimitive
Point2
Point3
Point1
GridPlane
BaseRectangle
Point1
Point2
Point3
TheCoordinateEntryfieldsallowequationstobeenteredforpositionvalues.
Examples:2*5,2+6+8,2*cos(10*(pi/180)).
VariablesarenotallowedintheCoordinateEntryField
Note Note Note Note:Trigfunctionsareinradians
Overview
Presentation
1
3DModeler ObjectProperties
Attributes
Commands
Attributes
Commands
Overview
Presentation
1
3DModeler Attributes
Overview
Presentation
1
TosettheGridPlane: TosettheGridPlane: TosettheGridPlane: TosettheGridPlane:
Selectthemenuitem3DModeler>GridPlane>YZ 3DModeler>GridPlane>YZ 3DModeler>GridPlane>YZ 3DModeler>GridPlane>YZ
CreateCoaxPin CreateCoaxPin CreateCoaxPin CreateCoaxPin
dX:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,dY:.86.0 :.86.0 :.86.0 :.86.0,dZ:0 :0 :0 :0.0 00 0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
dX:6.0 :6.0 :6.0 :6.0,dY:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0 dZ:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
ContinuedonNextPage ContinuedonNextPage ContinuedonNextPage ContinuedonNextPage
Overview
Presentation
1
CreateCoaxPin(Continued) CreateCoaxPin(Continued) CreateCoaxPin(Continued) CreateCoaxPin(Continued)
ToParameterizetheHeight ToParameterizetheHeight ToParameterizetheHeight ToParameterizetheHeight
2. Height:H HH H
3. Pressthe Tab Tab Tab Tabkey
4. AddVariableWindow
1. Value:6mm 6mm 6mm 6mm
Tosetthecolor: Tosetthecolor: Tosetthecolor: Tosetthecolor:
2. ClicktheEdit Edit Edit Edit button
Tofinisheditingtheobjectproperties Tofinisheditingtheobjectproperties Tofinisheditingtheobjectproperties Tofinisheditingtheobjectproperties
Overview
Presentation
1
3DModeler- Views
View>ModifyAttributes> View>ModifyAttributes> View>ModifyAttributes> View>ModifyAttributes>
Orientation Orientation Orientation Orientation Predefined/CustomViewAngles
Lighting Lighting Lighting Lighting Controlangle,intensity,andcoloroflight
Projection Projection Projection Projection Controlcameraandperspective
BackgroundColor BackgroundColor BackgroundColor BackgroundColor Controlcolorof3DModelerbackground
View>ActiveViewVisibility View>ActiveViewVisibility View>ActiveViewVisibility View>ActiveViewVisibility - Controlsthedisplayof:3DModeler
Objects,ColorKeys,Boundaries,Excitations,FieldPlots
View>Options View>Options View>Options View>Options StereoMode,DragOptimization,ColorKeyDefaults,
DefaultRotation
View>Render>WireFrame View>Render>WireFrame View>Render>WireFrame View>Render>WireFrame orSmoothShaded SmoothShaded SmoothShaded SmoothShaded (Default)
View>CoordinateSystem>Hide View>CoordinateSystem>Hide View>CoordinateSystem>Hide View>CoordinateSystem>Hide orSmall(Large) Small(Large) Small(Large) Small(Large)
View>GridSetting View>GridSetting View>GridSetting View>GridSetting Controlsthegriddisplay
Toolbar: Toolbar: Toolbar: Toolbar: ToggleGridVisibility
Overview
Presentation
1
ChangingtheView
Toolbar Toolbar Toolbar Toolbar
ContextMenu ContextMenu ContextMenu ContextMenu
Shortcuts Shortcuts Shortcuts Shortcuts
Sincechangingtheviewisafrequentlyusedoperation,someusefulshortcutkeysexist.Pressthe
appropriatekeysanddragthemousewiththeleftbuttonpressed:
ALT+Drag ALT+Drag ALT+Drag ALT+Drag Rotate
Inaddition,thereare9pre-definedviewanglesthatcanbeselectedbyholdingtheALTkeyand
doubleclickingonthelocationsshownonthenextpage.
Shift+Drag Shift+Drag Shift+Drag Shift+Drag - Pan
ALT+Shift+Drag ALT+Shift+Drag ALT+Shift+Drag ALT+Shift+Drag DynamicZoom
Pan
RotateAround
ModelCenter
DynamicZoom
ZoomIn/Out
Top Top Top Top
Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom
Right Right Right Right
PredefinedViewAngles
Left Left Left Left
RotateAround
CurrentAxis
RotateAround
ScreenCenter
FitAll
FitSelected
Overview
Presentation
1
CreateCoax CreateCoax CreateCoax CreateCoax
Tocreatethecoax: Tocreatethecoax: Tocreatethecoax: Tocreatethecoax:
dX:6.0 :6.0 :6.0 :6.0,dY:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0 dZ:0.0 :0.0 :0.0 :0.0,PresstheEnter Enter Enter Enter key
ToParameterizetheHeight: ToParameterizetheHeight: ToParameterizetheHeight: ToParameterizetheHeight:
2. Height:H HH H
2. FortheValue Value Value Value ofName Name Name Name type:Coax Coax Coax Coax
Overview
Presentation
1
CreateExcitation CreateExcitation CreateExcitation CreateExcitation
FaceSelection FaceSelection FaceSelection FaceSelection
SelectthemenuitemEdit>Select>Faces Edit>Select>Faces Edit>Select>Faces Edit>Select>Faces
Bymovingthemouse,graphicallyhighlightthetopfaceoftheCoaxobject
Clicktheleftmousebuttontoselecttheface
Selectthemenuitem HFSS>Excitations>Assign>WavePort HFSS>Excitations>Assign>WavePort HFSS>Excitations>Assign>WavePort HFSS>Excitations>Assign>WavePort
1. WavePort:General
1. Name:p1 p1 p1 p1
2. WavePort:Modes
1. RenormalizeAllModes: Checked Checked Checked Checked
2. FullPortImpedance:50Ohm 50Ohm 50Ohm 50Ohm
Overview
Presentation
1
Duplicateboundarieswithgeometry Duplicateboundarieswithgeometry Duplicateboundarieswithgeometry Duplicateboundarieswithgeometry
Workswithallboundariesandexcitations
UseWizardsfordataentrywhencreatingnewboundaries: : : : Checked Checked Checked Checked
Example:
AssignanExcitationtothefaceofanobject
Duplicatetheobjectaroundanaxisthreetimes
TheExcitationisautomaticallyduplicated
Overview
Presentation
1
Setselecttoobjects Setselecttoobjects Setselecttoobjects Setselecttoobjects
CreateTee CreateTee CreateTee CreateTee
TocreateTee: TocreateTee: TocreateTee: TocreateTee:
1. Axis:Z ZZ Z
2. Angle:90 90 90 90
Overview
Presentation
1
UniteConductors UniteConductors UniteConductors UniteConductors
SelectConductors SelectConductors SelectConductors SelectConductors
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Coax_Pin Coax_Pin Coax_Pin Coax_Pin,Coax_Pin_1,Coax_Pin_2 ,Coax_Pin_1,Coax_Pin_2 ,Coax_Pin_1,Coax_Pin_2 ,Coax_Pin_1,Coax_Pin_2
Unite Unite Unite Unite
1. Selectthemenuitem3DModeler>Boolean>Unite 3DModeler>Boolean>Unite 3DModeler>Boolean>Unite 3DModeler>Boolean>Unite
UniteCoax UniteCoax UniteCoax UniteCoax
SelectCoax SelectCoax SelectCoax SelectCoax
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Coax,Coax_1,Coax_2 Coax,Coax_1,Coax_2 Coax,Coax_1,Coax_2 Coax,Coax_1,Coax_2
Unite Unite Unite Unite
1. Selectthemenuitem3DModeler>Boolean>Unite 3DModeler>Boolean>Unite 3DModeler>Boolean>Unite 3DModeler>Boolean>Unite
Overview
Presentation
1
HFSS- SolutionSetup
PickingtheAdaptFrequency
SeeUserGuideChapter2 UserGuideChapter2 UserGuideChapter2 UserGuideChapter2
AdaptFrequency
AddSolutionSetup AddSolutionSetup AddSolutionSetup AddSolutionSetup
Overview
Presentation
1
2. EditSweepWindow:
HFSS FrequencySweep
Discrete Discrete Discrete Discrete Solvesusingadaptivemeshateveryfrequency
MatrixDataandFieldsateveryfrequencyinsweep
Fast Fast Fast Fast- ALPS
Interpolating Interpolating Interpolating Interpolating Adaptivelydeterminesdiscretesolve
pointsusingtheadaptivemesh
MatrixDataateveryfrequencyinsweeps
Fieldsatlastadaptivesolution
AddSweep AddSweep AddSweep AddSweep
Overview
Presentation
1
2. FromtheSaveAs SaveAs SaveAs SaveAswindow,typetheFilename:hfss_coax_tee hfss_coax_tee hfss_coax_tee hfss_coax_tee
Analyze
Note: Note: Note: Note: Toviewanyerrorsorwarningmessages,usetheMessageManager.
Validate Validate Validate Validate
AnalyzeAll AnalyzeAll AnalyzeAll AnalyzeAll
Overview
Presentation
1
CreateReports CreateReports CreateReports CreateReports
2. Quantity:S(p1,p1),S(p1,p2),S(p2,p3) S(p1,p1),S(p1,p2),S(p2,p3) S(p1,p1),S(p1,p2),S(p2,p3) S(p1,p1),S(p1,p2),S(p2,p3)
Overview
Presentation
1
1. Selectanobjecttooverlayfields
1. Selecttheobjectsnamed:Coax Coax Coax Coax
3. E-FieldWindow:
2. Min: 5 55 5
3. Max: 25000 25000 25000 25000
Overview
Presentation
1
WhatisHFSS?
HFSS HFSS HFSS HFSS HighFrequencyStructureSimulator HighFrequencyStructureSimulator HighFrequencyStructureSimulator HighFrequencyStructureSimulator
Arbitrary3DVolumetricFull-WaveFieldSolver
AnsoftDesktop AnsoftDesktop AnsoftDesktop AnsoftDesktop
AdvancedACISbasedModeling
TrueParametricTechnology DynamicEditing
PowerfulReportGeneration
DynamicFieldVisualization
DesignFlowAutomation
Optimetrics/AnsoftDesigner/AnsoftLinks
AdvancedMaterialTypes AdvancedMaterialTypes AdvancedMaterialTypes AdvancedMaterialTypes
FrequencyDependentMaterials
Non-linearMaterials
AnisotropicMaterials
AdvancedBoundaryConditions AdvancedBoundaryConditions AdvancedBoundaryConditions AdvancedBoundaryConditions
RadiationandPerfectlyMatchedLayers
Symmetry,FiniteConductivity,InfinitePlanes,RLC,andLayered Impedance
Master/Slave UnitCells
AdvancedSolverTechnology AdvancedSolverTechnology AdvancedSolverTechnology AdvancedSolverTechnology
AutomaticConformalMeshGeneration
AdaptiveMeshGeneration
Internal/ExternalExcitations IncludesLoss
ALPSFastFrequencySweep
Eigenmode
Overview
Presentation
1
CommonHFSSApplications
Antenna Antenna Antenna Antenna
PlanarAntennas - Patches,Dipoles,Horns,ConformalCellPhoneAntennas,Spirals
Waveguide Circular/SquareHorns
Wire Dipole,Helix
Arrays - InfiniteArrays,FrequencySelectiveSurfaces(FSS)&PhotonicBandGaps(PBG)
RadarCrossSection(RCS)
Microwave Microwave Microwave Microwave
Filters CavityFilters,Microstrip,Dielectric
EMC/EMI ShieldEnclosures,Coupling,Near- orFar-FieldRadiation
Connectors Coax,SFP/XFP,Backplane,Transitions
Waveguide Filters,Resonators,Transitions,Couplers
Silicon/GaSa - SpiralInductors,Transformers
SignalIntegrity/High SignalIntegrity/High SignalIntegrity/High SignalIntegrity/High- -- -SpeedDigital SpeedDigital SpeedDigital SpeedDigital
PackageModeling BGA,QFP,Flip-Chip
PCBBoardModeling Power/Groundplanes,MeshGridGrounds,Backplanes
Connectors SFP/XFP,VHDM,GBX,NexLev,Coax
Transitions Differential/Single-endedVias
Overview
Presentation
1
WhatInformationdoesHFSSCompute?
MatrixData MatrixData MatrixData MatrixData
Modal/Terminal/Differential
S-,Y-,andZ-Parameters
VSWR
Excitations
ComplexPropagationConstant(Gamma)
Zo
Full-WaveSpice
Full-WaveSpice BroadbandModel
LumpedRLC LowFrequencyModel
PartialFraction- Matlab
ExportFormats HSPICE,PSPICE,CadenceSpectre,andMaxwellSPICE
CommonDisplayFormats:
Rectangular,Polar
SmithChart
DataTables
CommonOutputFormats:
NeutralModelsFiles(NMF) (Optimetricsonly)
ParametricResults
Touchstone,DataTables,Matlab,
Citifile
Graphics WindowsClipboard
Overview
Presentation
1
WhatInformationdoesHFSSCompute? (Continued)
Fields Fields Fields Fields
Modal/Terminal/Differential
ElectricField
MagneticField
Current(Volume/Surface)
Power
SpecificAbsorptionRate
Radiation
2D/3DFar-/Near-Fields
Arrays RegularandCustomSetups
RCS
FieldCalculator
UserDefinedFieldCalculations
CommonDisplayFormats
Volume
Surface
Vector
2DReports Rectangular,Polar,RadiationPatterns
CommonOutputFormats:
Animations AVI,GIF
DataTables
Graphics WindowsClipboard,BMP,GIF,JPG,TIFF,VRML
Overview
Presentation
1
WhatistheTechnologyBehindtheHFSSFieldSolver?
VolumetricFieldSolver VolumetricFieldSolver VolumetricFieldSolver VolumetricFieldSolver
Type:Full Full Full Full- -- -Wave Wave Wave Wave
SolutionMethod:3DFiniteElementMethod(FEM) 3DFiniteElementMethod(FEM) 3DFiniteElementMethod(FEM) 3DFiniteElementMethod(FEM)
Accuracy Accuracy Accuracy Accuracy:Iftherewerenolimitsonthesizeofthematrixandonthenumberofdigits
forcomputation,therewouldbenolimittotheaccuracyoftheFiniteElementMethod!
MeshType:Conformal Conformal Conformal Conformal
MeshElement:Tetrahedron Tetrahedron Tetrahedron Tetrahedron
MeshProcess:Adaptive Adaptive Adaptive Adaptive
Convergence:ComplexMagnitude ComplexMagnitude ComplexMagnitude ComplexMagnitude
ChangeinS ChangeinS ChangeinS ChangeinS- -- -Parameters(DeltaS) Parameters(DeltaS) Parameters(DeltaS) Parameters(DeltaS)
Excitations Excitations Excitations Excitations- -- - PortSolver PortSolver PortSolver PortSolver
SolutionMethod:2DFiniteElementMethod 2DFiniteElementMethod 2DFiniteElementMethod 2DFiniteElementMethod
MeshProcess: Adaptive Adaptive Adaptive Adaptive
FrequencySweeps FrequencySweeps FrequencySweeps FrequencySweeps
FastFrequencySweep:ALPS
Supportssweepsaslargeas10000datapointsfromasinglesolution.
InterpolatingSweep
AdaptiveDiscreteSweepwithcurvefitting
Supportssweepsaslargeas10000datapoints.Numberofdiscretesolution
pointsvarieswithresponse.
Vertex Vertex Vertex Vertex:ExplicitlySolved
Edge Edge Edge Edge:ExplicitlySolved
Face Face Face Face:Interpolated
Overview
Presentation
1
AdaptiveMeshRefinement AdaptiveMeshRefinement AdaptiveMeshRefinement AdaptiveMeshRefinement automatically
tunesthemeshtotheelectrical
performanceofthedevice.Thisensures
simulationsarecorrectthefirsttime.
MeshConvergence MeshConvergence MeshConvergence MeshConvergence:Real-Timeupdateof
performanceperadaptivesolution.
MatrixData
Fields
AdaptiveRefinement AdaptiveRefinement AdaptiveRefinement AdaptiveRefinement
Overview
Presentation
1
TheProcess
Design Design Design Design
SolutionType SolutionType SolutionType SolutionType
1.1.Boundaries 1.1.Boundaries 1.1.Boundaries 1.1.Boundaries
1.2.Excitations 1.2.Excitations 1.2.Excitations 1.2.Excitations
4.1Mesh 4.1Mesh 4.1Mesh 4.1Mesh
Operations Operations Operations Operations
2.Analysis 2.Analysis 2.Analysis 2.Analysis
SolutionSetup
FrequencySweep
1.ParametricModel 1.ParametricModel 1.ParametricModel 1.ParametricModel
Geometry/Materials
3.Results 3.Results 3.Results 3.Results
2DReports
Fields
Mesh Mesh Mesh Mesh
Refinement Refinement Refinement Refinement
Solve Solve Solve Solve
Update Update Update Update
Converged Converged Converged Converged
Finished Finished Finished Finished
4.SolveLoop 4.SolveLoop 4.SolveLoop 4.SolveLoop
NO NO NO NO
YES YES YES YES
Overview
Presentation
1
YES YES YES YES
InitialSolution
AdaptiveMeshLoop
NoAdaptiveMeshing NoAdaptiveMeshing NoAdaptiveMeshing NoAdaptiveMeshing
PortsOnly& PortsOnly& PortsOnly& PortsOnly&
Seedingand Seedingand Seedingand Seedingand
LambdaRefinement LambdaRefinement LambdaRefinement LambdaRefinement
(SingleFrequency) (SingleFrequency) (SingleFrequency) (SingleFrequency)
PortSolution PortSolution PortSolution PortSolution
(Adaptive) (Adaptive) (Adaptive) (Adaptive)
RefineMesh RefineMesh RefineMesh RefineMesh
(GradientofE (GradientofE (GradientofE (GradientofE- -- -Field Field Field Field
atSingleFrequency) atSingleFrequency) atSingleFrequency) atSingleFrequency)
CheckConvergence CheckConvergence CheckConvergence CheckConvergence
(DeltaS) (DeltaS) (DeltaS) (DeltaS)
No No No No
Overview
Presentation
1
3DModeler ModelTree
Selectmenuitem3DModeler>GroupbyMaterial 3DModeler>GroupbyMaterial 3DModeler>GroupbyMaterial 3DModeler>GroupbyMaterial
GroupedbyMaterial GroupedbyMaterial GroupedbyMaterial GroupedbyMaterial ObjectView ObjectView ObjectView ObjectView
Material
Object
ObjectCommandHistory
Overview
Presentation
1
3DModeler Commands
ParametricTechnology
DynamicEdits- ChangeDimensions
AddVariables
ProjectVariables(Global)orDesignVariables(Local)
AnimateGeometry
IncludeUnits DefaultUnitismeters
SupportsmixedUnits
Overview
Presentation
1
3DModeler Primitives
Line,Spline,Arc,EquationBasedCurve,
Rectangle,Ellipse,Circle,RegularPolygon,
EquationBasedSurface
Box,Cylinder,RegularPolyhedron
Cone,Sphere,Torus,Helix,Spiral,Bond
Wire
Toolbar: Toolbar: Toolbar: Toolbar: 2DObjects
Toolbar: Toolbar: Toolbar: Toolbar: 3DObjects
Overview
Presentation
1
SplittingversusSubtractingobjects
Twoormoretruesurfaceobjectsoverlapping
PerformSplitofobjectsforMeshingpurposes
1. Movecoordinatesystemtoadesiredposition
2. Selectmultipleobjectstosplit
3. Select3DModeler>Boolean>Split 3DModeler>Boolean>Split 3DModeler>Boolean>Split 3DModeler>Boolean>Split
4. SelectdesiredsplitplaneandBothsetsofobjectstokeep.
NoneedtoCopy->Subtract->Paste
OriginalModel
(overlapsbetweentwocylinders)
Recommendedapproach
RelativeCS
Overview
Presentation
1
3DModeler BooleanOperations/Transformations
3DModeler>Boolean> 3DModeler>Boolean> 3DModeler>Boolean> 3DModeler>Boolean>
Unite Unite Unite Unite combinemultipleprimitives
Unitedisjointobjects(SeparateBodies SeparateBodies SeparateBodies SeparateBodies toseparate)
Subtract Subtract Subtract Subtract removepartofaprimitivefromanother
Intersect Intersect Intersect Intersect keeponlythepartsofprimitivesthatoverlap
Split Split Split Split breakprimitivesintomultiplepartsalongaplane(XY,YZ,XZ)
SplitCrossingObjects SplitCrossingObjects SplitCrossingObjects SplitCrossingObjects splitsobjectsalongaplane(XY,YZ,XZ)onlywheretheyintersect
SeparateBodies SeparateBodies SeparateBodies SeparateBodies separatesobjectswhichareunitedbutnotphysicallyconnectedintoindividual
objects
3DModeler>Surfaces>MoveFaces 3DModeler>Surfaces>MoveFaces 3DModeler>Surfaces>MoveFaces 3DModeler>Surfaces>MoveFaces ResizeorRepositionanobjectsfacealonganormalorvector.
Edit>Arrange> Edit>Arrange> Edit>Arrange> Edit>Arrange>
Move Move Move Move Translatesthestructurealongavector
Rotate Rotate Rotate Rotate Rotatestheshapearoundacoordinateaxisbyanangle
Mirror Mirror Mirror Mirror Mirrorstheshapearoundaspecifiedplane
Offset Offset Offset Offset Performsauniformscaleinx,y,andz.
Edit>Duplicate> Edit>Duplicate> Edit>Duplicate> Edit>Duplicate>
AlongLine AlongLine AlongLine AlongLine Createmultiplecopiesofanobjectalongavector
AroundAxis AroundAxis AroundAxis AroundAxis Createmultiplecopiesofanobjectrotatedbyafixedanglearoundthex,y,orzaxis
Mirror Mirror Mirror Mirror- -- - Mirrorstheshapearoundaspecifiedplane andcreatesaduplicate
Edit>Scale Edit>Scale Edit>Scale Edit>Scale Allowsnon-uniformscalinginthex,y,orzdirection
Toolbar: Toolbar: Toolbar: Toolbar: Boolean
Toolbar: Toolbar: Toolbar: Toolbar: Arrange
Toolbar: Toolbar: Toolbar: Toolbar: Duplicate
Overview
Presentation
1
3DModeler- Selection
SelectionTypes SelectionTypes SelectionTypes SelectionTypes
Object(Default) Object(Default) Object(Default) Object(Default)
Face Face Face Face
Edge Edge Edge Edge
Vertex Vertex Vertex Vertex
SelectionModes SelectionModes SelectionModes SelectionModes
AllObjects AllObjects AllObjects AllObjects
AllVisibleObject AllVisibleObject AllVisibleObject AllVisibleObject
ByName ByName ByName ByName
HighlightSelectionDynamically HighlightSelectionDynamically HighlightSelectionDynamically HighlightSelectionDynamically Bydefault,movingthemousepointeroveranobjectwilldynamically
highlighttheobjectforselection.Toselecttheobjectsimply clicktheleftmousebutton.
MultipleObjectSelection MultipleObjectSelection MultipleObjectSelection MultipleObjectSelection HoldtheCTRL CTRL CTRL CTRL keydowntographicallyselectmultipleobjects
NextBehind NextBehind NextBehind NextBehind Toselectanobjectlocatedbehindanotherobject,selectthefrontobject,presstheb bb b keytoget
thenextbehind.Note:Themousepointermustbelocatedsuchthatthenextbehindobjectisunderthe
mousepointer.
ToDisable: ToDisable: ToDisable: ToDisable:Selectthemenuitem Tools>Options>3DModelerOptions Tools>Options>3DModelerOptions Tools>Options>3DModelerOptions Tools>Options>3DModelerOptions
FromtheDisplayTab DisplayTab DisplayTab DisplayTab,uncheckHighlightselectiondynamically Highlightselectiondynamically Highlightselectiondynamically Highlightselectiondynamically
DynamicallyHighlighted
(Onlyframeofobject)
Selected
Overview
Presentation
1
3DModeler MovingAround
Step1:StartPoint Step2:HoldXkeyandselectvertexpoint
Step3:CTRL+Enter Keyssetalocalreference Step4:HoldZkeyandsetheight
EdgeCenterSnap
Toolbar: Toolbar: Toolbar: Toolbar: SnapMode
Overview
Presentation
1
3DModeler CoordinateSystem
CanbeParameterized
WorkingCoordinateSystem WorkingCoordinateSystem WorkingCoordinateSystem WorkingCoordinateSystem
CurrentlyselectedCS.ThiscanbealocalorglobalCS
GlobalCS GlobalCS GlobalCS GlobalCS
Thedefaultfixedcoordinatesystem
Relative Relative Relative Relative CS CS CS CS
Userdefinedlocalcoordinatesystem.
Offset
Rotated
Both
Face Face Face Face CS CS CS CS (settingavailabletoautomaticallyswitchtofacecoordinatesysteminthe3DModelerOptions)
Step1:SelectFace
Step2:SelectOrigin
Step3:SetX-Axis
NewWorkingCS
ConecreatedwithFaceCS
ChangeBoxSizeandConeis
automaticallypositionedwith
thetopfaceofthebox
Toolbar: Toolbar: Toolbar: Toolbar: CoordinateSystem
Overview
Presentation
1
HFSS MatrixData
HFSS>Results>SolutionData HFSS>Results>SolutionData HFSS>Results>SolutionData HFSS>Results>SolutionData
Export
NMF,Touchstone,DataTables,Citifile,MATLAB(*.m)
NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE:MakesuretheSimulationissettoaSweepbeforeexporting. TheAdaptivePasseswillonlyexporta
singlefrequencypoint.
EquivalentCircuitExport
HSPICE,PSPICE,Spectre,MaxwellSPICE
Overview
Presentation
1
Results DataManagement
HFSS>Results>BrowseSolutions HFSS>Results>BrowseSolutions HFSS>Results>BrowseSolutions HFSS>Results>BrowseSolutions
Solvedmodelvariationsareretained.
UnlessotherwisenotifiedbyHFSS.
HFSS>Results>CleanUpSolutions HFSS>Results>CleanUpSolutions HFSS>Results>CleanUpSolutions HFSS>Results>CleanUpSolutions
HFSS>Results>ImportSolutions HFSS>Results>ImportSolutions HFSS>Results>ImportSolutions HFSS>Results>ImportSolutions
Overview
Presentation
1
Results CreateReports
HFSS>Results>CreateReport HFSS>Results>CreateReport HFSS>Results>CreateReport HFSS>Results>CreateReport
OutputVariables
UserDefinedEquations
Overview
Presentation
1
Fields
SelectObjectVolume,Surface,orLinetodisplayfields
HFSS>Fields>PlotFields> HFSS>Fields>PlotFields> HFSS>Fields>PlotFields> HFSS>Fields>PlotFields>
ModifyPlot Solution/Frequency/Qty
PlotAttributes
EditSources ChangeExcitation
Overview
Presentation
1
MeshDisplay
FieldOverlay
1. Selectanobject
2. SelectthemenuitemHFSS>Fields>PlotMesh HFSS>Fields>PlotMesh HFSS>Fields>PlotMesh HFSS>Fields>PlotMesh
Overview
Presentation
1
MenuStructure
Draw Draw Draw Draw Primitives
3DModeler 3DModeler 3DModeler 3DModeler SettingsandBooleanOperations
Edit Edit Edit Edit Arrange,Duplicate
HFSS HFSS HFSS HFSS Boundaries,Excitations,MeshOperations,AnalysisSetup,Results
Overview
Presentation
1
Measure
3DModeler>Measure> 3DModeler>Measure> 3DModeler>Measure> 3DModeler>Measure>
Position Position Position Position PointsandDistance
Length Length Length Length EdgeLength
Area Area Area Area SurfaceArea
Volume Volume Volume Volume ObjectVolume
PositionPoints PositionPoints PositionPoints PositionPoints
Overview
Presentation
1
Options General
Tools>Options>GeneralOptions Tools>Options>GeneralOptions Tools>Options>GeneralOptions Tools>Options>GeneralOptions
TempDirectory TempDirectory TempDirectory TempDirectory Locationusedduringsolutionprocess
Makesureitisatleast512MBfreedisk.
Options- HFSS
Tools>Options>HFSSOptions>Solver Tools>Options>HFSSOptions>Solver Tools>Options>HFSSOptions>Solver Tools>Options>HFSSOptions>Solver
NumberofProcessors Requiresadditionallicense
DesiredRAMLimit leaveituncheckedforauto-detect
MaximumRAMLimit leaveituncheckedforauto-detect
ProcessPriority setthesimulationpriorityfromCritical
(highest)toIdle(lowest)
Overview
Presentation
1
ConvertingOlderHFSSProjects(pre-HFSSv9)toHFSSv10
FromHFSSv10.0 FromHFSSv10.0 FromHFSSv10.0 FromHFSSv10.0,
1. SelectthemenuitemFile>Open File>Open File>Open File>Open
2. Opendialog
1. FilesofType:AnsoftLegacyEMProjects(. AnsoftLegacyEMProjects(. AnsoftLegacyEMProjects(. AnsoftLegacyEMProjects(.cls cls cls cls) )) )
2. Browsetotheexistingprojectandselectthe.cls file
3. ClicktheOpen Open Open Open button
WhatisConverted? WhatisConverted? WhatisConverted? WhatisConverted?
ConvertsEntireModel:Geometry,Materials,Boundaries,
SourcesandSetup
Solutions,OptimetricsprojectsandMacrosarenotconverted
LegacyLicense
ExistingcustomersusingHFSSv9.2.1shouldhavereceivedlegacy licenseswiththenewv10.0licenses.
Theselicensesallowyoutoruneitherv10.0orv9.2.1
ContactyourAccountManagerifthisfeatureisnotavailable
NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: Onceaprojectissavedinv10itcannolongerbeopenedinv9
Overview
Presentation
1
HFSSv10Enhancements
FromimportofcomplexsolidmodelstoHFSSanalysisisamulti-stageprocess,eachstepofwhich
playsanimportantrole
import import import import healing healing healing healing meshing meshing meshing meshing modelresolution modelresolution modelresolution modelresolution analysis analysis analysis analysis
ApplicationsInclude:
Complex Connectors
High-Speed PCBs
Microwave Devices
Overview
Presentation
1
HFSSv10Enhancements
HealingGeometry HealingGeometry HealingGeometry HealingGeometry
KeyEditFeatures
Auto/ManualImportHealing
3DModelAnalysis 3DModeler/Analyze
Face,Object,Areaanalysisbasedonuserinputs
Listofproblems(faces,edges,vertices)
AutoZoomInintoregionwhereproblemexists
RemoveFace
RemoveEdge
RemoveSliver
RemoveVertices
Overview
Presentation
1
HFSSv10Enhancements
ImprovedMeshGeneration
Significantlyimprovedmeshgenerationalgorithms
Overview
Presentation
1
HFSSv10Enhancements
ModelResolution
Meshbefore Meshbefore Meshbefore Meshbefore:
184,675tets
Meshafter: Meshafter: Meshafter: Meshafter:
24,691tets
Length=0.1mm Length=0.1mm Length=0.1mm Length=0.1mm
Overview
Presentation
1
HFSSv10Enhancements
NewdynamiclinkswithHFSSandbetweenDesigner/Nexxim andSIWave
Newincidentwave:Spherical,cylindrical,linedipole,Gaussian beam,etc
Overview
Presentation
1
HFSSv10Enhancements
DistributedAnalysis
1) Thegraphicaluserinterfaceenablesuserstoselect
computeraddressesforanalysisdistribution
2) Automatedparsermanagementandreassemblyofdata
3) Parametrictablesandstudies
4) Frequencysweepsfordiscrete,fast,andinterpolating
5) Perlicense,distributedanalysisallowsupto10parallel
simulationsonremotemachines,providingnear-linear
reductionofsimulationruntimes
Overview
Presentation
1
RecommendedServicePacks(SP) PConly
MicrosoftWindowsXP- SP2orhigher
MicrosoftWindows2000 SP4orhigher
UpdatingDrivers
UpdateyourDirectXdriverstover9.0c
http://www.microsoft.com/directx
Updateyourvideodriverstothelatestavailablefromthecardmanufacturer
MemoryallocationHFSSv9.2
WiththereleaseofHFSSv9.2youcanaccesssupto3GBofRamonPC
Allabout3GBswitch,supportedOS
http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;291988
Howtouse/3GBswitch
http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/ddtools/hh/ddtools/bootini_1fcj.asp
Possibleproblems
http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;328269
IncreasingMemoryallocationHFSSv10
WiththereleaseofHFSSv10ona64bitoperatingsystemtheoreticallythereisnoRAMlimitation
Practicallyyoucanaccessupto32GBofRAMduetohardwarelimitations
Overview
Presentation
1
UnixOperatingSystems
HPUX11.0
Solaris2.8and2.9
Note:RequiresOpenGL
Note:PleaseperformrequiredOSupdatesoutlinedinreadme fileontheCD
CommonDesktop(CDE)
ThereisanissuewithHFSSdialogboxesmovingbehindthemainwindow.Thefollowinginstructionsdescribe
howtopreventthis:
SelectTools>DesktopControls Tools>DesktopControls Tools>DesktopControls Tools>DesktopControls
SelectWindowStyleManager WindowStyleManager WindowStyleManager WindowStyleManager
FromtheStyleManager Window
UncheckAllowPrimaryWindowsonTop AllowPrimaryWindowsonTop AllowPrimaryWindowsonTop AllowPrimaryWindowsonTop
Overview
Presentation
1
ProjectFiles
Everythingregardingtheprojectisstoredinanascii file
File:< << <project_name project_name project_name project_name>. >. >. >.hfss hfss hfss hfss
DoubleclickfromWindowsExplorerwillopenandlaunchHFSSv10
ResultsandMesharestoredinafoldernamed< << <project_name project_name project_name project_name>. >. >. >.hfssresults hfssresults hfssresults hfssresults
Lockfile:< << <project_name project_name project_name project_name>. >. >. >.lock.hfss lock.hfss lock.hfss lock.hfss
Createdwhenaprojectisopened
AutoSaveFile:< << <project_name project_name project_name project_name>. >. >. >.hfss.auto hfss.auto hfss.auto hfss.auto
Whenrecovering,softwareonlychecksdate
Ifanerroroccurredwhensavingtheautofile,thedatewillbe newerthentheoriginal
Lookatfilesize(providedinrecoverdialog)
Scripts
DefaultScriptrecordedinv10
VisualBasicScript
RemoteSolve(WindowsOnly)
Tools>Options>GeneralOptions> Tools>Options>GeneralOptions> Tools>Options>GeneralOptions> Tools>Options>GeneralOptions>
AnalysisOptions AnalysisOptions AnalysisOptions AnalysisOptions
UsesDCOM
Overview
Presentation
1
AnsoftDesignerSV
AnsoftDesignerSVisafull-featuredsubsetofAnsoft's commerciallydistributedAnsoftDesigner
AnsoftDesignerSVcontainsacompletehigh-frequencylinearcircuitsimulator,schematicandlayoutdesignentry,
powerfuldesignutilities,andpost-processing,allintegratedinaneasy-to-useenvironment.Thesoftwarealso
includesacompletesetoflineardistributedtransmissionlinemodels,discontinuities,vendorcomponentparts,and
idealcircuitelements.
AnsoftDesignerSVallowsthesimulationofS-,Y-,andZ-parameters,groupdelay,noisefigure,andstability
circlesofRFandmicrowavecircuits.Utilitiesincludereal-timetuning,filterandTRLsynthesis,andSmithTool
matching.Post-processingincludesrectangularplots,SmithCharts,polarplots,anddatatables.Additionally,
AnsoftDesignerSVcomeswithasetofreal-worldexamples.
FreeDownload FreeDownload FreeDownload FreeDownload:www.ansoft.com/ansoftdesignersv
Overview
Presentation
1
ForTechnicalSupport
ThefollowinglinkwilldirectyoutotheAnsoftSupportPage.TheAnsoftSupportPagesprovideadditional
documentation,training,andapplicationnotes.WebSite:http://www.ansoft.com/support.cfm
ApplicationEngineersforNorthAmerica
Thenamesandnumbersinthislistmaychangewithoutnotice
9-4EST:
Pittsburgh,PA Pittsburgh,PA Pittsburgh,PA Pittsburgh,PA
Burlington,MA Burlington,MA Burlington,MA Burlington,MA
9-4PST:
SanJose,CA SanJose,CA SanJose,CA SanJose,CA
Portland,OR Portland,OR Portland,OR Portland,OR
(503)906-7944or(503)906-7947
ElSegundo,CA ElSegundo,CA ElSegundo,CA ElSegundo,CA
(310)426-2287 AskforTechnicalSupport
THlSPAGElNTENTlONALLYLEFTBLANK
Boundary/Excitations- Overview
Presentation
2
WhyareTheyCritical?
Formostpracticalproblems,thesolutiontoMaxwellsequations requiresa
rigorousmatrixapproachsuchastheFiniteElementMethod(FEM) which
isusedbyAnsoftHFSS.
ThewaveequationsolvedbyAnsoftHFSS isderivedfromthe
differentialformofMaxwellsequations.
Fortheseexpressionstobevalid,itisassumedthatthefieldvectorsare:
single-valued,
bounded,andhavea
continuous distribution(alongwiththeirderivatives)
Alongboundariesofmediaoratsources,
Fieldvectorsarediscontinuous
Derivativesofthefieldvectorshavenomeaning
0 =
=
+ =
=
B
D
t
D
J H
t
B
E
BoundaryConditionsdefinethefieldbehavioracrossdiscontinuousboundaries
Presentation
2
WhydoICare?
TheyForce thefieldstoalignwiththedefinitionoftheboundarycondition
AsauserIshouldbeasking
Whatassumptions,aboutthefields,dotheboundaryconditionsmake?
Aretheseassumptionsappropriateforthestructurebeingsimulated?
ModelScope
Toreducetheinfinitespaceoftherealworldtoafinitevolume,AnsoftHFSS automatically
appliesaboundarytothesurfacesurroundingthegeometricmodel
Outerboundary
DefaultBoundary:PerfectE
ModelComplexity
Toreducethecomplexityofamodel,theboundaryconditionscan beusedtoimprovethe:
SolutionTime
ComputerResources
Failuretounderstandboundaryconditionsmayleadtoinconsistentresults
Presentation
2
WhatareCommonAnsoftHFSSBoundaryConditions?
Excitations
WavePorts(External)
LumpedPorts(Internal)
SurfaceApproximations
PerfectEorPerfectHSurface
FiniteConductivitySurface
ImpedanceSurface
SymmetryPlanes
RadiationSurface
MaterialProperties
Boundarybetweentwodielectrics
FiniteConductivityofaconductor
Largelytheusersresponsibility
Transparenttotheuser
Presentation
2
PerfectE PerfectE PerfectE PerfectE Forcestheelectricfieldperpendiculartothesurface
OuterSurface DefaultBoundary
PEC/PerfectConductorMaterialProperty
Modelcomplexity:Reducedbyeliminatingconductorloss
PerfectH PerfectH PerfectH PerfectH Forcestheelectricfieldtangenttothesurface
FiniteConductivity FiniteConductivity FiniteConductivity FiniteConductivity Lossyelectricconductor.
Forcesthetangentialelectricfieldatthesurfaceto:Z
s
(n xH
tan
).
Thesurfaceimpedance(Z
s
)isequalto,(1+j)/(),
Modelcomplexity:Reducedbyeliminatingconductorthickness
ImpedanceSurface ImpedanceSurface ImpedanceSurface ImpedanceSurface Representsurfacesofaknownimpedance
Forcesthetangentialelectricfieldatthesurfaceto:Z
s
(n xH
tan
).
Thesurfaceimpedance(Z
s
)isequalto,R
s
+jX
s
(Ohms/Square)
LayeredImpedance LayeredImpedance LayeredImpedance LayeredImpedance ModelsmultiplethinlayersinastructureasanImpedanceSurface
LumpedRLC LumpedRLC LumpedRLC LumpedRLC Parallelcombination
PerfectESurface PerfectESurface PerfectESurface PerfectESurface
Perfect H Surface
Presentation
2
SurfaceApproximations(Continued)
SymmetryPlanes SymmetryPlanes SymmetryPlanes SymmetryPlanes Enableyoutomodelonlypartofastructure
PerfectEorPerfectHSymmetryPlanes
Mustbeexposedtotheoutersurface
Mustbeonaplanarsurface
Remember!MechanicalSymmetrydoesnotEqualElectricalSymmetry Remember!MechanicalSymmetrydoesnotEqualElectricalSymmetry Remember!MechanicalSymmetrydoesnotEqualElectricalSymmetry Remember!MechanicalSymmetrydoesnotEqualElectricalSymmetry
Modelcomplexity:Reducedbyeliminatingpartofthesolutionvolume
FullModel FullModel FullModel FullModel
PerfectESymmetry PerfectESymmetry PerfectESymmetry PerfectESymmetry
PerfectHSymmetry PerfectHSymmetry PerfectHSymmetry PerfectHSymmetry
Presentation
2
RadiationSurface RadiationSurface RadiationSurface RadiationSurface Allowswavestoradiateinfinitelyfarintospace.
Theboundaryabsorbswaveattheradiationsurface
Canbeplacedonarbitrarysurfaces
Accuracydependson
Thedistancebetweentheboundaryandtheradiatingobject
Theradiationboundaryshouldbelocatedatleastone-quarterofawavelength
fromaradiatingstructure.Ifyouaresimulatingastructurethatdoesnotradiate,
theboundarycanbelocatedlessthenone-quarterofawavelength(Thevalidity
ofthisassumptionwillrequireyourengineeringjudgment).
Theincidentangle
Theradiationboundarywillreflectvaryingamountsofenergydependingonthe
incidenceangle.Thebestperformanceisachievedatnormalincidence.Avoid
anglesgreaterthen~30degrees.Inaddition,theradiationboundarymustremain
convexrelativetothewave.
PerfectlyMatchedLayer(PML) PerfectlyMatchedLayer(PML) PerfectlyMatchedLayer(PML) PerfectlyMatchedLayer(PML) Allowswavestoradiateinfinitelyfarintospace.
NotaBoundaryCondition.Fictitiousmaterialsthatfullyabsorbtheelectromagneticfields
impinginguponthem.Thesematerialsarecomplexanisotropic.
Types
FreeSpaceTerminationorReflectionFreeTermination
Canonlybeplacedonplanarsurface
Modelcomplexity:Theydonotsufferfromthedistanceorincidentangleproblemsof
Radiationboundariesbutshouldbeplaceatleastone-tenthofawavelengthfrom
strongradiators
Presentation
2
InfiniteGround InfiniteGround InfiniteGround InfiniteGround Planes Planes Planes Planes Simulatetheeffectsofaninfinitegroundplane
Onlyaffectsthecalculationofnear- orfar-fieldradiationduringpostprocessing
Types:PerfectE,FiniteConductivity,orImpedanceSurface
FrequencyDependentBoundaryConditions FrequencyDependentBoundaryConditions FrequencyDependentBoundaryConditions FrequencyDependentBoundaryConditions
ThefollowingboundaryparameterscanbeassignedanexpressionthatincludesFreq:
FiniteConductivity
Impedance
LumpedRLC
LayeredImpedance
SupportedFrequencySweeps
SingleFrequency
DiscreteSweep
InterpolatingSweep
Presentation
2
Port1
Port2
Port3
Port4
Excitations
Portsareauniquetypeofboundarycondition
Allowenergytoflowintoandoutofastructure.
Definedon2Dplanarsurface
Arbitraryportsolvercalculatesthenaturalfieldpatternsormodes
Assumessemi-infinitelylongwaveguide
Samecross-sectionandmaterialpropertiesasportsurface
2Dfieldpatternsserveasboundaryconditionsforthefull3Dproblem
ExcitationTypes ExcitationTypes ExcitationTypes ExcitationTypes
WavePort (Waveguide) External
Recommendedonlyforsurfacesexposedtothebackground
Supportsmultiplemodes(Example:CoupledLines)anddeembedding
ComputeGeneralizedS-Parameters
FrequencydependentCharacteristicImpedance(Zo)
Perfectlymatchedateveryfrequency
LumpedPort Internal
Recommendedonlyforsurfacesinternaltogeometricmodel
Singlemode(TEM)andno deembedding
NormalizedtoaconstantuserdefinedZo
Measurements Measurements Measurements Measurements
Constant Constant Constant ConstantZo Zo Zo Zo
Presentation
2
Excitations(Continued)
WaveEquation WaveEquation WaveEquation WaveEquation
Thefieldpatternofatravelingwaveinsideawaveguidecanbedeterminedbysolving
Maxwellsequations.Thefollowingequationthatissolvedbythe2Dsolverisderiveddirectly
fromMaxwellsequation.
where:
E EE E(x,y)isaphasor representinganoscillatingelectricfield.
k
0
isthefreespacewavenumber,
r
isthecomplexrelativepermeability.
r
isthecomplexrelativepermittivity.
Tosolvethisequation,the2Dsolverobtainsanexcitationfieldpatternintheformofaphasor
solution,E EE E(x,y).Thesephasor solutionsareindependentofzandt;onlyafterbeingmultiplied
bye
-z
dotheybecometravelingwaves.
Alsonotethattheexcitationfieldpatterncomputedisvalidonlyatasinglefrequency.A
differentexcitationfieldpatterniscomputedforeachfrequencypointofinterest.
( ) 0 ) , ( ,
1
2
0
=
y x E k y x E
r
r

Presentation
2
Modes,Reflections,andPropagation Modes,Reflections,andPropagation Modes,Reflections,andPropagation Modes,Reflections,andPropagation
Itisalsopossiblefora3Dfieldsolutiongeneratedbyanexcitationsignalofonespecific
modetocontainreflectionsofhigher-ordermodeswhichariseduetodiscontinuitiesinahigh
frequencystructure.
Ifthesehigher-ordermodesarereflectedbacktotheexcitationportortransmittedonto
anotherport,theS-parametersassociatedwiththesemodesshouldbecalculated.
Ifthehigher-ordermodedecaysbeforereachinganyporteitherbecauseofattenuationdue
tolossesorbecauseitisanon-propagatingevanescentmodethereisnoneedtoobtainthe
S-parametersforthatmode.
WavePortsRequireaLengthofUniformCrossSection WavePortsRequireaLengthofUniformCrossSection WavePortsRequireaLengthofUniformCrossSection WavePortsRequireaLengthofUniformCrossSection
AnsoftHFSS assumesthateachportyoudefineisconnectedtoasemi-infinitelylong
waveguidethathasthesamecrosssectionastheWavePort
nouniformcrosssection
atWavePorts
uniformcrosssection
addedforeachWavePort
Presentation
2
WavePortBoundaryConditions WavePortBoundaryConditions WavePortBoundaryConditions WavePortBoundaryConditions
PerfectEorFiniteConductivity
Default:AllouteredgesarePerfectE boundary.
Portisdefinedwithinawaveguide.
Easyforenclosedtransmissionlines:CoaxorWaveguide
Challengingforunbalancedornon-enclosedlines:Microstrip,CPW,Slotline,etc.
SymmetryorImpedance
Recognizedattheportedges
Radiation
DefaultinterfaceisaPerfectE boundary
Presentation
2
LumpedPortBoundaryConditions LumpedPortBoundaryConditions LumpedPortBoundaryConditions LumpedPortBoundaryConditions
PerfectEorFiniteConductivity
Anyportedgethatinterfaceswithaconductororanotherportedge
PerfectH
Allremainingportedges
Perfect H
Perfect H
Perfect E
Perfect E
Presentation
2
Excitation Excitation Excitation Excitation Calibration Calibration Calibration Calibration
Portsmustbecalibratedtoensureconsistentresults.Determines:
Directionandpolarityoffields
Voltagecalculations.
SolutionType:DrivenModal
Expressedintermsoftheincidentandreflectedpowersofthewaveguidemodes.
Definitionnotdesirableforproblemshavingseveralpropagating quasi-TEMmodes
Coupled/Multi-CoupledTransmissionLines
Alwaysusedbythesolver
Calibration:IntegrationLine
PhasebetweenPorts
Modalvoltageintegrationpath:Zpi,Zpv,Zvi
LinearcombinationofnodalvoltagesandcurrentsfortheWavePort.
EquivalenttransformationperformedfromModalSolution
Calibration:TerminalLine
Polarity
Nodalvoltageintegrationpath
Presentation
2
ExampleSolutionTypes:
T1 T1 T1 T1 T2 T2 T2 T2
IntegrationLine IntegrationLine IntegrationLine IntegrationLine
(EvenMode) (EvenMode) (EvenMode) (EvenMode)
IntegrationLine IntegrationLine IntegrationLine IntegrationLine
(OddMode) (OddMode) (OddMode) (OddMode)
ModestoNodes ModestoNodes ModestoNodes ModestoNodes
Transformation Transformation Transformation Transformation
SPICE SPICE SPICE SPICE
DifferentialPairs DifferentialPairs DifferentialPairs DifferentialPairs
Modal
Terminal
T1 T1 T1 T1
T2 T2 T2 T2
T1 T1 T1 T1
T2 T2 T2 T2
2Modes 2Modes 2Modes 2Modes 2Modes 2Modes 2Modes 2Modes
Presentation
2
ApplicationofBoundaryConditions- Case1
Emulatelaboratorymeasurements
Verification/Validationbeforeproduction
PicturecourtesyofDelphi
PicturecourtesyofTektronix
Presentation
2
ApplicationofBoundaryConditions- Case2
Isolatepartofastructure(i.e.Excitingarbitrarytransmissionlines)
Notphysicallypossibletomeasureinthelaboratory
Full-Waveanalysisnotrequiredfortotalsystem
Ortotalsystemtoocomplex
Designwork/Componentleveloptimization
Postproductionproblemsolving
IsolatedComponent ViaTransition
TotalSystem
Presentation
2
ExampleStructure
CoaxtoStripline
LAYER2(SIGNAL)
LAYER3(BOTTOMSIDE)
LAYER1(TOPSIDE)
Presentation
2
MaterialProperties
All3D(Solid)objectshavematerialdefinitions
Tocompletethemodelshownpreviouslywemustincludetheair
thatsurroundsthestructure.
air air air air
Note: Note: Note: Note: Substrate/Airboundary Substrate/Airboundary Substrate/Airboundary Substrate/Airboundary
includedinstructure includedinstructure includedinstructure includedinstructure
Presentation
2
Remember! MaterialBoundaryconditionsaretransparenttotheuser
TheyarenotvisibleintheProjectTree
ExampleMaterialBoundary:ConductorsSurfaceApproximations
PerfectConductorsPerfectEBoundary(BoundaryName:smetal)
ForcesE-Fieldperpendiculartosurface
LossyConductorsFiniteConductivityBoundary
ForcestangentialE-Fieldto((1+j)/())(nxH
tan
).
Assumesoneskindepth UsermustmanuallyforceAnsoftHFSS to
solveinsidelossyconductorsthatare askindepth
smetal smetal smetal smetal
Presentation
2
BackgroundorOuterBoundary
NotvisibleintheProjectTree
AnyobjectsurfacethattouchesitPerfectE Boundary
Defaultboundaryappliedtotheregionsurroundingthegeometric model
Modelisencasedinathinmetallayerthatnofieldspropagatethrough
Overridewith Overridewith Overridewith Overridewith
RadiationBoundary RadiationBoundary RadiationBoundary RadiationBoundary
outer outer outer outer
Presentation
2
WhatPortTypeShouldIUse?
Exampleiseasydecision
Porttouchesbackground(External)
CrossSectionisCoax(EnclosedTransmissionLine)
WavePort
SPICEOutput
IdentifyPortType& IdentifyPortType& IdentifyPortType& IdentifyPortType&
CrossSection CrossSection CrossSection CrossSection
AssignExcitation& AssignExcitation& AssignExcitation& AssignExcitation&
CalibratePort CalibratePort CalibratePort CalibratePort
DefineDefault DefineDefault DefineDefault DefineDefault
PostProcessing PostProcessing PostProcessing PostProcessing
Presentation
2
IsitReallythatSimple?
Yes,butthegeometricmodelwassetupwithseveralconsiderations
1. Onlythefaceofthecoaxdielectricwasselectedfortheportface
PortBoundaryconditionsdefineouterconductor
MaterialDefinitionsdefineinnerconductor
2. Uniformportcross-section
Onlysupportsasinglemode
Higher-ordermodescausedbyreflectionswouldattenuatebeforeport
Modesattenuateasafunctionofe
-z
,assumingpropagationinthez-direction.
Requireddistance(uniformportlength)dependsonmodespropagationconstant.
Uniformcross Uniformcross Uniformcross Uniformcross- -- -section section section section
RuleofThumb:5x RuleofThumb:5x RuleofThumb:5x RuleofThumb:5x
CriticalDistance CriticalDistance CriticalDistance CriticalDistance
Presentation
2
HowoftenistheSetupthatSimple?
Ifyouareemulatinglaboratorymeasurements?[Case1]
Mostofthetime!
Laboratoryequipmentdoesnotdirectlyconnecttoarbitrarytransmission
lines
Exceptions
EmulatingComplexProbeswithaPortUnderstandingofProbe
Ifyouareisolatingpartofastructure?[Case2]
Forrealdesigns- usuallyonlybydumbluck!
UserMustUnderstandand/orImplementCorrectly:
1. PortBoundaryconditionsandimpactofboundarycondition
2. Fieldswithinthestructure
3. Assumptionsmadebyportsolver
4. Returnpath
Presentation
2
SideNote:ProblemsAssociatedwithCorrelatingResults[Case2]
Canbebrokenintotwocategoriesofproblems
1. ComplexStructure
BGA,Backplane,AntennaFeed,WaveguidePlumbing,etc
Mostcommonproblemsresultfrom
Measurementsetup Testfixtures,deembedding,etc.
FailingtounderstandthefieldsinthestructureBoundaryProblem
Returnpathproblems Modeltruncation
2. SimpleStructures
Uniformtransmissionlines
EquationsorCircuitElements
Mostcommonproblemsresultfrom
Improperuseofdefaultorexcitationboundaryconditions
Failuretounderstandtheassumptionsusedbycorrectresults
(EquationsorCircuitElements)
Presentation
2
Whyaretheycritical?
Anycurrentinjectedintoasystemmustreturntothesource
DC
Choosespathofleastresistance
AC
Choosespathofleastinductance
Asignalpropagatesbetweenthesignaltraceanditsreferenceplane
Referenceplaneisjustasimportantassignaltrace!
WhydoIcare?
Manyrealdesignshavenonideal returnpaths
Theseeffectsareonlycapturedbyfull-wavesimulators
Isolatingpartsofastructure
Failuretomaintainthecorrectreturnpathwill
Limitcorrelationtomeasurements
Maskorcreatedesignproblems
PortandBoundarysetupisthemostcommonsourceoferrorinmodelsetup
Presentation
2
NoDC NoDC NoDC NoDC
Presentation
2
DC DC DC DC
Presentation
2
DC&RF DC&RF DC&RF DC&RF
S21 S21 S21 S21
S11 S11 S11 S11
S31 S31 S31 S31
Presentation
2
Isolatepartofstructure- Case2
IsolateTransition
Deembed
RecombineusingAnsoftDesigner- Circuit
WavePort WavePort WavePort WavePort
Presentation
2
AnsoftDesigner AnsoftDesigner AnsoftDesigner AnsoftDesigner- -- - Circuit Circuit Circuit Circuit
Presentation
2
Presentation
2
Whatwentwrong?
IsolatePortfromDiscontinuity?
Yes
UniformCross-Section?
NO Thecrosssectionoftheport(includingitsboundaries)isnot maintained
MaintainReturnPath?
NO Boundaryonportshortstheplanestogetheratedges
Identicaltoplacingviasatportedge!
AllModesAccountedfor?
NO DidnotconsiderParallelPlatemode
Evenifwedid,thevia(portedge)cutsoffmode Reasonviasareused!
Presentation
2
Stripline Stripline Stripline Stripline
Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel
Plate Plate Plate Plate
ModeMatching
AnsoftDesigner AnsoftDesigner AnsoftDesigner AnsoftDesigner- -- - Circuit Circuit Circuit Circuit
WavePort WavePort WavePort WavePort
2Terminals 2Terminals 2Terminals 2Terminals
Presentation
2
NoDC NoDC NoDC NoDC
PortInfluences PortInfluences PortInfluences PortInfluences
Results Results Results Results
LumpedPort LumpedPort LumpedPort LumpedPort
Presentation
2
Presentation
2
TOP
T1
T2
T3
Power
GND
BOTTOM
G
P
SIDE
Power
GND
Signal
Lumped Gap Port
Terminal Line
Presentation
2
Lumped Gap Port
Presentation
2
DifferentialLumpedGapPorts DifferentialLumpedGapPorts DifferentialLumpedGapPorts DifferentialLumpedGapPorts
Presentation
2
G S G
Port
Presentation
2
w
h
6h to
10h
10w, w h
or
5w (3h to 4h), w < h
MicrostripPortSizingGuidelines
Assumewidthofmicrostriptraceisw
Assumeheightofsubstratedielectricish
PortHeightGuidelines
Between6hand10h
Tendtowardsupperlimitasdielectricconstantdropsandmorefieldsexistinairratherthansubstrate
Bottomedgeofportcoplanarwiththeupperfaceofgroundplane
(Ifrealstructureisenclosedlowerthanthisguideline,modeltherealstructure!)
PortWidthGuidelines
10w,formicrostripprofileswithw h
5w,orontheorderof3hto4h,formicrostripprofileswithw<h
Presentation
2
StriplinePortSizingGuidelines
Assumewidthofstriplinetraceisw
Assumeheightofsubstratedielectricish
PortHeightGuidelines
Extendfromuppertolowergroundplane,h
PortWidthGuidelines
8w,formicrostripprofileswithw h
5w,orontheorderof3hto4h,formicrostripprofileswithw<h
BoundaryNote:CanalsomakesidewallsofportPerfectH boundaries
w
h
8w, w h
or
5w (3h to 4h), w < h
THlSPAGElNTENTlONALLYLEFTBLANK

Hfss Full Book

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hfss Full Book

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HFSS HFSS HFSS HFSS

AnsoftHighFrequencyStructureSimulatorv10 TrainingSeminar P2-10

You might also like